STMicroelectronics STM32L552QC Datasheet
Below you will find brief information for STM32L552xx. This ultra-low-power microcontroller features an Arm Cortex-M33 core, TrustZone security, and FPU, offering 165 DMIPS. It includes up to 512 KB Flash memory, 256 KB SRAM, and an SMPS. Operating from 1.71 V to 3.6 V, it boasts ultra-low-power modes, flexible power control, and comprehensive security features for embedded applications.
Advertisement
Advertisement
STM32L552xx
Ultra-low-power Arm
®
Cortex
®
-M33 32-bit MCU+TrustZone
®
+FPU,
165 DMIPS, up to 512 KB Flash memory, 256 KB SRAM, SMPS
Datasheet
-
production data
Features
Ultra-low-power with FlexPowerControl
• 1.71 V to 3.6 V power supply
• -40 °C to 85/125 °C temperature range
• Batch acquisition mode (BAM)
• 187 nA in VBAT mode: supply for RTC and
32x32-bit backup registers
• 17 nA Shutdown mode (5 wakeup pins)
• 108 nA Standby mode (5 wakeup pins)
• 222 nA Standby mode with RTC
• 3.16 μ A Stop 2 with RTC
• 106 μ A/MHz Run mode (LDO mode)
• 62 μ A/MHz Run mode @ 3 V
(SMPS step-down converter mode)
• 5 µs wakeup from Stop mode
• Brownout reset (BOR) in all modes except
Shutdown
Core
• Arm ® 32-bit Cortex ® -M33 CPU with
TrustZone ® and FPU
ART Accelerator
• 8-Kbyte instruction cache allowing 0-wait-state execution from Flash memory and external memories; frequency up to 110 MHz, MPU,
165 DMIPS and DSP instructions
Performance benckmark
• 1.5 DMIPS/MHz (Drystone 2.1)
• 442 CoreMark ® (4.02 CoreMark ® /MHz)
Energy benchmark
• 370 ULPMark-CP ® score
• 54 ULPMark-PP ® score
• 27400 SecureMark-TLS ® score
LQFP48 (7 x 7 mm)
LQFP64 (10 x 10 mm
LQFP100 (*)
)
(14 x14 mm)
LQFP144 (20 x 20mm)
FBGA
UFBGA132 (7 x 7 mm)
(*): Silhouette shown above.
UFQFPN48 (7 x 7 mm)
WLCSP81 (4.36 x 4.07 mm)
Memories
• Up to 512-Kbyte Flash, two banks read-whilewrite
• 256 Kbytes of SRAM including 64 Kbytes with hardware parity check
• External memory interface supporting SRAM,
PSRAM, NOR, NAND and FRAM memories
• OCTOSPI memory interface
Security
• Arm
®
TrustZone
®
and securable I/Os, memories and peripherals
• Flexible life cycle scheme with RDP (readout protection)
• Root of trust thanks to unique boot entry and hide protection area (HDP)
• SFI (secure firmware installation) thanks to embedded RSS (root secure services)
• Secure firmware upgrade support with TF-M
• HASH hardware accelerator
• Active tamper and protection against temperature, voltage and frequency attacks
• True random number generator NIST SP800-
90B compliant
• 96-bit unique ID
October 2020
This is information on a product in full production.
DS12737 Rev 6 1/340 www.st.com
STM32L552xx
• 512-byte OTP (one-time programmable) for user data
General-purpose input/outputs
• Up to 114 fast I/Os with interrupt capability most 5 V-tolerant and up to 14 I/Os with independent supply down to 1.08 V
Power management
• Embedded regulator (LDO) with three configurable range output to supply the digital circuitry
• Embedded SMPS step-down converter
• External SMPS support
Clock management
• 4 to 48 MHz crystal oscillator
• 32 kHz crystal oscillator for RTC (LSE)
• Internal 16 MHz factory-trimmed RC (±1%)
• Internal low-power 32 kHz RC (±5%)
• Internal multispeed 100 kHz to 48 MHz oscillator, auto-trimmed by LSE (better than
±0.25% accuracy)
• Internal 48 MHz with clock recovery
• 3 PLLs for system clock, USB, audio, ADC
Up to 16 timers and 2 watchdogs
• 16x timers: 2 x 16-bit advanced motor-control,
2 x 32-bit and 5 x 16-bit general purpose, 2x
16-bit basic, 3x low-power 16-bit timers
(available in Stop mode), 2x watchdogs, 2x
SysTick timer
• RTC with hardware calendar, alarms and calibration
Reference
STM32L552xx
Up to 19 communication peripherals
• 1x USB Type-C™/ USB power delivery controller
• 1x USB 2.0 full-speed crystal less solution,
LPM and BCD
• 2x SAIs (serial audio interface)
• 4x I2C FM+(1 Mbit/s), SMBus/PMBus™
• 6x USARTs (ISO 7816, LIN, IrDA, modem)
• 3x SPIs (7x SPIs with USART and OCTOSPI in
SPI mode)
• 1x FDCAN controller
• 1x SDMMC interface
2 DMA controllers
• 14 DMA channels
Up to 22 capacitive sensing channels
• Support touch key, linear and rotary touch sensors
Rich analog peripherals (independent supply)
• 2x 12-bit ADC 5 Msps, up to 16-bit with hardware oversampling, 200 µA/Msps
• 2x 12-bit DAC outputs, low-power sample and hold
• 2x operational amplifiers with built-in PGA
• 2x ultra-low-power comparators
• 4x digital filters for sigma delta modulator
CRC calculation unit
Debug
• Development support: serial wire debug
(SWD), JTAG, Embedded Trace Macrocell™
(ETM)
Table 1. Device summary
Part numbers
STM32L552CC, STM32L552CE, STM32L552ME, STM32L552QC, STM32L552QE,
STM32L552RC, STM32L552RE, STM32L552VC, STM32L552VE, STM32L552ZC,
STM32L552ZE
2/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
Contents
Contents
® Cortex ® -M33 core with TrustZone ® and FPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Art Accelerator – instruction cache (ICACHE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Embedded Flash memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Global TrustZone controller (GTZC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
TrustZone security architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
TrustZone peripheral classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Power supply management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Power supply schemes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Power supply supervisor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
SMPS step down converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Low-power modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
PWR TrustZone security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Peripheral interconnect matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Reset and clock controller (RCC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Clock recovery system (CRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
General-purpose inputs/outputs (GPIOs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Direct memory access controller (DMA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
DMA request router (DMAMUX) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
DS12737 Rev 6 3/340
6
Contents STM32L552xx
Extended interrupt/event controller (EXTI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Cyclic redundancy check calculation unit (CRC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Flexible static memory controller (FSMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Octo-SPI interface (OCTOSPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Analog-to-digital converter (ADC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Internal voltage reference (VREFINT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
VBAT battery voltage monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Digital to analog converter (DAC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Voltage reference buffer (VREFBUF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Comparators (COMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Operational amplifier (OPAMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Digital filter for sigma-delta modulators (DFSDM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Touch sensing controller (TSC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
True random number generator (RNG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
HASH hardware accelerator (HASH) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Advanced-control timer (TIM1, TIM8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
General-purpose timers (TIM2, TIM3, TIM4, TIM5, TIM15, TIM16,
Basic timers (TIM6 and TIM7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Low-power timers (LPTIM1, LPTIM2 and LPTIM3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Independent watchdog (IWDG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Window watchdog (WWDG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Tamper and backup registers (TAMP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Inter-integrated circuit interface (I 2
C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Universal synchronous/asynchronous receiver transmitter (USART) . . . 74
Low-power universal asynchronous receiver transmitter (LPUART) . . . . 75
Serial peripheral interface (SPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Secure digital input/output and MultiMediaCards Interface (SDMMC) . . . 76
Controller area network (FDCAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Universal serial bus (USB FS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
4/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Contents
USB Type-C™ / USB Power Delivery controller (UCPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Serial wire JTAG debug port (SWJ-DP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Embedded Trace Macrocell™ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Pinouts and pin description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Minimum and maximum values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Power supply scheme . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Current consumption measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Absolute maximum ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
General operating conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
SMPS step-down converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Operating conditions at power-up / power-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Embedded reset and power control block characteristics . . . . . . . . . . 148
Embedded voltage reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Supply current characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
External clock source characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 5.3.8
Internal clock source characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Flash memory characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Electrical sensitivity characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
I/O current injection characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
NRST pin characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Extended interrupt and event controller input (EXTI) characteristics . . 237
Analog switches booster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
DS12737 Rev 6 5/340
6
Contents
STM32L552xx
Analog-to-digital converter characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Digital-to-Analog converter characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Voltage reference buffer characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Comparator characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Operational amplifiers characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Temperature sensor characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
monitoring characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Temperature and VDD thresholds monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
DFSDM characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Communication interfaces characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
FSMC characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
OCTOSPI characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
SD/SDIO/MMC card host interfaces (SDMMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
UCPD characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
LQFP48 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
UFQFPN48 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .311
LQFP64 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
WLCSP81 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
LQFP100 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
UFBGA132 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
LQFP144 package information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Reference document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Selecting the product temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
6/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
List of tables
List of tables
Example of memory map security attribution vs SAU configuration regions . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing
DS12737 Rev 6 7/340
11
List of tables STM32L552xx
Current consumption in Sleep and Low-power sleep mode, Flash ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Current consumption in Low-power sleep mode, Flash in power-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Current consumption in Sleep mode,
Flash ON and power supplied by internal SMPS step down converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
8/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx List of tables
Current consumption in Sleep mode, Flash ON and power supplied by external SMPS . 190
Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash,
Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash,
Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash,
LSE oscillator characteristics (f
= 32.768 kHz) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
DS12737 Rev 6 9/340
11
List of tables STM32L552xx
monitoring characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
charging characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Table 133. Asynchronous non-multiplexed SRAM/PSRAM/NOR read-NWAIT timings . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Table 135. Asynchronous non-multiplexed SRAM/PSRAM/NOR write-NWAIT timings. . . . . . . . . . . 283
Table 150. Dynamics characteristics: SD / eMMC characteristics,
10/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx List of tables
DS12737 Rev 6 11/340
11
List of figures
List of figures
STM32L552xx
STM32L552xxxxQ LQFP64 SMPS step down converter pinout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
STM32L552xxxxQ WLCSP81 SMPS step down converter ballout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
STM32L552xxxxQ LQFP100 SMPS step down converter pinout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
STM32L552xxxxQ UFBGA132 SMPS step down converter ballout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
STM32L552xxxxQ LQFP144 SMPS step down converter pinout. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
STM32L552xx and STM32L562xx power supply overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
STM32L552xxxP and STM32L562xxxP power supply overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
STM32L552xxxQ and STM32L562xxxQ power supply overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
I/O AC characteristics definition
(1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
12/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx List of figures
Asynchronous non-multiplexed SRAM/PSRAM/NOR read waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Asynchronous non-multiplexed SRAM/PSRAM/NOR write waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Asynchronous multiplexed PSRAM/NOR read waveforms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Asynchronous multiplexed PSRAM/NOR write waveforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
NAND controller waveforms for common memory read access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
NAND controller waveforms for common memory write access. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Example of UFQFPN48 package marking (package top view). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Example of WLCSP81 package marking (package top view). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Example of UFBGA132 package marking (package top view) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
DS12737 Rev 6 13/340
13
Introduction
1 Introduction
STM32L552xx
This document provides the ordering information and mechanical device characteristics of the STM32L552xx microcontrollers.
This document should be read in conjunction with the STM32L552xx and STM32L562xx reference manual (RM0438).
For information on the Arm ®(a) Cortex ® -M33 core, refer to the Cortex
Reference Manual, available from the www.arm.com website.
® -M33 Technical
14/340 a. Arm is a registered trademark of Arm Limited (or its subsidiaries) in the US and/or elsewhere.
DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
2 Description
Description
The STM32L552xx devices are an ultra-low-power microcontrollers family (STM32L5
Series) based on the high-performance Arm ® Cortex ® -M33 32-bit RISC core. They operate at a frequency of up to 110 MHz.
The Cortex ® -M33 core features a single-precision floating-point unit (FPU), which supports all the Arm ® single-precision data-processing instructions and all the data types. The
Cortex ® -M33 core also implements a full set of DSP (digital signal processing) instructions and a memory protection unit (MPU) which enhances the application’s security.
These devices embed high-speed memories (512 Kbytes of Flash memory and 256 Kbytes of SRAM), a flexible external memory controller (FSMC) for static memories (for devices with packages of 100 pins and more), an Octo-SPI Flash memories interface (available on all packages) and an extensive range of enhanced I/Os and peripherals connected to two
APB buses, two AHB buses and a 32-bit multi-AHB bus matrix.
The STM32L5 Series devices offer security foundation compliant with the trusted based security architecture (TBSA) requirements from Arm. They embed the necessary security features to implement a secure boot, secure data storage, secure firmware installation and secure firmware upgrade. Flexible life cycle is managed thanks to multiple levels of readout protection. Firmware hardware isolation is supported thanks to securable peripherals, memories and I/Os, and also to the possibility to configure the peripherals and memories as
“privilege”.
The STM32L552xx devices embed several protection mechanisms for embedded Flash memory and SRAM: readout protection, write protection, secure and hidden protection areas.
The STM32L552xx devices embed peripherals reinforcing security:
- One HASH hardware accelerator
- One true random number generator
The STM32L5 Series devices offer active tamper detection and protection against transient and environmental perturbation attacks thanks to several internal monitoring which generate secret data erase in case of attack. This helps to fit the PCI requirements for point of sales applications. These devices offer two fast 12-bit ADC (5 Msps), two comparators, two operational amplifiers, two DAC channels, an internal voltage reference buffer, a low-power
RTC, two general-purpose 32-bit timer, two 16-bit PWM timers dedicated to motor control, seven general-purpose 16-bit timers, and two 16-bit low-power timers. The devices support four digital filters for external sigma delta modulators (DFSDM). In addition, up to 22 capacitive sensing channels are available.
STM32L5 Series also feature standard and advanced communication interfaces such as:
- Four I2Cs
- Three SPIs
- Three USARTs, two UARTs and one low-power UART
- Two SAIs
- One SDMMC
- One FDCAN
DS12737 Rev 6 15/340
78
Description STM32L552xx
- USB device FS
- USB Type-C / USB power delivery controller
The devices operate in the -40 to +85 °C (+105 °C junction) and -40 to +125 °C (+130 °C junction) temperature ranges from a 1.71 to 3.6 V power supply. A comprehensive set of power-saving modes allows the design of low-power applications.
Some independent power supplies are supported like an analog independent supply input for ADC, DAC, OPAMPs and comparators, a 3.3 V dedicated supply input for USB and up to
14 I/Os, which can be supplied independently down to 1.08 V. A VBAT input allows the backup of the RTC and the backup of the registers.
The STM32L552xx devices offer seven packages from 48-pin to 144-pin.
Table 2. STM32L552xx features and peripheral counts
Peripherals
Flash memory (Kbyte)
SRAM
System (Kbyte)
Backup (byte)
External memory controller for static memories (FSMC)
OCTOSPI
Advanced control
Timers
General purpose
Basic
Low power
SysTick timer
Watchdog timers
(independent, window)
No
512/256
256 (192+64)
128
1
2 (16-bit)
5 (16-bit)
2 (32-bit)
2 (16-bit)
3 (16-bit)
1
2
Yes
16/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
Table 2. STM32L552xx features and peripheral counts (continued)
Description
Peripherals
SPI 3
I2C
USART
(1)
/UART
UART
LPUART
4
3/2 (2)
2
1
Communication interfaces
SAI
FDCAN
USB FS
SDMMC
Digital filters for sigmadelta modulators
No Yes/No/Yes
2
1
Yes
Yes (4 filters)
Number of channels
Real time clock (RTC)
Tamper pins
True random number generator
3 4/4/3 3
8
Yes
Yes
Yes
5/4
HASH (SHA-256)
GPIOs
Wakeup pins
Nb of I/Os down to 1.08 V
38/36
3
0
52/50/47
4/3/3
0
54/51
3
6
83/79
5/4
0
Yes
5
108/105
5
13/10
Capacitive sensing
Number of channels
ADC
DAC
12-bit ADC
Number of channels
12-bit DAC
Number of channels
Internal voltage reference buffer
Analog comparator
Operational amplifiers
Max. CPU frequency
5
9
10/10/9
16/ 16/15
10
16/15
2
1
2
Yes
2
2
110 MHz
19/18
16/14
22
16
8/7
115 /111
5/4
14/13
22/21
16/14
DS12737 Rev 6 17/340
78
Description
Table 2. STM32L552xx features and peripheral counts (continued)
STM32L552xx
Peripherals
Operating voltage
Operating temperature
Package
Ambient operating temperature: -40 to 85 °C / -40 to 125 °C
Junction temperature: -40 to 105 °C / -40 to 130 °C
LQFP48,
UFQFPN48
LQFP64
1.71 to 3.6 V
WLCSP81 LQFP100
(2)
UFBGA132 LQFP144
1. USART3 is not available on STM32L552CExxP devices.
2. For the LQFP100 package, only FSMC Bank1 is available. Bank1 can only support a multiplexed NOR/PSRAM memory using the NE1 Chip Select.
18/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Description
D[7:0], D[3:1]dir
CMD, CMDdir,CK, CKin
D0dir, D2dir
8 groups of sensing channels as AF
PA[15:0]
PB[15:0]
PC[15:0]
PD[15:0]
PE[15:0]
PF[15:0]
PG[15:0]
PH[1:0]
114 AF
16xIN
SDMMC1
DMA2
DMA1
DMAMUX1
Touch sensing controller
GTZC
GPIO PORT A
GPIO PORT B
GPIO PORT C
GPIO PORT D
GPIO PORT E
GPIO PORT F
GPIO PORT G
GPIO PORT H
EXT. IT WKUP
@ VDD
@ VDDA
ADC1
ADC2
ITF
3 compl. channels (TIM1_CH[1:3]N),
4 channels (TIM1_CH[1:4]),
ETR, BKIN, BKIN2 as AF
3 compl. Channels (TIM1_CH[1:3]N),
4 channels (TIM1_CH[1:4]),
ETR, BKIN, BKIN2 as AF
2 channels,
1 compl. channel, BKIN as AF
1 channel,
1 compl. channel, BKIN as AF
1 channel,
1 compl. channel, BKIN as AF
RX, TX, CK,CTS,
RTS as AF
MOSI, MISO,
SCK, NSS as AF
MCLK_A, SD_A, FS_A, SCK_A, EXTCLK
MCLK_B, SD_B, FS_B, SCK_B as AF
MCLK_A, SD_A, FS_A, SCK_A, EXTCLK
MCLK_B, SD_B, FS_B, SCK_B as AF
SDCKIN[7:0], SDDATIN[7:0],
SDCKOUT,SDTRIG as AF
NJTRST, JTDI,
JTCK/SWCLK
JTDO/SWD, JTDO
TRACECLK
TRACED[3:0]
Figure 1. STM32L552xx block diagram
JTAG & SW
ETM
MPU
NVIC
Arm Cortex-M33
110 MHz
TrustZone
FPU
C-BUS
S-BUS
TIM1 / PWM 16b
TIM8 / PWM 16b
TIM15
TIM16
TIM17 smcard irDA
USART1
SPI1
SAI1
SAI2
DFSDM
16b
16b
16b
VREF+
INP, INN, OUT
INP, INN, OUT
@ VDDA
VREF Buffer
@ VDDA
COMP1
COMP2
Flexible static memory controller (FSMC):
SRAM, PSRAM, NOR Flash,FRAM, NAND Flash
Octo SPI1 memory interface
CLK, NE[4:1], NL, NBL[1:0],
A[25:0], D[15:0], NOE, NWE,
NWAIT, NCE, INT as AF
IO[7:0],
CLK, NCLK, NCS. DQS
RNG
HASH
AHB/APB2
Flash up to
512KB
SRAM 192 KB
SRAM 64 KB
WWDG
CRS
AHB2 110 MHz
AHB/APB1
@ VDD
MSI
RC HSI
RC LSI
PLL 1&2&3
Reset & clock control
CRC
USB FS
@ VDDUSB reset
Int
VDD Power management
Voltage Regulator
LDO and SMPS
3.3 to 1.2 V
@ VDD
Supply supervision
BOR
PVD, PVM
@VDD
XTAL OSC
4- 16MHz
IWDG
Standby interface
@VBAT
XTAL 32 kHz
RTC
AWU
Backup register
TIM2
32b
TIM3
TIM4
16b
16b
TIM5
USART2
USART3
32b smcard irDA smcard irDA
UART4
UART5
SPI2
SPI3
I2C1/SMBUS
I2C2/SMBUS
I2C3/SMBUS
I2C4/SMBUS
FDCAN1
DP
DM
VDD = 1.71 to 3.6 V
VSS
VDDIO, VDDUSB
VDDA, VSSA
VDD, VSS, NRST
OSC_IN
OSC_OUT
OSC32_IN
OSC32_OUT
RTC_TS
RTC_TAMP[8:1]
RTC_OUT
VBAT = 1.55 to 3.6 V
4 channels, ETR as AF
4 channels, ETR as AF
4 channels, ETR as AF
4 channels, ETR as AF
RX, TX, CK, CTS, RTS as AF
RX, TX, CK, CTS, RTS as AF
RX, TX, CTS, RTS as AF
RX, TX, CTS, RTS as AF
MOSI, MISO, SCK, NSS as AF
MOSI, MISO, SCK, NSS as AF
SCL, SDA, SMBA as AF
SCL, SDA, SMBA as AF
SCL, SDA, SMBA as AF
SCL, SDA, SMBA as AF
TX, RX as AF
TIM6
TIM7
16b
16b
SYSCFG
@ VDDA
CH1
CH2
DAC1
@VDDA
OpAmp1
OpAmp2
@ VDDUSB
UCPD1
LPUART1
LPTIM1
LPTIM2
LPTIM3
OUT, INN, INP
OUT, INN, INP
DP
DM
IN1, IN2, OUT, ETR as AF
RX, TX, CTS, RTS as AF
IN1, OUT, ETR as AF
IN1, OUT, ETR as AF
OUT1 OUT2
32-bits AHB bus
VDD power domain
32-bits APB bus
VBAT power domain
VDDIO2 power domain
VDDA power domain
VDDUSB power domain
MSv49361V6
1. AF: alternate function on I/O pins.
DS12737 Rev 6 19/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
3.1 Arm
®
Cortex
®
-M33 core with TrustZone
®
and FPU
The Cortex
®
-M33 with TrustZone and FPU is a highly energy efficient processor designed for microcontrollers and deeply embedded applications, especially those requiring efficient security.
The Cortex
®
-M33 processor delivers a high computational performance with low-power consumption and an advanced response to interrupts. it features:
• Arm ® TrustZone ® technology, using the Armv8-M main extension supporting secure and non-secure states
• Memory protection units (MPUs), 8 regions for secure and 8 regions for non secure
• Configurable secure attribute unit (SAU) supporting up to 8 memory regions
• Floating-point arithmetic functionality with support for single precision arithmetic
The processor supports a set of DSP instructions that allows an efficient signal processing and a complex algorithm execution.
The Cortex
®
-M33 processor supports the following bus interfaces:
• System AHB bus:
The System AHB (S-AHB) bus interface is used for any instruction fetch and data access to the memory-mapped SRAM, peripheral, external RAM and external device, or Vendor_SYS regions of the Armv8-M memory map.
• Code AHB bus
The Code AHB (C-AHB) bus interface is used for any instruction fetch and data access to the code region of the Armv8-M memory map.
Figure 1 shows the general block diagram of the STM32L552xx family devices.
3.2 Art Accelerator – instruction cache (ICACHE)
The instruction cache (ICACHE) is introduced on C-AHB code bus of Cortex ® -M33 processor to improve performance when fetching instruction (or data) from both internal and external memories.
20/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
ICACHE offers the following features:
• Multi-bus interface:
– slave port receiving the memory requests from the Cortex ® -M33 C-AHB code execution port
– master1 port performing refill requests to internal memories (FLASH and SRAMs)
– master2 port performing refill requests to external memories (external
FLASH/RAMs through Octo-SPI/FMC interfaces)
– a second slave port dedicated to ICACHE registers access.
• Close to zero wait states instructions/data access performance:
– 0 wait-state on cache hit
– hit-under-miss capability, allowing to serve new processor requests while a line refill (due to a previous cache miss) is still ongoing
– critical-word-first refill policy, minimizing processor stalls on cache miss
– hit ratio improved by 2-ways set-associative architecture and pLRU-t replacement policy (pseudo-least-recently-used, based on binary tree), algorithm with best complexity/performance balance
– dual master ports allowing to decouple internal and external memory traffics, on
Fast and Slow buses, respectively; also minimizing impact on interrupt latency
– optimal cache line refill thanks to AHB burst transactions (of the cache line size).
– performance monitoring by means of a hit counter and a miss counter.
• Extension of cacheable region beyond Code memory space, by means of address remapping logic that allows to define up to 4 cacheable external regions
• Power consumption reduced intrinsically (most accesses to cache memory rather to bigger main memories); even improved by configuring ICACHE as direct mapped
(rather than the default 2-ways set-associative mode)
• TrustZone ® security support
• Maintenance operation for software management of cache coherency
• Error management: detection of unexpected cacheable write access, with optional interrupt raising.
3.3 Memory protection unit
The memory protection unit (MPU) is used to manage the CPU accesses to the memory and to prevent one task to accidentally corrupt the memory or the resources used by any other active task. This memory area is organized into up to 8 regions for secure and 8 regions for non secure state.
The MPU is especially helpful for applications where some critical or certified code has to be protected against the misbehavior of other tasks. It is usually managed by an RTOS (realtime operating system). If a program accesses a memory location that is prohibited by the
MPU, the RTOS can detect it and take action. In an RTOS environment, the kernel can dynamically update the MPU area setting based on the process to be executed.
The MPU is optional and can be bypassed for applications that do not need it.
DS12737 Rev 6 21/340
78
Functional overview
3.4 Embedded Flash memory
STM32L552xx
The devices feature 512 Kbytes of embedded Flash memory which is available for storing programs and data.
The Flash interface features:
• Single or dual bank operating modes
• Read-while-write (RWW) in dual bank mode
This feature allows a read operation to be performed from one bank while an erase or program operation is performed to the other bank. The dual bank boot is also supported.
Each bank contains 128 pages of 2 or 4 Kbytes (depending on the read access width). The
Flash memory also embeds 512 bytes OTP (one-time programmable) for user data.
Flexible protections can be configured thanks to the option bytes:
• Readout protection (RDP) to protect the whole memory. Four levels of protection are available:
– Level 0: no readout protection
– Level 0.5: available only when TrustZone is enabled
All read/write operations (if no write protection is set) from/to the non-secure Flash memory are possible. The Debug access to secure area is prohibited. Debug access to non-secure area remains possible.
– Level 1: memory readout protection; the Flash memory cannot be read from or written to if either the debug features are connected or the boot in RAM or bootloader are selected. If TrustZone is enabled, the non-secure debug is possible and the boot in
SRAM is not possible.
– Level 2: chip readout protection; the debug features (Cortex
®
-M33 JTAG and serial wire), the boot in RAM and the bootloader selection are disabled (JTAG fuse). This selection is irreversible.
• Write protection (WRP): the protected area is protected against erasing and programming:
– In single bank mode, four areas can be selected with 4-Kbyte granularity.
– In dual bank mode, two areas per bank can be selected with 2-Kbyte granularity.
The whole non-volatile memory embeds the error correction code (ECC) feature supporting:
• Single error detection and correction
• Double error detection
• The address of the ECC fail can be read in the ECC register.
TrustZone security
When the TrustZone security is enabled, the whole Flash is secure after reset and the following protections are available:
• Non-volatile watermark-based secure Flash area: the secure area can be accessed only in secure mode.
– In single bank mode, four areas can be selected with a page granularity.
– In dual bank mode, one area per bank can be selected with a page granularity.
• Secure hidden protection area: it is part of the Flash secure area and it can be protected to deny an access to this area by any data read, write and instruction fetch.
22/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
For example, a software code in the secure Flash memory hidden protection area can be executed only once and deny any further access to this area until next system reset.
• Volatile block-based secure Flash area. In a block-based secure area, each page can be programmed on-the-fly as secure or non-secure.
The devices feature 256 Kbytes of embedded SRAM. This SRAM is split into three blocks:
• 192 Kbytes mapped at address 0x2000 0000 (SRAM1).
• 64 Kbytes located at address 0x0A03 0000 with hardware parity check (SRAM2).
This memory is also mapped at address 0x2003 0000 offering a contiguous address space with the SRAM1.
This block is accessed through the C-bus for maximum performance. Either 64 Kbytes or upper 4 Kbytes of SRAM2 can be retained in Standby mode.
The SRAM2 can be write-protected with 1 Kbyte granularity.
The memory can be accessed in read/write at CPU clock speed with 0 wait states.
TrustZone security
When the TrustZone security is enabled, all SRAMs are secure after reset. The SRAM can be programmed as non-secure by block based using the MPCBB (memory protection controller block based) in GTZC controller. The granularity of SRAM secure block based is a page of 256 bytes.
At startup, a BOOT0 pin, nBOOT0 and NSBOOTADDx[24:0] / SECBOOTADD0[24:0] option bytes are used to select the boot memory address which includes:
• Boot from any address in user Flash
• Boot from system memory bootloader
• Boot from any address in embedded SRAM
• Boot from Root Security service (RSS)
The BOOT0 value may come from the PH3-BOOT0 pin or from an option bit depending on the value of a user option bit to free the GPIO pad if needed.
The boot loader is located in the system memory. It is used to reprogram the Flash memory by using USART, I2C, SPI, FDCAN or USB FS in device mode through the DFU (device firmware upgrade).
The bootloader is available on all devices. Refer to the application note STM32 microcontroller system memory boot mode (AN2606) for more details.
The root secure services (RSS) are embedded in a Flash memory area named secure information block, programmed during ST production.
The RSS enables for example the secure firmware installation (SFI) thanks to the RSS extension firmware (RSSe SFI).
This feature allows the customers to protect the confidentiality of the firmware to be provisioned into the STM32 device when the production is subcontracted to a third party.
DS12737 Rev 6 23/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
The RSS is available on all devices, after enabling the TrustZone through the TZEN option bit.
Refer to the application note Overview secure firmware install (SFI) (AN4992) for more details.
for boot modes when TrustZone is disabled and enabled respectively.
nBOOT0
FLASH_
OPTR[27]
-
-
1
0
BOOT0 pin PH3
Table 3. Boot modes when TrustZone is disabled (TZEN=0) nSWBOOT0
FLASH_
OPTR[26]
Boot address optionbytes selection
Boot area
ST programmed default value
0
1
-
-
1
1
0
0
NSBOOTADD0[24:0]
NSBOOTADD1[24:0]
NSBOOTADD0[24:0]
NSBOOTADD1[24:0]
Boot address defined by user option bytes
NSBOOTADD0[24:0]
Boot address defined by user option bytes
NSBOOTADD1[24:0]
Boot address defined by user option bytes
NSBOOTADD0[24:0]
Boot address defined by user option bytes
NSBOOTADD1[24:0]
Flash: 0x0800 0000
System bootloader:
0x0BF9 0000
Flash: 0x0800 0000
System bootloader:
0x0BF9 0000
When TrustZone is enabled by setting the TZEN option bit, the boot space must be in secure area. The SECBOOTADD0[24:0] option bytes are used to select the boot secure memory address.
A unique boot entry option can be selected by setting the BOOT_LOCK option bit, allowing to boot always at the address selected by SECBOOTADD0[24:0] option bytes. All other boot options are ignored.
24/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
BOOT_
LOCK nBOOT0
FLASH_
OPTR[27]
Table 4. Boot modes when TrustZone is enabled (TZEN=1)
BOOT0 pin
PH3 nSWBOOT0
FLASH_
OPTR[26]
RSS command
Boot address option-bytes selection
Boot area
0
1
-
-
1
0
-
-
0
1
-
-
-
-
1
1
0
0
-
-
0
0
0
0
≠ 0
-
ST programmed default value
SECBOOTAD
D0[24:0]
Secure boot address defined by user option bytes
SECBOOTADD0[24:0]
Flash:
0x0C00 0000
N/A RSS: 0x0FF8 0000
RSS:
0x0FF8 0000
SECBOOTAD
D0[24:0]
Secure boot address defined by user option bytes
SECBOOTADD0[24:0]
N/A
N/A
RSS: RSS:
0x0FF8 0000
RSS: RSS:
0x0FF8 0000
SECBOOTAD
D0[24:0]
Secure boot address defined by user option bytes
SECBOOTADD0[24:0]
Flash:
0x0C00 0000
RSS:
0x0FF8 0000
RSS:
0x0FF8 0000
Flash:
0x0C00 0000
The boot address option bytes enables the possibility to program any boot memory address.
However, the allowed address space depends on Flash read protection RDP level.
If the programmed boot memory address is out of the allowed memory mapped area when
RDP level is 0.5 or more, the default boot fetch address is forced to:
• 0x0800 0000 (when TZEN = 0)
• RSS (when TZEN = 1)
.
RDP
0
Table 5. Boot space versus RDP protection
TZEN = 1 TZEN = 0
Any boot address Any boot address
DS12737 Rev 6 25/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
RDP
0.5
1
2
Table 5. Boot space versus RDP protection (continued)
TZEN = 1 TZEN = 0
Boot address only in:
– RSS
– or secure Flash: 0x0C00 0000 -
0x0C07 FFFF
Otherwise boot address forced to RSS
N/A
Any boot address
If boot is configured for NSBOOTADD0 and
NSBOOTADD0 in the range 0x0800 0000 -
0x0807 FFFF: boot at the address stored in
NSBOOTADD0
If boot is configured for NSBOOTADD1 and
NSBOOTADD1 in the range 0x0800 0000 -
0x0807 FFFF: boot at the address stored in
NSBOOTADD1
Otherwise boot address is forced at
0x0800 0000
The GTZC includes three different sub-blocks:
• TZSC : TrustZone ® security controller
This sub-block defines the secure/privilege state of slave/master peripherals. It also controls the non-secure area size for the watermark memory peripheral controller
(MPCWM). The TZSC block informs some peripherals (such as RCC or GPIOs) about the secure status of each securable peripheral, by sharing with RCC and I/O logic.
1. MPCBB : block-based memory protection controller
This sub-block controls secure states of all blocks (256-byte pages) of the associated
SRAM.
2. TZIC : TrustZone illegal access controller
This sub-block gathers all illegal access events in the system and generates a secure interrupt towards NVIC.
These sub-blocks are used to configure TrustZone and privileged attributes within the full system.
The GTZC main features are:
• 3 independent 32-bit AHB interface for TZSC, MPCBB and TZIC
• MPCBB and TZIC accessible only with secure transactions
• Secure and non-secure access supported for priv/non-priv part of TZSC
• Register set to define security settings:
– Secure blocks for internal SRAM
– Non-secure regions for external memories
– Secure/privilege access mode for securable and TZ-aware peripherals
• Secure/privilege access mode for securable legacy masters.
26/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
The security architecture is based on Arm
®
TrustZone
®
with the Armv8-M Main Extension.
The TrustZone security is activated by the TZEN option bit in the FLASH_OPTR register.
When the TrustZone is enabled, the SAU (security attribution unit) and IDAU
(implementation defined attribution unit) defines the access permissions based on secure and non-secure state.
• SAU: Up to 8 SAU configurable regions are available for security attribution.
• IDAU: It provides a first memory partition as non-secure or non-secure callable attributes. It is then combined with the results from the SAU security attribution and the higher security state is selected.
Based on IDAU security attribution, the Flash, system SRAMs and peripherals memory space is aliased twice for secure and non-secure state. However, the external memories space is not aliased.
Table 6 shows an example of typical SAU regions configuration based on IDAU regions.
The user can split and choose the secure, non-secure or NSC regions for external memories as needed.
Table 6. Example of memory map security attribution vs SAU configuration regions
(1) (2)
Region description
Address range
IDAU security attribution
SAU security attribution typical configuration
Final security attribution
Code - external memories
Code - Flash and
SRAM
Code - external memories
SRAM
Peripherals
External memories
0x0000_0000
0x07FF_FFFF
0x0800_0000
0x0BFF_FFFF
0x0C00_0000
0x0FFF_FFFF
0x1000_0000
0x17FF_FFFF
0x1800_0000
0x1FFF_FFFF
0x2000_0000
0x2FFF_FFFF
0x3000_0000
0x3FFF_FFFF
0x4000_0000
0x4FFF_FFFF
0x5000_0000
0x5FFF_FFFF
0x6000_0000
0xDFFF_FFFF
1. NSC = non-secure callable.
Non-secure
Non-secure
NSC
Non-secure
Non-secure
NSC
Non-secure
NSC
Non-secure
Secure or nonsecure or NSC
Non-secure
Secure or NSC
Non-secure
Secure or NSC
Non-secure
Secure or NSC
Non-secure
Secure or NSC
Secure or nonsecure or NSC
Secure or nonsecure or NSC
Secure or NSC
Non-secure
Secure or NSC
Secure or nonsecure or NSC
DS12737 Rev 6 27/340
78
Functional overview
2. Different colors highlights the different configurations
Pink : Non-secure
Green : NSC (non-secure callable)
Lighter green: Secure or non-secure or NSC
STM32L552xx
When the TrustZone security is active, a peripheral can be either Securable or TrustZone- aware type as follows:
• Securable: a peripheral is protected by an AHB/APB firewall gate that is controlled from
TZSC controller to define security properties.
• TrustZone-aware: a peripheral connected directly to AHB or APB bus and is implementing a specific TrustZone behavior such as a subset of registers being secure.
The tables below summarize the list of Securable and TrustZone aware peripherals within the system.
Bus
AHB3
AHB 2
AHB1
APB2
Table 7. Securable peripherals by TZSC
Peripheral
OCTOSPI1 registers
FMC registers
SDMMC1
RNG
ADC
ICACHE registers
TSC
CRC
DFSDM1
SAI2
SAI1
TIM17
TIM16
TIM15
USART1
TIM8
SPI1
TIM1
COMP
VREFBUF
28/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
Bus
APB1
Table 7. Securable peripherals by TZSC (continued)
Peripheral
OPAMP
DAC1
CRS
I2C3
I2C2
I2C1
UART5
UART4
USART3
USART2
UCPD1
USB FS
FDCAN1
LPTIM3
LPTIM2
I2C4
LPUART1
LPTIM1
SPI3
SPI2
IWDG
WWDG
TIM7
TIM6
TIM5
TIM4
TIM3
TIM2
DS12737 Rev 6 29/340
78
Functional overview
Bus
AHB2
AHB1
APB2
APB1
Table 8. TrustZone-aware peripherals
Peripheral
GPIOH
GPIOG
GPIOF
GPIOE
GPIOD
GPIOC
GPIOB
GPIOA
MPCBB2
MPCBB1
MPCWM2
MPCWM1
TZIC
TZSC
EXTI
Flash memory
RCC
DMAMUX1
DMA2
DMA1
SYSCFG
PWR
RTC
STM32L552xx
30/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
Note:
Functional overview
Default TrustZone security state
The default system security state is:
• CPU:
– Cortex ® -M33 is in secure state after reset. The boot address must be in secure address.
• Memory map:
– SAU: is fully secure after reset. Consequently, all memory map is fully secure. Up to 8 SAU configurable regions are available for security attribution.
• Flash:
– Flash security area is defined by watermark user options.
– Flash block based area is non-secure after reset.
• SRAMs:
– All SRAMs are secure after reset. MPCBB (memory protection block based controller) is secure.
• External memories:
– FSMC, OCTOSPI banks are secure after reset. MPCWMx (memory protection watermark based controller) are secure
• Peripherals
– Securable peripherals are non-secure after reset.
– TrustZone-aware peripherals (except the GPIO) are non-secure after reset. Their secure configuration registers are secure.
for a list of Securable and TrustZone-aware peripherals.
• All GPIO are secure after reset.
• Interrupts:
– NVIC: All interrupts are secure after reset. NVIC is banked for secure and nonsecure state.
– TZIC: All illegal access interrupts are disabled after reset.
DS12737 Rev 6 31/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
The power controller (PWR) main features are:
• Power supplies and supply domains
– Core domains (VCORE)
– VDD domain
– Backup domain (VBAT)
– Analog domain (VDDA)
– VDDIO2 domain
– VDDUSB for USB transceiver
• System supply voltage regulation
– SMPS step down converter
– Voltage regulator (LDO)
• Power supply supervision
– POR/PDR monitor
– BOR monitor
– PVD monitor
– PVM monitor (VDDA, VDDUSB, VDDIO2)
– Temperature thresholds monitor
– Upper VDD voltage threshold monitor
• Power management
– Operating modes
– Voltage scaling control
– Low-power modes
• VBAT battery charging
• TrustZone security
3.9.1 Power supply schemes
The devices require a 1.71 V to 3.6 V V
DD operating voltage supply. Several independent supplies can be provided for specific peripherals:
• V
DD
= 1.71 V to 3.6 V
V
DD is the external power supply for the I/Os, the internal regulator and the system analog such as reset, power management and internal clocks. It is provided externally through the VDD pins.
• V
DDA
V
DDA
= 1.62 V (ADCs/COMPs) / 1.8 V (DACs/OPAMPs) to 2.4 V (VREFBUF) to 3.6 V is the external analog power supply for A/D converters, D/A converters, voltage reference buffer, operational amplifiers and comparators. The V
DDA voltage level is independent from the V
DD voltage and should preferably be connected to V these peripherals are not used.
DD
when
32/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
Note:
Functional overview
• VDDSMPS = 1.71 V to 3.6 V
VDDSMPS is the external power supply for the SMPS step down converter. It is provided externally through VDDSMPS supply pin, and shall be connected to the same supply as VDD.
• VLXSMPS is the switched SMPS step down converter output.
• V15SMPS are the power supply for the system regulator. It is provided externally through the SMPS step down converter VLXSMPS output.
The SMPS power supply pins are available only on a specific package with SMPS step down converter option.
• VDD12 = 1.05 to 1.32 V
VDD12 is the external power supply bypassing the internal regulator when connected to an external SMPS. It is provided externally through VDD12 pins and only available on packages with the external SMPS supply option. VDD12 does not require any external decoupling capacitance and cannot support any external load.
• VDDUSB = 3.0 V to 3.6 V
VDDUSB is the external independent power supply for USB transceivers. The
VDDUSB voltage level is independent from the VDD voltage and should preferably be connected to VDD when the USB is not used.
• VDDIO2 = 1.08 V to 3.6 V
• VDDIO2 is the external power supply for 14 I/Os (port G[15:2]). The VDDIO2 voltage level is independent from the VDD voltage and should preferably be connected to VDD when PG[15:2] are not used.
• V
BAT
= 1.55 V to 3.6 V
V
BAT
is the power supply for RTC, external clock 32 kHz oscillator and backup registers
(through power switch) when V
DD is not present.
• V REF, V REF+
V
REF+
is the input reference voltage for ADCs and DACs. It is also the output of the internal voltage reference buffer when enabled.
When V
DDA
< 2 V V
REF+
must be equal to V
DDA
.
When V
DDA
≥ 2 V V
REF+
must be between 2 V and V
DDA
.
V
REF+
can be grounded when ADC and DAC are not active.
The internal voltage reference buffer supports two output voltages, which are configured with VRS bit in the VREFBUF_CSR register:
– V
REF+
around 2.048 V. This requires V
DDA
equal to or higher than 2.4 V.
– V
REF+
around 2.5 V. This requires V
DDA
equal to or higher than 2.8 V.
VREF- and VREF+ pins are not available on all packages. When not available, they are bonded to VSSA and VDDA, respectively.
When the VREF+ is double-bonded with VDDA in a package, the internal voltage reference buffer is not available and must be kept disabled (refer to datasheet for packages pinout description).
V
REF-
must always be equal to V
SSA
.
An embedded linear voltage-regulator is used to supply the internal digital power V
CORE
V
CORE is the power supply for digital peripherals, SRAM1 and SRAM2. The Flash is supplied by V
CORE
and V
DD
.
.
DS12737 Rev 6 33/340
78
Functional overview
Figure 2. STM32L552xx power supply overview
V
DDA
V
SSA
V
DDA
domain
2 x A/D converters
2 x comparators
2 x D/A converters
2 x operational amplifiers
Voltage reference buffer
V
DDUSB
V
V
DDIO2
V
V
V
SS
SS
SS
DD
USB transceivers
V
DDIO2
domain
V
DDIO2
I/O ring
PG[15:2]
V
DD
domain
V
DDIO1
I/O ring
Reset block
Temp. sensor
3 x PLL, HSI, MSI
Standby circuitry
(Wakeup logic,
IWDG)
Voltage regulator
V
CORE
V
CORE
domain
Core
SRAM1
SRAM2
Digital peripherals
V
BAT
Low voltage detector
Flash memory
Backup domain
LSE crystal 32 K osc
BKP registers
RCC BDCR register
RTC
STM32L552xx
MSv49301V1
34/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
Figure 3. STM32L552xxxxP power supply overview
V
DDA
V
SSA
V
DDA
domain
2 x A/D converters
2 x comparators
2 x D/A converters
2 x operational amplifiers
Voltage reference buffer
V
DDUSB
V
V
SS
DDIO2
V
SS
V
SS
V
DD
2x V
DD12
USB transceivers
V
DDIO2
domain
V
DDIO2
I/O ring
PG[15:2]
V
DD
domain
V
DDIO1
I/O ring
Reset block
Temp. sensor
3 x PLL, HSI, MSI
Standby circuitry
(Wakeup logic,
IWDG)
Voltage regulator
V
CORE
V
CORE
domain
Core
SRAM1
SRAM2
Digital peripherals
Flash memory
Low voltage detector
V
BAT
Backup domain
LSE crystal 32 K osc
BKP registers
RCC BDCR register
RTC
MSv49336V1
DS12737 Rev 6 35/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
Figure 4. STM32L552xxxxQ power supply overview
V
DDA
V
SSA
V
DDA
domain
2 x A/D converters
2 x comparators
2 x D/A converters
2 x operational amplifiers
Voltage reference buffer
V
DDUSB
V
SS
USB transceivers
V
DDIO2
domain
V
DDIO2
I/O ring
V
DDIO2
V
SS
V
SS
V
DD
2 x V
15SMPS
V
LXSMPS
V
DDSMPS
V
SSSMPS
V
DD
domain
V
DDIO1
I/O ring
Reset block
Temp. sensor
3 x PLL, HSI, MSI
Standby circuitry
(Wakeup logic,
IWDG)
Voltage regulator
MR
SMPS
LPR
V
BAT
Low voltage detector
Flash memory
Backup domain
LSE crystal 32 K osc
BKP registers
RCC BDCR register
RTC
V
CORE
V
CORE
domain
Core
SRAM1
SRAM2
Digital peripherals
MSv49332V1
During power-up and power-down phases, the following power sequence requirements must be respected:
• When V
DD is below 1 V, other power supplies (V below VDD +300 mV.
DDA
, V
DDIO2
and V
DDUSB
) must remain
• When V
DD
is above 1 V, all power supplies are independent.
• During the power-down phase, V
DD
can temporarily become lower than other supplies only if the energy provided to the MCU remains below 1 mJ; this allows external decoupling capacitors to be discharged with different time constants during the powerdown transient phase.
36/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
Figure 5. Power-up/down sequence
V
3.6
V
DDX
(1)
V
DD
V
BOR0
1
0.3
Power-on
Invalid supply area V
DDX
< V
DD
Operating mode
+ 300 mV
Power-down
V
DDX
independent from V
DD
1. V
DDX
refers to any power supply among V
DDA
, V
DDIO2
and V
DDUSB.
time
MSv47490V1
3.9.2 Power supply supervisor
The devices have an integrated ultra-low-power Brownout reset (BOR) active in all modes
(except for Shutdown mode). The BOR ensures proper operation of the devices after poweron and during power down. The devices remain in reset mode when the monitored supply voltage V
DD
is below a specified threshold, without the need for an external reset circuit.
The lowest BOR level is 1.71 V at power on, and other higher thresholds can be selected through option bytes.The devices feature an embedded programmable voltage detector
(PVD) that monitors the V
DD
power supply and compares it to the VPVD threshold.
An interrupt can be generated when V
DD
drops below the VPVD threshold and/or when V
DD is higher than the VPVD threshold. The interrupt service routine can then generate a warning message and/or put the MCU into a safe state. The PVD is enabled by software.
In addition, the devices embed a peripheral voltage monitor which compares the independent supply voltages V
DDA
, V
DDUSB
, V
DDIO2
with a fixed threshold in order to ensure that the peripheral is in its functional supply range.
Two embedded linear voltage regulators supply most of the digital circuitries: the main regulator (MR) and the low-power regulator (LPR).
• The MR is used in the Run and Sleep modes and in the Stop 0 mode.
• The LPR is used in Low-power run, Low-power sleep, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes. It is also used to supply the 64 Kbytes or only 4 Kbytes of SRAM2 in standby with SRAM2 retention.
• Both regulators are in power-down while they are in standby and Shutdown modes: the regulator output is in high impedance, and the kernel circuitry is powered down thus inducing zero consumption.
DS12737 Rev 6 37/340
78
Functional overview
3.9.4
Note:
Note:
STM32L552xx
The ultra-low-power STM32L552xx devices support dynamic voltage scaling to optimize its power consumption in Run mode. The voltage from the main regulator that supplies the logic (VCORE) can be adjusted according to the system’s maximum operating frequency.
The main regulator operates in the following ranges:
• Range 0 with the CPU running at up to 110 MHz.
• Range 1 with the CPU running at up to 80 MHz.
• Range 2 with a maximum CPU frequency of 26 MHz. All peripheral clocks are also limited to 26 MHz.
The VCORE can be supplied by the low-power regulator, the main regulator being switched off. The system is then in Low-power run mode.
• Low-power run mode with the CPU running at up to 2 MHz. Peripherals with independent clock can be clocked by the HSI16.
SMPS step down converter
The built-in SMPS step down converter is a highly power-efficient DC/DC non-linear switching regulator that improves low-power performance when the VDD voltage is high enough. This SMPS step down converter automatically enters in bypass mode when the
VDD voltage falls below 2 V in Range 0 and Range 1.
There is no automatic SMPS bypass in Range 2.
The SMPS step down converter can be configured in:
• High-power mode (HPM): achieving a high efficiency at high current load. It is the default selected mode after POR reset.
• Low power mode achieving very high efficiency at low load
• Bypass mode
The SMPS step down converter can be switched in bypass mode at any time by the application software.
The SMPS step down converter is available only on specific package.
SMPS step down converter power supply scheme
The SMPS step down converter requires an external coil with typical value of 4.7 μ H to be connected between the VLXSMPS and the V15SMPS pins and a 4.7
μ F capacitor to be connected between the V15SMPS to VSSSMPS pins. It can be switched OFF by selecting the Bypass mode by software. Thus, only main regulator is used by the application.
38/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
Figure 6. SMPS step down converter power supply scheme
V
DD
VSSSMPS
VDDSMPS
VLXSMPS
V15SMPS
V15SMPS
VDD
VSS
SMPS
Step Down
Converter
Main regulator
V
CORE
MSv49346V1
If the selected package is with the SMPS step down converter option but it is never used by the application, it is recommend to set the SMPS power supply pins as follows:
• V
DDSMPS and V
LXSMPS
connected to VSS
• V
15SMPS connected to VDD
Component
C
L
Table 9. SMPS external components
Description
SMPS output capacitor
(1)
SMPS inductance
(2)
1. For example GRM155R60J475ME87J and GRM21BR71E475KA73L.
2. For example TDK MLP2016H4R7MT.
Value
4.7 µF
4.7 µH
SMPS step down converter fast startup
After POR reset, the SMPS step down converter starts in High-power mode and in Low startup mode. The low-startup feature is selected to limit the inrush current after power-on reset.
However, it is possible to configure a faster startup on the fly and it is applied for next startup either after a system reset or wakeup from low-power mode except Shutdown and VBAT modes. The fast startup is selected by setting the SMPSFSTEN bit in the PWR_CR4 register.
DS12737 Rev 6 39/340
78
Mode
Run
LPRun
Sleep
LPSleep
Stop 0
(5)
The ultra-low-power STM32L552xx devices support seven low-power modes to achieve the best compromise between low-power consumption, short startup time, available peripherals and available wake-up sources.
Table 11 shows the related STM32L552xx
modes overview.
CPU
Table 10. STM32L552xx modes overview
Flash SRAM Clocks DMA and Peripherals
(2)
Wakeup source
Regulator and SMPS mode
(1)
Ranges 0/1
SMPS HP mode
Range 2
SMPS LP or HP mode
LPR
Ranges 0/1
SMPS HP mode
Range 2
SMPS LP or HP mode
LPR
Ranges 0/1/2
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
ON
(3)
Off
ON
ON
ON
(4)
ON
All
Any
All except USB_FS, RNG
Any except PLL
All except USB_FS, RNG
All
Any
All except USB_FS, RNG
Any except PLL
LSE
LSI
All except USB_FS, RNG
BOR, PVD, PVM
RTC, IWDG
COMPx (x=1,2)
DAC1
OPAMPx (x=1,2)
USARTx (x=1...5)
(6)
LPUART1
I2Cx (x=1...4)
(7)
LPTIMx (x=1,2)
***
All other peripherals are frozen
N/A
N/A
Any interrupt or event
Any interrupt or event
Reset pin, all I/Os
BOR, PVD, PVM
RTC, IWDG
COMPx (x=1..2)
LPUART1
LPTIMx (x=1,2)
USB_FS
(8)
Mode
Stop 1
Stop 2
Regulator and SMPS mode
(1)
LPR
LPR
Table 10. STM32L552xx modes overview (continued)
CPU Flash SRAM Clocks DMA and Peripherals
(2)
No
No
Off
Off
ON
ON
LSE
LSI
LSE
LSI
BOR, PVD, PVM
RTC, IWDG
COMPx (x=1,2)
DAC1
OPAMPx (x=1,2)
LPUART1
LPTIMx (x=1,2)
***
All other peripherals are frozen
BOR, PVD, PVM
RTC, IWDG
COMPx (x=1..2)
I2C3
LPUART1
LPTIMx (x= 1,3)
***
All other peripherals are frozen
Wakeup source
Reset pin, all I/Os
BOR, PVD, PVM
RTC, IWDG
COMPx (x=1..2)
LPUART1
LPTIMx (x=1,2)
USB_FS
Reset pin, all I/Os
BOR, PVD, PVM
RTC, IWDG
COMPx (x=1..2)
I2C3
LPUART1
LPTIMx (x= 1,3)
Table 10. STM32L552xx modes overview (continued)
Mode
Regulator and SMPS mode
(1)
CPU Flash SRAM Clocks DMA and Peripherals
(2)
Standby
Shutdown
LPR
OFF
OFF
Powered
Off
Powered
Off
Off
Off
SRAM2 ON
Powered
Off
Powered
Off
LSE
LSI
LSE
BOR, RTC, IWDG
***
All other peripherals are powered off
***
I/O configuration can be floating, pull-up or pull-down
RTC
***
All other peripherals are powered off
***
I/O configuration can be floating, pull-up or pull-down
(10)
1. LPR means Main regulator is OFF and Low-power regulator is ON.
2. All peripherals can be active or clock gated to save power consumption.
3. The Flash memory can be put in power-down and its clock can be gated off when executing from SRAM.
4. The SRAM1 and SRAM2 clocks can be gated on or off independently.
5. SMPS mode can be used in Stop 0 mode, but no significant power gain can be expected.
6. U(S)ART and LPUART reception is functional in Stop mode, and generates a wakeup interrupt on Start, address match or received frame event.
7. I2C address detection is functional in Stop mode, and generates a wakeup interrupt in case of address match.
8. USB_FS wakeup by resume from suspend and attach detection protocol event.
9. The I/Os with wakeup from Standby/Shutdown capability are: PA0, PC13, PE6, PA2, PC5.
10. I/Os can be configured with internal pull-up, pull-down or floating in Shutdown mode but the configuration is lost when exiting the Shutdown mode.
Wakeup source
Reset pin
5 I/Os (WKUPx)
(9)
BOR, RTC, IWDG
Reset pin
RTC
STM32L552xx Functional overview
By default, the microcontroller is in Run mode after a system or a power reset. It is up to the user to select one of the low-power modes described below:
• Sleep mode
In Sleep mode, only the CPU is stopped. All peripherals continue to operate and can wake up the CPU when an interrupt/event occurs.
• Low-power run mode
This mode is achieved with VCORE supplied by the low-power regulator to minimize the regulator's operating current. The code can be executed from SRAM or from Flash, and the CPU frequency is limited to 2 MHz. The peripherals with independent clock can be clocked by HSI16.
• Low-power sleep mode
This mode is entered from the Low-power run mode. Only the CPU clock is stopped.
When wakeup is triggered by an event or an interrupt, the system reverts to the Lowpower run mode.
• Stop 0, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes
Stop mode achieves the lowest power consumption while retaining the content of
SRAM and registers. All clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped, the PLL, the MSI
RC, the HSI16 RC and the HSE crystal oscillators are disabled. The LSE or LSI is still running.
The RTC can remain active (Stop mode with RTC, Stop mode without RTC).
Some peripherals with wake-up capability can enable the HSI16 RC during Stop mode to detect their wake-up condition.
Three Stop modes are available: Stop 0, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes. In Stop 2 mode, most of the VCORE domain is put in a lower leakage mode.
Stop 1 offers the largest number of active peripherals and wakeup sources, a smaller wakeup time but a higher consumption than Stop 2. In Stop 0 mode, the main regulator remains ON, allowing a very fast wakeup time but with much higher consumption.
The system clock when exiting from Stop 0, Stop 1 or Stop 2 modes can be either MSI up to 48 MHz or HSI16, depending on software configuration.
• Standby mode
The Standby mode is used to achieve the lowest power consumption with BOR. The internal regulator is switched off so that the VCORE domain is powered off. The PLL, the MSI RC, the HSI16 RC and the HSE crystal oscillators are also switched off.
The RTC can remain active (Standby mode with RTC, Standby mode without RTC).
The Brownout reset (BOR) always remains active in Standby mode.
The state of each I/O during Standby mode can be selected by software: I/O with internal pull-up, internal pull-down or floating.
After entering Standby mode, SRAM1 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain and Standby circuitry. Optionally, the full SRAM2 or 4 Kbytes can be retained in Standby mode, supplied by the low-power regulator (standby with RAM2 retention mode).
DS12737 Rev 6 43/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
The BORL (brown out detector low) can be configured in ultra-low-power mode to further reduce power consumption during standby mode.
The device exits Standby mode when an external reset (NRST pin), an IWDG reset,
WKUP pin event (configurable rising or falling edge), or an RTC event occurs (alarm, periodic wakeup, timestamp, tamper) or a failure is detected on LSE (CSS on LSE).
The system clock after wakeup is MSI up to 8 MHz.
• Shutdown mode
The Shutdown mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. The internal regulator is switched off so that the VCORE domain is powered off. The PLL, the
HSI16, the MSI, the LSI and the HSE oscillators are also switched off.
The RTC can remain active (Shutdown mode with RTC, Shutdown mode without RTC).
The BOR is not available in Shutdown mode. No power voltage monitoring is possible in this mode, therefore the switch to Backup domain is not supported.
SRAM1, SRAM2 and register contents are lost except for registers in the Backup domain.
The device exits Shutdown mode when an external reset (NRST pin), a WKUP pin event (configurable rising or falling edge), or an RTC event occurs (alarm, periodic wakeup, timestamp, tamper).
The system clock after wakeup is MSI at 4 MHz.
44/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
Peripheral
Functional overview
Table 11. Functionalities depending on the working mode (1)
Stop 0/1 Stop 2 Standby Shutdown
Run Sleep
Lowpower run
Lowpower sleep -
VBAT
CPU
(
Flash memory
512 Kbyte )
SRAM1
(192 Kbytes)
SRAM2 (64 Kbytes)
FSMC
OCTOSPI
Backup registers
Brownout reset
(BOR)
Programmable voltage detector
(PVD)
Peripheral voltage monitor (PVMx; x=1,2,3,4)
DMA
High speed internal
(HSI16)
Oscillator HSI48
High speed external
(HSE)
Low speed internal
(LSI)
Low speed external
(LSE)
Multi speed internal
(MSI)
Clock security system (CSS)
Clock security system on LSE
Y
O
(2)
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Y
Y
O
O
Y
Y
O
O
O
O
-
O
Y
(3)
Y
O
O
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
O
O
Y
Y
O O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
O
-
O
O
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
Y
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
(4)
-
-
Y
Y Y
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O O O O O -
O O O O
-
-
-
(5)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
O
-
-
-
-
O
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
O
-
-
-
-
O O O O O O
-
-
-
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Y
-
-
-
-
DS12737 Rev 6 45/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
Table 11. Functionalities depending on the working mode (1) (continued)
Stop 0/1 Stop 2 Standby Shutdown
Peripheral Run Sleep
Lowpower run
Lowpower sleep -
VBAT
V
DD
voltage monitoring, temperature monitoring
RTC / TAMP
Number of RTC
Tamper pins
USB, UCPD
USARTx
(x=1,2,3,4,5)
Low-power UART
(LPUART)
I2Cx (x=1,2,4)
I2C3
SPIx (x=1,2,3)
FDCAN1
SDMMC1
SAIx (x=1,2)
DFSDM1
ADCx (x=1,2)
DAC1
VREFBUF
OPAMPx (x=1,2)
COMPx (x=1,2)
Temperature sensor
Timers (TIMx)
Low-power timer 1,
3 (LPTIM1 and
LPTIM3)
Low-power timer 2
(LPTIM2)
Independent watchdog (IWDG)
O
O
8
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
8
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
O
O
8
O
O
O O O O O O O -
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
O
O
8
O
8
O
O
O
O
(6)
O
-
-
O
8
-
-
O
O
O
O
O
-
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
O
-
-
O
O
O
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
(7)
O
-
-
-
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
-
-
-
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
8
-
-
O
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
8
-
-
O
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O O O O -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
O
3
O O -
O O O
-
O O O -
-
-
-
46/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
Table 11. Functionalities depending on the working mode (1) (continued)
Stop 0/1 Stop 2 Standby Shutdown
Peripheral Run Sleep
Lowpower run
Lowpower sleep -
VBAT
Window watchdog
(WWDG)
SysTick timer
Touch sensing controller (TSC)
Random number generator (RNG)
CRC calculation unit
O
O
O
O
(8)
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
-
O
O
O
O
-
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
GPIOs O O O O O O O O
(9)
5 pins
(10)
(11)
5 pins
-
1. Legend: Y = yes (enable). O = optional (disable by default, can be enabled by software). - = not available.
Gray cells highlight the wakeup capability in each mode.
2. The Flash can be configured in Power-down mode. By default, it is not in Power-down mode.
3. The SRAM clock can be gated on or off.
4. 4 Kbytes or full SRAM2 content is preserved depending on RRS[1:0] bits configuration in PWR_CR3 register.
5. Some peripherals with wakeup from Stop capability can request HSI16 to be enabled. In this case, HSI16 is woken up by the peripheral, and only feeds the peripheral which requested it. HSI16 is automatically put off when the peripheral does not need it anymore.
6. UART and LPUART reception is functional in Stop mode, and generates a wakeup interrupt on Start, address match or received frame event.
7. I2C address detection is functional in Stop mode, and generates a wakeup interrupt in case of address match.
8. Voltage scaling ranges 0 and 1 only.
9. I/Os can be configured with internal pull-up, pull-down or floating in Standby mode.
10. The I/Os with wakeup from standby/shutdown capability are: PA0, PC13, PE6, PA2, PC5.
11. I/Os can be configured with internal pull-up, pull-down or floating in Shutdown mode but the configuration is lost when exiting the Shutdown mode.
-
-
In order to improve the consumption under reset, the I/Os state under and after reset is
“analog state” (the I/O schmitt trigger is disable). In addition, the internal reset pull-up is deactivated when the reset source is internal.
The VBAT pin allows the device VBAT domain to be powered from an external battery, an external supercapacitor, or from V
DD
when there is no external battery and when an external
DS12737 Rev 6 47/340
78
Functional overview
Note:
3.9.8
STM32L552xx supercapacitor is present. The VBAT pin supplies the RTC with LSE and the backup registers. Three anti-tamper detection pins are available in VBAT mode.
The VBAT operation is automatically activated when V
DD
is not present. An internal VBAT battery charging circuit is embedded and can be activated when V
DD
is present.
When the microcontroller is supplied from VBAT, neither external interrupts nor RTC alarm/events exit the microcontroller from the VBAT operation.
PWR TrustZone security
When the TrustZone security is activated by the TZEN option bit, the PWR is switched in
TrustZone security mode.
The PWR TrustZone security allows to secure the following configuration:
• Low-power mode
• Wake-up (WKUP) pins
• Voltage detection and monitoring
• VBAT mode
Other PWR configuration bits are secure when:
• The system clock selection is secure in RCC, the voltage scaling (VOS) configuration is secure
• A GPIO is configured as secure, it's corresponding bit for Pull-up/Pull-down in standby mode is secure
• The RTC is secure, the backup domain write protection bit in PWR is secure.
3.10 Peripheral interconnect matrix
Several peripherals have direct connections between them, which allow autonomous communication between them and support the saving of CPU resources (thus power supply consumption). In addition, these hardware connections allow fast and predictable latency.
Depending on the peripherals, these interconnections can operate in Run, Sleep, Lowpower run and Sleep, Stop 0, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes. See
Table 12. STM32L552xx peripherals interconnect matrix
Interconnect source
Interconnect destination
Interconnect action
TIMx
TIMx
ADC
DAC1
DFSDM1
DMA
COMPx
Timers synchronization or chaining
Conversion triggers
Memory to memory transfer trigger
Comparator output blanking
Y Y Y Y -
Y Y Y Y -
Y Y Y Y -
Y Y Y Y -
48/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
Table 12. STM32L552xx peripherals interconnect matrix (continued)
Interconnect source
Interconnect destination
Interconnect action
COMPx
ADCx
RTC
TIM1, 8
TIM2, 3
LPTIMERx
TIM1, 8
TIM16
LPTIMERx
Timer input channel, trigger, break from analog signals comparison
Y Y Y Y -
Low-power timer triggered by analog signals comparison
Timer triggered by analog watchdog
Timer input channel from RTC events
Low-power timer triggered by RTC alarms or tampers
Y Y Y Y Y
Y
(1)
Y Y Y Y -
Y Y Y Y -
Y Y Y Y Y
Y
Clock source used as input channel for
RC measurement and trimming
Timer triggered by USB SOF
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
Y
-
-
-
-
All clocks sources (internal and external)
TIM2
TIM15, 16, 17
USB
CSS
CPU (hard fault)
RAM (parity error)
Flash memory (ECC error)
COMPx
PVD
DFSDM1 (analog watchdog, short circuit detection)
TIM2
TIM1,8
TIM15,16,17
TIMx
GPIO
LPTIMERx
ADC
DAC1
DFSDM1
1. LPTIM1 and LPTIM3 only.
Timer break
External trigger
External trigger
Conversion external trigger
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
-
-
Y
-
-
Y
-
-
DS12737 Rev 6 49/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
3.11 Reset and clock controller (RCC)
The clock controller (see Figure 7
) distributes the clocks coming from the different oscillators to the core and to the peripherals. It also manages the clock gating for low-power modes and ensures the clock robustness. It features:
• Clock prescaler: to get the best trade-off between speed and current consumption, the clock frequency to the CPU and peripherals can be adjusted by a programmable prescaler.
• Clock security system: clock sources can be changed safely on the fly in Run mode through a configuration register.
• Clock management: to reduce the power consumption, the clock controller can stop the clock to the core, individual peripherals or memory.
• System clock source: four different clock sources can be used to drive the master clock SYSCLK:
– 4 to 48 MHz high-speed external crystal or ceramic resonator (HSE), that can supply a PLL. The HSE can also be configured in bypass mode for an external clock.
– 16 MHz high-speed internal RC oscillator (HSI16), trimmable by software, that can supply a PLL
– Multispeed internal RC oscillator (MSI), trimmable by software, able to generate
12 frequencies from 100 kHz to 48 MHz. When a 32.768 kHz clock source is available in the system (LSE), the MSI frequency can be automatically trimmed by hardware to reach better than ±0.25% accuracy. In this mode the MSI can feed the
USB device, saving the need of an external high-speed crystal (HSE). The MSI can supply a PLL.
– System PLL which can be fed by HSE, HSI16 or MSI, with a maximum frequency at 110 MHz.
• RC48 with clock recovery system (HSI48): internal 48 MHz clock source (HSI48)can be used to drive the USB, the SDMMC or the RNG peripherals. This clock can be output on the MCO.
• UCPD kernel clock : it is derived from HSI16 clock. The HSI16 RC oscillator must be enabled prior to the UCPD kernel clock use.
• Auxiliary clock source: two ultra-low-power clock sources that can be used to drive the real-time clock:
– 32.768 kHz low-speed external crystal (LSE), supporting four drive capability modes. The LSE can also be configured in bypass mode for an external clock.
– 32 kHz low-speed internal RC (LSI), also used to drive the independent watchdog.
The LSI clock accuracy is ±5% accuracy. The LSI clock can be divided by 128 to output a 250 Hz as source clock.
• Peripheral clock sources: several peripherals (USB, SDMMC, RNG, SAI, USARTs,
I2Cs, LPTimers, ADC) have their own independent clock whatever the system clock.
Three PLLs, each having three independent outputs allowing the highest flexibility, can generate independent clocks for the ADC, the USB/SDMMC/RNG and the two SAIs.
• Startup clock: after reset, the microcontroller restarts by default with an internal 4 MHz clock (MSI). The prescaler ratio and clock source can be changed by the application program as soon as the code execution starts.
• Clock security system (CSS): this feature can be enabled by software. If a HSE clock failure occurs, the master clock is automatically switched to HSI16 and a software
50/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview interrupt is generated if enabled. LSE failure can also be detected and generated an interrupt.
• Clock-out capability:
– MCO (microcontroller clock output): it outputs one of the internal clocks for external use by the application
– LSCO (low-speed clock output): it outputs LSI or LSE in all low-power modes
(except VBAT).
Several prescalers allow to configure the AHB frequency, the high speed APB (APB2) and the low-speed APB (APB1) domains. The maximum frequency of the AHB and the APB domains is 110 MHz.
DS12737 Rev 6 51/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
Figure 7. STM32L552xx clock tree to IWDG
LSI RC 32 kHz
LSCO
OSC32_OUT to RTC
LSE OSC
32.768 kHz
/32
OSC32_IN
MCO
OSC_OUT
OSC_IN
PLL
PLLSAI1
/ 1→16
HSI RC
16 MHz
MSI RC
100 kHz – 48 MHz
/ R
RC 48 MHz
/ P
/ Q
/ R
/ P
/ Q
HSE OSC
4-48 MHz
Clock detector
PLLSAI3CLK
/ M
PLL48M1CLK
PLLCLK
PLLSAI1CLK
PLL48M2CLK
/ M
PLLADC1CLK
LSE
LSI
MSI
HSI16
HSE
SYSCLK
PLLCLK
HSI48
HSI16
HSI16
PLLSAI2
/ P
/ Q
/ R
PLLSAI2CLK
/ M
HSI16
MSI
HSI16
HSE
HSE
MSI
HSI16
MSI
HSI16
HSE
MSI
HSI16
HSE
Clock source control
SYSCLK
MSI
AHB PRESC
/ 1,2,..512
HCLK
/ 8 to PWR to AHB bus, core, memory and DMA
FCLK Cortex free running clock to Cortex system timer
APB1 PRESC
/ 1,2,4,8,16
PCLK1 to APB1 peripherals
LSE
HSI16
SYSCLK x1 or x2 to TIMx x=2..7
to USARTx
X=2..5
to LPUART1
HSI16
SYSCLK
LSI
LSE
HSI16 to I2Cx x=1,2,3,4 to LPTIMx x=1,2
APB2 PRESC
/ 1,2,4,8,16
OCTOSPI clock
CRS clock
PCLK2 to APB2 peripherals x1 or x2 to TIMx x=1,8,15,16,17
LSE
HSI16
SYSCLK to
USART1
MSI
48
MHz
SDMMC clock
48 MHz clock to USB, RNG
SYSCLK to ADC
FDCAN
HSI16
To UCPD1
HSE
MSI
HSI16
DFSDM audio clock to SAI1
SAI1_EXTCLK
SAI2_EXTCLK to SAI2
MSv49302V2
52/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
TrustZone security
When the TrustZone security is activated by the TZEN option bit, the RCC is switched in
TrustZone security mode.
The RCC TrustZone security allows to secure some RCC system configuration and peripheral configuration clock from being read or modified by non-secure accesses:
• RCC system security:
– HSE, HSE-CSS, HSI, MSI, LSI, LSE, LSE-CSS, HSI48 configuration and status bits
– Main PLL, PLLSAI1, PLLSAI2, AHB prescaler configuration and status bits
– System clock SYSCLK and HSI48 source clock selection and status bits
– MCO clock output configuration and STOPWUCK bit
– Reset flag RMVF configuration bit
• RCC peripheral security:
– When a peripheral is secure, the related peripheral clock, reset, clock source selection and clock enable during low power modes control bits are secure.
• A peripheral is in secure state when:
– For securable peripherals, when it's corresponding SEC security bit is set in the
TZSC (TrustZone security controller)
– For TrustZone-aware peripherals, a security feature of this peripheral is enabled through its dedicated bits.
The devices embed a special block which allows automatic trimming of the internal 48 MHz oscillator to guarantee its optimal accuracy over the whole device operational range. This automatic trimming is based on the external synchronization signal, which could be either derived from USB SOF signalization, from LSE oscillator, from an external signal on
CRS_SYNC pin or generated by user software. For faster lock-in during startup it is also possible to combine automatic trimming with manual trimming action.
Each of the GPIO pins can be configured by software as output (push-pull or open-drain), as input (with or without pull-up or pull-down) or as peripheral alternate function. Most of the
GPIO pins are shared with digital or analog alternate functions.
After reset, all GPIOs are in Analog mode to reduce power consumption.
The I/Os alternate function configuration can be locked if needed following a specific sequence in order to avoid spurious writing to the I/Os registers.
GPIO TrustZone security
Each I/O pin of GPIO port can be individually configured as secure. When the selected I/O pin is configured as secure, its corresponding configuration bits for alternate function, mode selection, I/O data are secure against a non-secure access. The associated registers bit access is restricted to a secure software only. After reset, all GPIO ports are secure.
DS12737 Rev 6 53/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
The 32-bit multi-AHB bus matrix interconnects all the masters (CPU, DMAs, SDMMC1) and the slaves (Flash memory, RAM, FMC, OCTOSPI, AHB and APB peripherals). It also ensures a seamless and efficient operation even when several high-speed peripherals work simultaneously.
Figure 8. Multi-AHB bus matrix
CORTEX
®
-M33 with TrustZone and FPU
DMA1 DMA2 SDMMC1
8 KB I-Cache
Legend
Bus multiplexer Master Interface
Slave Interface
MPCBBx: Memory protection controller block based
MPCWMx: Memory protection controller Watermark
MPCBB1
MPCBB2
MPCWM1
MPCWM2
MPCWM3
FLASH
512 KB
SRAM1
SRAM2
AHB1 peripherals
AHB2 peripherals
OctoSPI1
FSMC
BusMatrix-S
MSv61198V1
54/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
3.15 Direct memory access controller (DMA)
The device embeds 2 DMAs. Refer to Table 13: DMA1 and DMA2 implementation for the
features implementation.
Direct memory access (DMA) is used in order to provide a high-speed data transfer between peripherals and memory as well as from memory to memory. Data can be quickly moved by DMA without any CPU actions. This keeps the CPU resources free for other operations.
The two DMA controllers have 16 channels in total, each one dedicated to manage memory access requests from one or more peripherals. Each controller has an arbiter for handling the priority between DMA requests.
The DMA supports 8 channels for each DMA1 and DMA2, independently configurable:
• Each channel is associated either with a DMA request signal coming from a peripheral, or with a software trigger in memory-to-memory transfers. This configuration is done by software.
• Priority between the requests is programmable by software (4 levels per channel: very high, high, medium, low) or by hardware in case of equality (such as request 1 has priority over request 2).
• Transfer size of source and destination are independent (byte, half-word, word), emulating packing and unpacking. Source and destination addresses must be aligned on the data size.
• Support of transfers from/to peripherals to/from memory with circular buffer management.
• Programmable number of data to be transferred: 0 to 2 18 - 1.
• Generation of an interrupt request per channel. Each interrupt request is caused from any of the three DMA events: transfer complete, half transfer, or transfer error.
• TrustZone support:
– Support for AHB secure and non-secure DMA transfers, independently at a first channel level, and independently at a source and destination sub-level
– TrustZone-aware AHB slave port, protecting any secure resource (register, register field) from a non-secure software access
• Privileged / unprivileged support:
– Support for AHB privileged and unprivileged DMA transfers, independently at a channel level
– Privileged-aware AHB slave port.
Table 13. DMA1 and DMA2 implementation
Feature DMA1
Number of DMA channels
TrustZone
8
1 (supported)
DMA2
8
1 (supported)
DS12737 Rev 6 55/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
3.16 DMA request router (DMAMUX)
When a peripheral indicates a request for DMA transfer by setting its DMA request line, the
DMA request is pending until it is served and the corresponding DMA request line is reset.
The DMA request router allows to route the DMA control lines between the peripherals and the DMA controllers of the product.
An embedded multi-channel DMA request generator can be considered as one of such peripherals. The routing function is ensured by a multi-channel DMA request line multiplexer. Each channel selects a unique set of DMA control lines, unconditionally or synchronously with events on synchronization inputs.
DMAMUX main features
• 16-channel programmable DMA request line multiplexer output
• 4-channel DMA request generator
• 23 trigger inputs to DMA request generator
• 23 synchronization inputs
• Per DMA request generator channel:
– DMA request trigger input selector
– DMA request counter
– Event overrun flag for selected DMA request trigger input
• Per DMA request line multiplexer channel output:
– 90 input DMA request lines from peripherals
– One DMA request line output
– Synchronization input selector
– DMA request counter
– Event overrun flag for selected synchronization input
– One event output, for DMA request chaining
• TrustZone support:
– Support for AHB secure and non-secure DMA transfers, independently at a channel level.
– TrustZone-aware AHB slave port, protecting any secure resource (register, register field) from a non-secure software access, with configurable interrupt event.
– Two secure and non-secure interrupt requests, resulting from any of the respectively secure and non-secure channels. Each channel event being caused from any of the two DMAMUX input events: trigger or synchronization overrun, associated with a respectively secure and non-secure channels.
• Privileged / Unprivileged support:
– Support for AHB privileged and unprivileged DMA transfers, independently, at a channel level.
– Privileged-aware AHB slave port.
56/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
3.17.1 Nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC)
The devices embed a nested vectored interrupt controller which is able to manage 8 priority levels, and to handle up to 109 maskable interrupt channels plus the 16 interrupt lines of the
Cortex
®
-M33.
The NVIC benefits are the following:
• Closely coupled NVIC gives low latency interrupt processing
• Interrupt entry vector table address passed directly to the core
• Allows early processing of interrupts
• Processing of late arriving higher priority interrupts
• Support for tail chaining
• Processor state automatically saved
• Interrupt entry restored on interrupt exit with no instruction overhead
• TrustZone support. The NVIC registers are banked across secure and non-secure states
The NVIC hardware block provides flexible interrupt management features with minimal interrupt latency.
3.17.2 Extended interrupt/event controller (EXTI)
The Extended interrupts and event controller (EXTI) manages the individual CPU and system wakeup through configurable and direct event inputs. It provides wakeup requests to the power control, and generates an interrupt request to the CPU NVIC and events to the
CPU event input. For the CPU an additional Event Generation block (EVG) is needed to generate the CPU event signal.
The EXTI wakeup requests allow the system to be woken up from Stop modes.
The interrupt request and event request generation can also be used in RUN modes. The
EXTI also includes the EXTI mux IOport selection.
The EXTI main features are the following:
The EXTI main features are the following:
• 43 input events supported
• All event inputs allow to wake up the system.
• Events which do not have an associated wakeup flag in the peripheral, have a flag in the EXTI and generate an interrupt to the CPU from the EXTI.
DS12737 Rev 6 57/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
The asynchronous event inputs are classified in 2 groups:
• Configurable events (signals from I/Os or peripherals able to generate a pulse)
– Configurable events have the following features:
Selectable active trigger edge
Interrupt pending status register bit independent for the rising and falling edge.
Individual interrupt and event generation mask, used for conditioning the CPU wakeup, interrupt and event generation.
SW trigger possibility
• Direct events (interrupt and wakeup sources from peripherals having an associated flag which requiring to be cleared in the peripheral)
– Direct events have the following features:
Fixed rising edge active trigger
No interrupt pending status register bit in the EXTI. (The interrupt pending status flag is provided by the peripheral generating the event.)
Individual interrupt and event generation mask, used for conditioning the CPU wakeup and event generation.
No SW trigger possibility
• TrustZone secure events
– The access to control and configuration bits of secure input events can be made secure.
• EXTI IO port selection
The CRC (cyclic redundancy check) calculation unit is used to get a CRC code using a configurable generator with polynomial value and size.
Among other applications, the CRC-based techniques are used to verify data transmission or storage integrity. In the scope of the EN/IEC 60335-1 standard, they offer a mean to verify the Flash memory integrity.
The CRC calculation unit helps to compute a signature of the software during runtime, which can be ulteriorly compared with a reference signature generated at link-time and which can be stored at a given memory location.
3.19 Flexible static memory controller (FSMC)
The flexible static memory controller (FSMC) includes two memory controllers:
• The NOR/PSRAM memory controller
• The NAND/memory controller
This memory controller is also named flexible memory controller (FMC).
58/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
The main features of the FSMC controller are the following:
• Interface with static-memory mapped devices including:
– Static random access memory (SRAM)
– NOR Flash memory/OneNAND Flash memory
– PSRAM (four memory banks)
– NAND Flash memory with ECC hardware to check up to 8 Kbytes of data
– Ferroelectric RAM (FRAM)
• 8-,16- bit data bus width
• Independent chip select control for each memory bank
• Independent configuration for each memory bank
• Write FIFO
LCD parallel interface
The FMC can be configured to interface seamlessly with most graphic LCD controllers. It supports the Intel 8080 and Motorola 6800 modes, and is flexible enough to adapt to specific LCD interfaces. This LCD parallel interface capability makes it easy to build cost effective graphic applications using LCD modules with embedded controllers or highperformance solutions using external controllers with dedicated acceleration.
TrustZone security
When the TrustZone security is enabled, the whole FSMC banks are secure after reset.
Non-secure area can be configured using the TZSC MPCWMx controller.
• The FSMC NOR/PSRAM bank:
– Up to two non-secure area can be configured thought the TZSC MPCWM2 controller with a granularity of 64 Kbytes.
• The FSMC NAND bank:
– Can be either configured as fully secure or fully non-secure using the TZSC
MPCWM3 controller.
The FSMC registers can be configured as secure through the TZSC controller.
The OCTOSPI is a specialized communication interface targetting single, dual, quad or octal
SPI memories. It can operate in any of the three following modes:
• Indirect mode: all the operations are performed using the OCTOSPI registers
• Status polling mode: the external memory status register is periodically read and an interrupt can be generated in case of flag setting
• Memory-mapped mode: the external memory is memory mapped and is seen by the system as if it were an internal memory supporting read and write operation
The OCTOSPI supports two frame formats:
• Classical frame format with command, address, alternate byte, dummy cycles and data phase over 1, 2, 4 or 8 data pins
• HyperBus TM frame format
The OCTOSPI offers the following features:
DS12737 Rev 6 59/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
• Three functional modes: indirect, status-polling, and memory-mapped
• Read and write support in memory-mapped mode
• Supports for single, dual, quad and octal communication
• Dual-quad mode, where 8 bits can be sent/received simultaneously by accessing two quad memories in parallel.
• SDR and DTR support
• Data strobe support
• Fully programmable opcode for both indirect and memory mapped mode
• Fully programmable frame format for both indirect and memory mapped mode
• Each of the five following phases can be configured independently (enable, length, single/dual/quad communication)
– Instruction phase
– Address phase
– Alternate bytes phase
– Dummy cycles phase
– Data phase
• HyperBus TM support
• Integrated FIFO for reception and transmission
• 8, 16, and 32-bit data accesses are allowed
• DMA channel for indirect mode operations
• Timeout management
• Interrupt generation on FIFO threshold, timeout, status match, operation complete, and access error
TrustZone security
When the TrustZone security is enabled, the whole OCTOSPI bank is secure after reset.
Up to two non-secure area can be configured thought the TZSC MPCWM1 controller with a granularity of 64 Kbytes.
The OCTOSPI registers can be configured as secure through the TZSC controller.
60/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
3.21 Analog-to-digital converter (ADC)
The device embeds two successive approximation analog-to-digital converters with the following features:
• 12-bit native resolution, with built-in calibration
• 5.33 Msps maximum conversion rate with full resolution
– Down to 18.75 ns sampling time
– Increased conversion rate for lower resolution (up to 8.88 Msps for 6-bit resolution)
• Up to 16 external channels
• 5 internal channels: internal reference voltage, temperature sensor, VBAT/3 and DAC1 outputs
• One external reference pin is available on some package, allowing the input voltage range to be independent from the power supply
• Single-ended and differential mode inputs
• Low-power design
– Capable of low-current operation at low conversion rate (consumption decreases linearly with speed)
– Dual clock domain architecture: ADC speed independent from CPU frequency
• Highly versatile digital interface
– Single-shot or continuous/discontinuous sequencer-based scan mode: 2 groups of analog signals conversions can be programmed to differentiate background and high-priority real-time conversions
– Each ADC support multiple trigger inputs for synchronization with on-chip timers and external signals
– Results stored into a data register or in RAM with DMA controller support
– Data pre-processing: left/right alignment and per channel offset compensation
– Built-in oversampling unit for enhanced SNR
– Channel-wise programmable sampling time
– Analog watchdog for automatic voltage monitoring, generating interrupts and trigger for selected timers
– Hardware assistant to prepare the context of the injected channels to allow fast context switching
The temperature sensor (TS) generates a voltage V
TS
that varies linearly with temperature.
The temperature sensor is internally connected to the ADC1_IN17 input channels which is used to convert the sensor output voltage into a digital value.
The sensor provides good linearity but it has to be calibrated to obtain good overall accuracy of the temperature measurement. As the offset of the temperature sensor varies from chip to chip due to process variation, the uncalibrated internal temperature sensor is suitable for applications that detect temperature changes only.
To improve the accuracy of the temperature sensor measurement, each device is individually factory-calibrated by ST. The temperature sensor factory calibration data are stored by ST in the system memory area, accessible in read-only mode.
DS12737 Rev 6 61/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
Table 14. Temperature sensor calibration values
Calibration value name Description Memory address
TS_CAL1
TS_CAL2
TS ADC raw data acquired at a temperature of 30 °C (± 5 °C),
V
DDA
= V
REF+
= 3.0 V (± 10 mV)
TS ADC raw data acquired at a temperature of 130 °C (± 5 °C),
V
DDA
= V
REF+
= 3.0 V (± 10 mV)
0x0BFA 05A8 - 0x0BFA 05A9
0x0BFA 05CA- 0x0BFA 05CB
3.21.2 Internal voltage reference (V
REFINT
)
The internal voltage reference (VREFINT) provides a stable (bandgap) voltage output for the ADC and the comparators. The VREFINT is internally connected to the ADC1_IN0 input channel. The precise voltage of VREFINT is individually measured for each part by ST during production test and stored in the system memory area. It is accessible in read-only mode.
Table 15. Internal voltage reference calibration values
Calibration value name Description Memory address
VREFINT
Raw data acquired at a temperature of 30 °C (± 5 °C),
V
DDA
= V
REF+
= 3.0 V (± 10 mV)
0x0BFA 05AA - 0x0BFA 05AB
3.21.3 V
BAT
battery voltage monitoring
This embedded hardware enables the application to measure the V
BAT the internal ADC channel ADC1_IN18. As the V
BAT
battery voltage using
voltage may be higher than the VDDA, and thus outside the ADC input range, the VBAT pin is internally connected to a bridge divider by 3. As a consequence, the converted digital value is one third of the V
BAT
voltage.
62/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
3.22 Digital to analog converter (DAC)
Two 12-bit buffered DAC channels can be used to convert digital signals into analog voltage signal outputs. The chosen design structure is composed of integrated resistor strings and an amplifier in inverting configuration.
This digital interface supports the following features:
• Up to two DAC output channels
• 8-bit or 12-bit output mode
• Buffer offset calibration (factory and user trimming)
• Left or right data alignment in 12-bit mode
• Synchronized update capability
• Noise-wave generation
• Triangular-wave generation
• Dual DAC channel independent or simultaneous conversions
• DMA capability for each channel
• External triggers for conversion
• Sample and hold low-power mode, with internal or external capacitor
The DAC channels are triggered through the timer update outputs that are also connected to different DMA channels.
The devices embed a voltage reference buffer which can be used as voltage reference for
ADC, DACs and also as voltage reference for external components through the VREF+ pin.
The internal voltage reference buffer supports two voltages:
• 2.048 V
• 2.5 V
An external voltage reference can be provided through the VREF+ pin when the internal voltage reference buffer is off.
The VREF+ pin is double-bonded with VDDA on some packages. In these packages the internal voltage reference buffer is not available.
Figure 9. Voltage reference buffer
VREFBUF
Bandgap +
V
DDA
DAC, ADC
-
VREF+
Low frequency cut-off capacitor
100 nF
DS12737 Rev 6
MSv40197V1
63/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
The devices embed two rail-to-rail comparators with programmable reference voltage
(internal or external), hysteresis and speed (low speed for low-power) and with selectable output polarity.
The reference voltage can be one of the following:
• External I/O
• DAC output channels
• Internal reference voltage or submultiple (1/4, 1/2, 3/4).
All comparators can wake up from Stop mode, generate interrupts and breaks for the timers and can also be combined into a window comparator.
The devices embed two operational amplifiers with external or internal follower routing and
PGA capability.
The operational amplifier features:
• Low input bias current
• Low offset voltage
• Low-power mode
• Rail-to-rail input
3.26 Digital filter for sigma-delta modulators (DFSDM)
The devices embed one DFSDM with four digital filters modules and eight external input serial channels (transceivers) or alternately eight internal parallel inputs support.
The DFSDM peripheral is dedicated to interface the external Σ∆ modulators to the microcontroller and then to perform digital filtering of the received data streams (which represent analog value on Σ∆ modulators inputs).
The DFSDM can also interface the PDM (pulse density modulation) microphones and perform PDM to PCM conversion and filtering in hardware. The DFSDM features optional parallel data stream inputs from microcontrollers memory (through DMA/CPU transfers into
DFSDM).
The DFSDM transceivers support several serial interface formats (to support various Σ∆ modulators) and the DFSDM digital filter modules perform digital processing according to the user’s selected filter parameters with up to 24-bit final ADC resolution.
64/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
The DFSDM peripheral supports:
• Up to 4 multiplexed input digital serial channels:
– Configurable SPI interface to connect various Σ∆ modulators
– Configurable Manchester coded 1 wire interface support
– Clock output for Σ∆ modulator(s)
• Alternative inputs from up to 4 internal digital parallel channels:
– Inputs with up to 16 bit resolution
– Internal sources: ADCs data or memory (CPU/DMA write) data streams
• Adjustable digital signal processing:
– Sincx filter: filter order/type (1..5), oversampling ratio (up to 1..1024)
– Integrator: oversampling ratio (1..256)
• Up to 24-bit output data resolution:
– Right bit-shifter on final data (0..31 bits)
• Signed output data format
• Automatic data offset correction (offset stored in register by user)
• Continuous or single conversion
• Start-of-conversion synchronization with:
– Software trigger
– Internal timers
– External events
– Start-of-conversion synchronously with first DFSDM filter (DFSDM_FLT0)
• Analog watchdog feature:
– Low value and high value data threshold registers
– Own configurable Sincx digital filter (order = 1..3, oversampling ratio = 1..32)
– Input from output data register or from one or more input digital serial channels
– Continuous monitoring independently from standard conversion
• Short-circuit detector to detect saturated analog input values (bottom and top ranges):
– Up to 8-bit counter to detect 1..256 consecutive 0’s or 1’s on input data stream
– Mnitoring continuously each channel (4 serial channel transceiver outputs)
• Break generation on analog watchdog event or short-circuit detector event
• Extremes detector:
– Store minimum and maximum values of output data values
– Refreshed by software
• DMA may be used to read the conversion data
• Interrupts: end of conversion, overrun, analog watchdog, short-circuit, channel clock absence
• “Regular” or “injected” conversions:
– “Regular” conversions can be requested at any time or even in continuous mode without having any impact on the timing of “injected” conversions.
DS12737 Rev 6 65/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
3.27 Touch sensing controller (TSC)
Note:
The touch sensing controller provides a simple solution to add capacitive sensing functionality to any application. A capacitive sensing technology is able to detect finger presence near an electrode that is protected from direct touch by a dielectric (glass, plastic or other). The capacitive variation introduced by the finger (or any conductive object) is measured using a proven implementation based on a surface charge transfer acquisition principle.
The touch sensing controller is fully supported by the STMTouch touch sensing firmware library which is free to use and allows touch sensing functionality to be implemented reliably in the end application.
The main features of the touch sensing controller are the following:
• Proven and robust surface charge transfer acquisition principle
• Supports up to 22 capacitive sensing channels
• Up to 3 capacitive sensing channels can be acquired in parallel offering a very good response time
• Spread spectrum feature to improve system robustness in noisy environments
• Full hardware management of the charge transfer acquisition sequence
• Programmable charge transfer frequency
• Programmable sampling capacitor I/O pin
• Programmable channel I/O pin
• Programmable max count value to avoid long acquisition when a channel is faulty
• Dedicated end of acquisition and max count error flags with interrupt capability
• One sampling capacitor for up to 3 capacitive sensing channels to reduce the system components
• Compatible with proximity, touchkey, linear and rotary touch sensor implementation
• Designed to operate with STMTouch touch sensing firmware library
The number of capacitive sensing channels is dependent on the size of the packages and subject to I/O availability.
66/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
3.28 True random number generator (RNG)
The RNG is a true random number generator that provides full entropy outputs to the application as 32-bit samples. It is composed of a live entropy source (analog) and an internal conditioning component.
The RNG is a NIST SP 800-90B compliant entropy source that can be used to construct a non-deterministic random bit generator (NDRBG).
The true random number generator:
• delivers 32-bit true random numbers, produced by an analog entropy source conditioned by a NIST SP800-90B approved conditioning stage,
• can be used as entropy source to construct a non-deterministic random bit generator
(NDRBG),
• produces four 32-bit random samples every 412 AHB clock cycles if fAHB < 77 MHz
(256 RNG clock cycles otherwise),
• embeds start-up and NIST SP800-90B approved continuous health tests (repetition count and adaptive proportion tests), associated with specific error management,
• can be disabled to reduce power consumption, or enabled with an automatic low-power mode (default configuration),
• has an AMBA AHB slave peripheral, accessible through 32-bit word single accesses only (else an AHB bus error is generated, and the write accesses are ignored).
The hash processor is a fully compliant implementation of the secure hash algorithm (SHA-
1, SHA-224, SHA-256), the MD5 (message-digest algorithm 5) hash algorithm and the
HMAC (keyed-hash message authentication code) algorithm suitable for a variety of applications.
It computes a message digest (160 bits for the SHA-1 algorithm, 256 bits for the SHA-256 algorithm and 224 bits for the SHA-224 algorithm,128 bits for the MD5 algorithm) for messages of up to (264 - 1) bits, while the HMAC algorithms provide a way of authenticating messages by means of hash functions. The HMAC algorithms consist in calling the SHA-1,
SHA-224, SHA-256 or MD5 hash function twice.
3.30 Timers and watchdogs
The devices include two advanced control timers, up to nine general-purpose timers, two basic timers, two low-power timers, two watchdog timers and a SysTick timer.
Table 16 compares the features of the advanced control, general-purpose and basic timers.
DS12737 Rev 6 67/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
Timer type
Advanced control
Generalpurpose
Generalpurpose
Generalpurpose
Generalpurpose
Basic
Timer
TIM1, TIM8
TIM2, TIM5
TIM3, TIM4
TIM15
TIM16, TIM17
TIM6, TIM7
Table 16. Timer feature comparison
Counter resolution
Counter type
Prescaler factor
DMA request generation
16-bit
32-bit
16-bit
16-bit
16-bit
16-bit
Up, down,
Up/down
Up, down,
Up/down
Up, down,
Up/down
Up
Up
Up
Any integer between 1 and 65536
Any integer between 1 and 65536
Any integer between 1 and 65536
Any integer between 1 and 65536
Any integer between 1 and 65536
Any integer between 1 and 65536
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Capture/ compare channels
Complementary outputs
4
4
4
2
1
0
3
No
No
1
1
No
3.30.1 Advanced-control timer (TIM1, TIM8)
The advanced-control timers can each be seen as a three-phase PWM multiplexed on six channels. They have complementary PWM outputs with programmable inserted deadtimes. They can also be seen as complete general-purpose timers.
The four independent channels can be used for:
• Input capture
• Output compare
• PWM generation (edge or center-aligned modes) with full modulation capability (0-
100%)
• One-pulse mode output
In debug mode, the advanced-control timer counter can be frozen and the PWM outputs disabled in order to turn off any power switches driven by these outputs.
Many features are shared with the general-purpose TIMx timers (described in
) using the same architecture, so the advanced-control timers can work
together with the TIMx timers via the Timer Link feature for synchronization or event chaining.
68/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview timers
TIM17)
There are up to seven synchronizable general-purpose timers embedded in the
STM32L552xx devices (see
for differences).
Each general-purpose timer can be used to generate PWM outputs, or act as a simple time base.
• TIM2, TIM3, TIM4 and TIM5
They are full-featured general-purpose timers:
– TIM2 and TIM5 have a 32-bit auto-reload up/downcounter and 32-bit prescaler
– TIM3 and TIM4 have 16-bit auto-reload up/downcounter and 16-bit prescaler.
These timers feature four independent channels for input capture/output compare,
PWM or one-pulse mode output. They can work together, or with the other generalpurpose timers via the Timer Link feature for synchronization or event chaining.
The counters can be frozen in debug mode.
All have independent DMA request generation and support quadrature encoders.
• TIM15, 16 and 17
They are general-purpose timers with mid-range features:
They have 16-bit auto-reload upcounters and 16-bit prescalers.
– TIM15 has two channels and one complementary channel
– TIM16 and TIM17 have one channel and one complementary channel
All channels can be used for input capture/output compare, PWM or one-pulse mode output.
The timers can work together via the Timer Link feature for synchronization or event chaining. The timers have independent DMA request generation.
The counters can be frozen in debug mode.
3.30.3 Basic timers (TIM6 and TIM7)
The basic timers are mainly used for DAC trigger generation. They can also be used as generic 16-bit timebases.
The devices embed two low-power timers. These timers have an independent clock and are running in Stop mode if they are clocked by LSE, LSI or an external clock. They are able to wakeup the system from Stop mode.
LPTIM1 and LPTIM3 are active in Stop 0, Stop 1 and Stop 2 modes.
LPTIM2 is active in Stop 0 and Stop 1 mode.
DS12737 Rev 6 69/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
This low-power timer supports the following features:
• 16-bit up counter with 16-bit autoreload register
• 16-bit compare register
• Configurable output: pulse, PWM
• Continuous/ one shot mode
• Selectable software/hardware input trigger
• Selectable clock source
– Internal clock sources: LSE, LSI, HSI16 or APB clock
– External clock source over LPTIM input (working even with no internal clock source running, used by pulse counter application).
• Programmable digital glitch filter
• Encoder mode (LPTIM1 only).
The independent watchdog is based on a 12-bit downcounter and an 8-bit prescaler. It is clocked from an independent 32 kHz internal RC (LSI) and as it operates independently from the main clock, it can operate in Stop and Standby modes. It can be used either as a watchdog to reset the device when a problem occurs, or as a free running timer for application timeout management. It is hardware or software configurable through the option bytes. The counter can be frozen in debug mode.
The window watchdog is based on a 7-bit downcounter that can be set as free running. It can be used as a watchdog to reset the device when a problem occurs. It is clocked from the main clock. It has an early warning interrupt capability and the counter can be frozen in debug mode.
The Cortex
®
-M33 with TrustZone embeds two SysTick timers.
When TrustZone is activated, two SysTick timer are available:
• SysTick, Secure instance.
• SysTick, Non-secure instance.
When TrustZone is disabled, only one SysTick timer is available.
This timer (secure or non-secure) is dedicated to real-time operating systems, but could also be used as a standard down counter. It features:
• A 24-bit down counter
• Autoreload capability
• Maskable system interrupt generation when the counter reaches 0.
• Programmable clock source
70/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
The RTC supports the following features:
• Calendar with subsecond, seconds, minutes, hours (12 or 24 format), week day, date, month, year, in BCD (binary-coded decimal) format.
• Automatic correction for 28, 29 (leap year), 30, and 31 days of the month.
• Two programmable alarms.
• On-the-fly correction from 1 to 32767 RTC clock pulses. This can be used to synchronize it with a master clock.
• Reference clock detection: a more precise second source clock (50 or 60 Hz) can be used to enhance the calendar precision.
• Digital calibration circuit with 0.95 ppm resolution, to compensate for quartz crystal inaccuracy.
• Timestamp feature which can be used to save the calendar content. This function can be triggered by an event on the timestamp pin, or by a tamper event, or by a switch to
V
BAT
mode.
• 17-bit auto-reload wakeup timer (WUT) for periodic events with programmable resolution and period.
• TrustZone support:
– RTC fully securable
– Alarm A, alarm B, wakeup Timer and timestamp individual secure or non-secure configuration
The RTC is supplied through a switch that takes power either from the V
DD present or from the V
BAT
pin.
supply when
The RTC clock sources can be:
• A 32.768 kHz external crystal (LSE)
• An external resonator or oscillator (LSE)
• The internal low power RC oscillator (LSI, with typical frequency of 32 kHz)
• The high-speed external clock (HSE), divided by a prescaler in the RCC.
The RTC is functional in VBAT mode and in all low-power modes when it is clocked by the
LSE. When clocked by the LSI, the RTC is not functional in VBAT mode, but is functional in all low-power modes except Shutdown mode.
All RTC events (Alarm, WakeUp Timer, Timestamp) can generate an interrupt and wakeup the device from the low-power modes.
3.32 Tamper and backup registers (TAMP)
32 32-bit backup registers are retained in all low-power modes and also in VBAT mode.
They can be used to store sensitive data as their content is protected by an tamper detection circuit. 8 tamper pins and 7 internal tampers are available for anti-tamper detection.
The external tamper pins can be configured for edge detection, or level detection with or without filtering, or active tamper which increases the security level by auto checking that the tamper pins are not externally opened or shorted.
DS12737 Rev 6 71/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
TAMP main features:
• 32 backup registers:
– The backup registers (TAMP_BKPxR) are implemented in the RTC domain that remains powered-on by VBAT when the VDD power is switched off
• 8 external tamper detection events
– Each external event can be configured to be active or passive
– External passive tampers with configurable filter and internal pull-up
• 5 internal tamper events
• Any tamper detection can generate a RTC timestamp event
• Any tamper detection can erase the backup registers
• TrustZone support:
– Tamper secure or non-secure configuration.
– Backup registers configuration in 3 configurable-size areas:
1 read/write secure area
1 write secure/read non-secure area
1 read/write non-secure area
• Monotonic counter.
72/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
The device embeds four I2C. Refer to
Table 17: I2C implementation for the features
implementation.
The I
I
2
2
C bus interface handles communications between the microcontroller and the serial
C bus. It controls all I
2
C bus-specific sequencing, protocol, arbitration and timing.
The I2C peripheral supports:
• I 2 C-bus specification and user manual rev. 5 compatibility:
– Slave and master modes, multimaster capability
– Standard-mode (Sm), with a bitrate up to 100 kbit/s
– Fast-mode (Fm), with a bitrate up to 400 kbit/s
– Fast-mode plus (Fm+), with a bitrate up to 1 Mbit/s and 20 mA output drive I/Os
– 7-bit and 10-bit addressing mode, multiple 7-bit slave addresses
– Programmable setup and hold times
– Optional clock stretching
• System management bus (SMBus) specification rev 2.0 compatibility:
– Hardware PEC (packet error checking) generation and verification with ACK control
– Address resolution protocol (ARP) support
– SMBus alert
• Power system management protocol (PMBus TM ) specification rev 1.1 compatibility
• Independent clock: a choice of independent clock sources allowing the I2C communication speed to be independent from the PCLK reprogramming. Refer to
Figure 7: STM32L552xx clock tree
• Wakeup from Stop mode on address match
• Programmable analog and digital noise filters
• 1-byte buffer with DMA capability
Table 17. I2C implementation
I2C features
(1)
I2C1
Standard-mode (up to 100 kbit/s)
Fast-mode (up to 400 kbit/s)
Fast-mode Plus with 20 mA output drive I/Os (up to 1 Mbit/s)
Programmable analog and digital noise filters
SMBus/PMBus hardware support
Independent clock
Wakeup from Stop 0, Stop 1 mode on address match
Wakeup from Stop 2 mode on address match
1. X: supported
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
I2C2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
I2C3
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
I2C4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
DS12737 Rev 6 73/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
(USART)
The devices have three embedded universal synchronous receiver transmitters (USART1,
USART2 and USART3) and two universal asynchronous receiver transmitters (UART4,
UART5).
These interfaces provide asynchronous communication, IrDA SIR ENDEC support, multiprocessor communication mode, single-wire half-duplex communication mode and have LIN master/slave capability. They provide hardware management of the CTS and RTS signals, and RS485 driver enable. They are able to communicate at speeds of up to
10 Mbit/s.
The USART1, USART2 and USART3 also provide a Smartcard mode (ISO 7816 compliant) and an SPI-like communication capability.
All USART have a clock domain independent from the CPU clock, allowing the USARTx
(x=1,2,3,4,5) to wake up the MCU from Stop mode using baudrates up to 200 Kbaud. The wake up events from Stop mode are programmable and can be:
• Start bit detection
• Any received data frame
• A specific programmed data frame
All USART interfaces can be served by the DMA controller.
Table 18. USART/UART/LPUART features
USART modes/features (1) USART1 USART2 USART3 UART4 UART5 LPUART1
Hardware flow control for modem
Continuous communication using DMA
Multiprocessor communication
Synchronous mode
Smartcard mode
Single-wire half-duplex communication
IrDA SIR ENDEC block
LIN mode
Dual clock domain
Wakeup from Stop 0 / Stop 1 modes
Wakeup from Stop 2 mode
Receiver timeout interrupt
Modbus communication
Auto baud rate detection
Driver enable
LPUART/USART data length
1. X = supported.
X
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
X
X
X (4 modes)
X
X
X
X X
7, 8 and 9 bits
X
-
X
X
X
X
X
-
-
X
X
-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-
-
X
X
-
-
X
X
X
-
-
-
X
X
X
X
-
-
X
74/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
(LPUART)
The devices embed one low-power UART. The LPUART supports asynchronous serial communication with minimum power consumption. It supports half-duplex single-wire communication and modem operations (CTS/RTS). It allows multiprocessor communication.
The LPUART has a clock domain independent from the CPU clock, and can wakeup the system from Stop mode using baudrates up to 220 Kbaud. The wake up events from Stop mode are programmable and can be:
• Start bit detection
• Any received data frame
• A specific programmed data frame
Only a 32.768 kHz clock (LSE) is needed to allow LPUART communication up to 9600 baud. Therefore, even in Stop mode, the LPUART can wait for an incoming frame while having an extremely low energy consumption. Higher speed clock can be used to reach higher baudrates.
The LPUART interface can be served by the DMA controller.
3.36 Serial peripheral interface (SPI)
Three SPI interfaces allow communication up to slave modes, in half-duplex, full-duplex and simplex modes. The 3-bit prescaler gives eight master mode frequencies and the frame size is configurable from 4 bits to 16 bits. The SPI interfaces support NSS pulse mode, TI mode and hardware CRC calculation.
All SPI interfaces can be served by the DMA controller.
The devices embed two SAI. Refer to Table 19: SAI implementation for the features
implementation. The SAI bus interface handles communications between the microcontroller and the serial audio protocol.
The SAI peripheral supports:
• Two independent audio sub-blocks which can be transmitters or receivers with their respective FIFO.
• 8-word integrated FIFOs for each audio sub-block.
• Synchronous or asynchronous mode between the audio sub-blocks.
• Master or slave configuration independent for both audio sub-blocks.
• Clock generator for each audio block to target independent audio frequency sampling when both audio sub-blocks are configured in master mode.
• Data size configurable: 8-, 10-, 16-, 20-, 24-, 32-bit.
• Peripheral with large configurability and flexibility allowing to target as example the following audio protocol: I2S, LSB or MSB-justified, PCM/DSP, TDM, AC’97 and SPDIF out.
DS12737 Rev 6 75/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
• Up to 16 slots available with configurable size and with the possibility to select which ones are active in the audio frame.
• Number of bits by frame may be configurable.
• Frame synchronization active level configurable (offset, bit length, level).
• First active bit position in the slot is configurable.
• LSB first or MSB first for data transfer.
• Mute mode.
• Stereo/Mono audio frame capability.
• Communication clock strobing edge configurable (SCK).
• Error flags with associated interrupts if enabled respectively.
– Overrun and underrun detection.
– Anticipated frame synchronization signal detection in slave mode.
– Late frame synchronization signal detection in slave mode.
– Codec not ready for the AC’97 mode in reception.
• Interruption sources when enabled:
– Errors.
– FIFO requests.
• DMA interface with two dedicated channels to handle access to the dedicated integrated FIFO of each SAI audio sub-block.
Table 19. SAI implementation
SAI features (1) SAI1
I2S, LSB or MSB-justified, PCM/DSP, TDM, AC’97
Mute mode
Stereo/Mono audio frame capability.
16 slots
Data size configurable: 8-, 10-, 16-, 20-, 24-, 32-bit
FIFO size
SPDIF
PDM
1. X: supported
X
X
X
X
X
X (8 Word)
X
X
SAI2
X
X
X
X
X
X (8 Word)
X
-
(SDMMC)
The SD/SDIO, MultiMediaCard (MMC) host interface (SDMMC) provides an interface between the AHB bus and SD memory cards, SDIO cards and MMC devices.
76/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Functional overview
The SDMMC features include the following:
• Full compliance with MultiMediaCard System Specification Version 4.51. Card support for three different databus modes: 1-bit (default), 4-bit and 8-bit
• Full compatibility with previous versions of MultiMediaCards (backward compatibility)
• Full compliance with SD Memory Card Specifications Version 4.1. (SDR104
SDMMC_CK speed limited to maximum allowed IO speed, SPI mode and UHS-II mode not supported)
• Full compliance with SDIO Card Specification Version 4.0: card support for two different databus modes: 1-bit (default) and 4-bit. (SDR104 SDMMC_CK speed limited to maximum allowed IO speed, SPI mode and UHS-II mode not supported)
• Data transfer up to 104 Mbyte/s for the 8-bit mode (depending maximum allowed IO speed)
• Data and command output enable signals to control external bidirectional drivers.
3.39 Controller area network (FDCAN)
The controller area network (CAN) subsystem consists of one CAN modules and message
RAM memory.
The CAN module (FDCAN) is compliant with ISO 11898-1 (CAN protocol specification version 2.0 part A, B) and CAN FD protocol specification version 1.0.
A 1 Kbyte message RAM memory implements filters, receive FIFOs, receive buffers, transmit event FIFOs, transmit buffers.
3.40 Universal serial bus (USB FS)
The devices embed a full-speed USB device peripheral compliant with the USB specification version 2.0. The internal USB PHY supports USB FS signaling, embedded DP pull-up and battery charging detection according to Battery Charging Specification Revision
1.2.
The USB interface implements a full-speed (12 Mbit/s) function interface with added support for USB 2.0 link power management. It has software-configurable endpoint setting with packet memory up-to 1 Kbyte and suspend/resume support.
This interface requires a precise 48 MHz clock which can be generated from the internal main PLL (the clock source must use a HSE crystal oscillator) or by the internal 48 MHz oscillator (HSI48) in automatic trimming mode. The synchronization for this oscillator can be taken from the USB data stream itself (SOF signalization) which allows crystal less operation.
3.41 USB Type-C™ / USB Power Delivery controller (UCPD)
The device embeds one controller (UCPD) compliant with USB Type-C Rev. 1.2 and USB
Power Delivery Rev. 3.0 specifications.
DS12737 Rev 6 77/340
78
Functional overview STM32L552xx
The controller uses specific I/Os supporting the USB Type-C and USB Power Delivery requirements, featuring:
• USB Type-C pull-up (Rp, all values) and pull-down (Rd) resistors
• “Dead battery” support
• USB Power Delivery message transmission and reception
• FRS (fast role swap) support
The digital controller handles notably:
• USB Type-C level detection with debounce, generating interrupts
• FRS detection, generating an interrupt
• Byte-level interface for USB Power Delivery payload, generating interrupts (DMA compatible)
• USB Power Delivery timing dividers (including a clock pre-scaler)
• CRC generation/checking
• 4b5b encode/decode
• Ordered sets (with a programmable ordered set mask at receive)
• Frequency recovery in receiver during preamble
The interface offers low-power operation compatible with Stop mode, maintaining the capacity to detect incoming USB Power Delivery messages and FRS signaling.
The Arm
®
SWJ-DP interface is embedded, and is a combined JTAG and serial wire debug port that enables either a serial wire debug or a JTAG probe to be connected to the target.
Debug is performed using two pins only instead of five required by the JTAG (JTAG pins could be re-used as GPIO with alternate function): the JTAG TMS and TCK pins are shared with SWDIO and SWCLK, respectively, and a specific sequence on the TMS pin is used to switch between JTAG-DP and SW-DP.
3.42.2 Embedded Trace Macrocell™
The Arm ® Embedded Trace Macrocell provides a greater visibility of the instruction and data flow inside the CPU core by streaming compressed data at a very high rate from the devices through a small number of ETM pins to an external hardware trace port analyzer (TPA) device. Real-time instruction and data flow activity be recorded and then formatted for display on the host computer that runs the debugger software. TPA hardware is commercially available from common development tool vendors.
The Embedded Trace Macrocell operates with third party debugger software tools.
78/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
4 Pinouts and pin description
Pinouts and pin description
Figure 10. STM32L552xx LQFP48 pinout
VBAT
PC13
PC14_OSC32_IN
PC15_OSC32_OUT
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-OSC_OUT
NRST
VSSA/VREF-
VDDA/VREF+
PA0
PA1
PA2
9
10
11
12
6
7
8
3
4
5
1
2
LQFP48
VDD
VSS
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
PA9
PA8
PB15
PB14
PB13
PB12
28
27
26
25
31
30
29
36
35
34
33
32
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
Figure 11. STM32L552xxxxP LQFP48 external SMPS pinout
MSv49322V1
VBAT
PC13
PC14-OSC_IN
PC15-OSC_OUT
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-OSC_OUT
NRST
VSSA/VREF-
VDDA/VREF+
PA0
PA1
PA2
10
11
12
7
8
9
4
5
6
1
2
3
LQFP48
PA9
PA8
PB15
PB14
PB13
PB12
VDD
VSS
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
27
26
25
30
29
28
33
32
31
36
35
34
MSv49311V1
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
DS12737 Rev 6 79/340
137
Pinouts and pin description
Figure 12. STM32L552xx UFQFPN48 pinout
STM32L552xx
VBAT
PC13
PC14-OSC32_IN
PC15-OSC32_OUT
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-OSC_OUT
NRST
VSSA/VREF-
VDDA/VREF+
PA0
PA1
PA2
6
7
4
5
1
2
3
8
9
10
11
12
UFQFPN48
VDD
VSS
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
PA9
PA8
PB15
PB14
PB13
PB12
33
32
31
30
36
35
34
29
28
27
26
25
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
Figure 13. STM32L552xxxxP UFQFPN48 external SMPS pinout
MSv49321V2
VBAT
PC13
PC14-OSC_IN
PC15-OSC_OUT
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-OSC_OUT
NRST
VSSA/VREF-
VDDA/VREF+
PA0
PA1
PA2
8
9
10
11
12
5
6
7
1
2
3
4
UFQFPN48
VDD
VSS
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
PA9
PA8
PB15
PB14
PB13
PB12
29
28
27
26
25
32
31
30
36
35
34
33
MSv49310V2
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
80/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Pinouts and pin description
Figure 14. STM32L552xx LQFP64 pinout
VBAT
PC13
PC14-OSC32_IN
PC15-OSC32_OUT
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-OSC_OUT
NRST
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
VSSA/VREF-
VDDA/VREF+
PA0
PA1
PA2
8
9
6
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
3
4
5
1
2
LQFP64
VDDUSB
VSS
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
PA9
PA8
PC9
PC8
PC7
PC6
PB15
PB14
PB13
PB12
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
48
47
46
45
44
MSv49323V1
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
Figure 15. STM32L552xxxxQ LQFP64 SMPS step down converter pinout
VBAT
PC13
PC14-OSC32_IN
PC15-OSC32_OUT
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-OSC_OUT
NRST
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
VSSA/VREF-
VDDA/VREF+
PA0
PA1
PA2
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
5
6
3
4
7
1
2
LQFP64
PA8
PC9
PC8
PC7
PC6
PB15
PB14
PB13
VDD
VDDUSB
VSS
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
PA9
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
48
47
46
45
44
43
42
MSv49316V1
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
DS12737 Rev 6 81/340
137
Pinouts and pin description
Figure 16. STM32L552xxxxP LQFP64 external SMPS pinout
STM32L552xx
VBAT
PC13
PC14-OSC32_IN
PC15-OSC32_OUT
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-OSC_OUT
NRST
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
VSSA/VREF-
VDDA/VREF+
PA0
PA1
PA2
7
8
5
6
9
10
1
2
3
4
11
12
13
14
15
16
LQFP64
PC7
PC6
PB15
PB14
PB13
PB12
VDDUSB
VSS
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
PA9
PA8
PC9
PC8
44
43
42
41
40
39
48
47
46
45
38
37
36
35
34
33
MSv49312V2
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
Figure 17. STM32L552xxxxQ WLCSP81 SMPS step down converter ballout
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
G
H
E
F
J
C
D
A
B
PC6
PB15
PB14
VDD
VDD
VDDUSB
PA11
PA9
PC10
VSS
PA12
PA13
PC7
PB13
PB12
VSS
PD2
PC12
PC11
PA14
PA10
PC8
PC9
VLXSMPS
V15SMPS_1 VSSSMPS VDDSMPS PB10
PG13
PG12
PG10
PG9
PA15
PA8
PC4
PB11
PG11
PA3
PA6
PB1
PB2
VDDIO2
VSS
PG15
PG14
PA2
PA5
PB0
PB5
PB4
PB6
PB7
PB3
PA1
PB9 V15SMPS_2
PC13 VSS
PB8
PC15-
OSC32_OUT
PC14-
OSC32_IN
PH3-BOOT0
PH1-
OSC_OUT
PH0-OSC_IN
PC0 VSS
VBAT
NRST
PC2 PC1
VDD
VDD
PC3
PA4
PA7
VREF+
PA0
VDD
VSSA/VREF-
VDDA
VSS
MSv49317V1
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
82/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Pinouts and pin description
Figure 18. STM32L552xxxxP WLCSP81 external SMPS ballout
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
G
H
E
F
J
C
D
A
B
VDD
VDDUSB
PA11
PA9
PC6
PB15
PB14
VDD
VDD12_1
PA15
PA8
PC4
PE14
PE13
PG13
PG12
PG10
PG9
PD2
PC12
PC11
PA14
PA10
PC8
PC9
PE15
PB10
PC7
PB13
PB12
VSS
PB11
PC10
VSS
PA12
PA13
PG11
PA3
PA6
PB1
PB2
VDDIO2
VSS
PG15
PG14
PA2
PA5
PB0
PB5
PB4
PB6
PB7
PB3
PA1
PB9 VDD12_2
PC13 VSS
PB8
PC15-
OSC32_OUT
PC14-
OSC32_IN
PH3-BOOT0
PH1-
OSC_OUT
PH0-OSC_IN
PC0 VSS
VBAT
NRST
PC2 PC1
VDD
VDD
PC3
PA4
PA7
VREF+
PA0
VDD
VSSA/VREF-
VDDA
VSS
MSv49313V1
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
Figure 19. STM32L552xx LQFP100 pinout
PE2
PE3
PE4
PE5
PE6
VBAT
PC13
PC14-OSC32_IN
PC15-OSC32_OUT
VSS
VDD
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-OSC_OUT
NRST
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
VSSA
VREF-
VREF+
VDDA
PA0
PA1
PA2
3
4
1
2
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
18
19
20
21
22
23
13
14
15
16
17
24
25
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
LQFP100
DS12737 Rev 6
PA10
PA9
PA8
PC9
PC8
PC7
VDD
VSS
VDDUSB
PA13
PA12
PA11
PC6
PD15
PD14
PD13
PD12
PD11
PD10
PD9
PD8
PB15
PB14
PB13
PB12
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
58
57
56
55
54
53
63
62
61
60
59
52
51
MSv49324V1
83/340
137
Pinouts and pin description STM32L552xx
Figure 20. STM32L552xxxxQ LQFP100 SMPS step down converter pinout
PC14-OSC32_IN
PC15-OSC32_OUT
VSS
VDD
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-OSC_OUT
NRST
PE2
PE3
PE4
PE5
PE6
VBAT
PC13
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
VSSA/VREF-
VREF+
VDDA
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
7
8
9
4
5
6
1
2
3
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
10
11
12
13
14
LQFP100
PC9
PC8
PC7
PC6
PD15
PD14
PD13
PD12
PD11
PD10
PD9
PD8
PB15
PB14
PB13
VDD
VDD
VSS
VDDUSB
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
PA9
PA8
69
68
67
72
71
70
75
74
73
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
66
65
64
63
62
MSv49318V1
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
84/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Pinouts and pin description
G
H
E
F
J
K
C
D
A
B
Figure 21. STM32L552xx UFBGA132 ballout
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2
PE5 PE3
VBAT
PC14-
OSC32_IN
PC15-
OSC32_OUT
PF2
PE4
PE6
PF0
PF1
PE1
PE2
PC13
PF3
PF4
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-
OSC_OUT
VSSA/VREF-
PF5
NRST
PC0
VREF+ PA0
PC2
PC1
OPAMP1_VI
NM
PC5
VDDA PA2 PA7
PB9 PB6
PG15 PH3-BOOT0
PG12
PB4
PE0
VDD
VSS
PC3
PA1
VSS
VDD
PB2
PB8
PB7
PF14
PF11
PB3
PB5
VSS
VDD
PE8
PG1
PD6
PG9
PG10
PD7
VDD
VSS
PE10
PE7
PD5
PD4
PD3
VDDIO2
PE12
PE14
VSS
PG6
PG4
VSS
VDD
PB10
PD2
PD1
PD0
VDD
PC11
PC12
PA13
PA9
PC7
PG7
PG2
PD14
PD9
PB13
PA14
PA10
PC9
PC6
11
PA15
PC10
PG3
PD13
PD11
PB14
H
J
F
G
D
E
B
C
K
L
M
L PA3 PA6
OPAMP2_VI
NM
PA4 PB1 PF12 PF15 PE11 PE15 PB11 VSS PB12 PD8
M PA5 PC4 PB0 PF13 PG0 PE9 PE13 PG14 PG13 PG11 PD10
MSv49325V1
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
Figure 22. STM32L552xxxxQ UFBGA132 SMPS step down converter ballout
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
A PE5 PE3 PE1 PB9 PB6 PG12 PD6 PD5 PD2 PC11 PA15 VDDUSB
PG9
PG10
PD7
VBAT
PC14-
OSC32_IN
PC15-
OSC32_OUT
PF2
PE4
PE6
PF0
PF1
PE2
PC13
PF3
PF4
V15SMPS_2 PH3-BOOT0
PE0
VDD
VSS
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-
OSC_OUT
VSSA/VREF-
PF5
NRST
PC0
VREF+ PA0
PC2
PC1
OPAMP1_VI
NM
PC5
PC3
PA1
VSS
VDD
PB8
PB7
VDDA
PA3
PA5
PA2
PA6
OPAMP2_VI
NM
PA7
PA4
PC4
PB2
PB1
PB0
PF14
PF11
PF12
PF13
VSS
VDD
PE8
PG1
PF15
PG0
PB4
PB3
PB5
VDD
VSS
PE10
PE7
PE11
PE9
PD4
PD3
VDDIO2
PE12
PE14
PE15
PE13
PG6
PG4
VSS
VDD
PB10
PB11
PD1
PD0
VDD
VSS
PC12
PA13
PA9
PC7
PG7
PG2
PD14
PD9
PB13
VSSSMPS
PC6
PG3
PD13
PD11
PC10
PA14
PA10
PC9
PB14
PB12
PG8
PG5
PD15
PD12
PA12
PA11
PA8
PC8
PB15
PD8
VDDSMPS VLXSMPS V15SMPS_1 PD10
MSv49319V1
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
12
VDDUSB
PA12
PA11
PA8
PC8
PG8
PG5
PD15
PD12
PB15
DS12737 Rev 6 85/340
137
Pinouts and pin description
Figure 23. STM32L552xx LQFP144 pinout
STM32L552xx
PE2
PE3
PE4
PE5
PE6
VBAT
PC13
PC14-OSC32_IN
PC15-OSC32_OUT
PF0
PF1
PF2
PF3
PF4
PF5
VSS
VDD
PF6
PF7
PF8
PF9
PF10
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-OSC_OUT
NRST
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
VSSA
VREF-
VREF+
VDDA
PA0
PA1
PA2
20
21
22
23
24
15
16
17
18
19
30
31
32
33
34
25
26
27
28
29
35
36
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
11
12
13
14
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
LQFP144
89
88
87
86
85
94
93
92
91
90
79
78
77
76
75
84
83
82
81
80
74
73
100
99
98
97
96
95
108 VDD
107 VSS
106
105
104
VDDUSB
PA13
PA12
103 PA11
102 PA10
101 PA9
PA8
PC9
PC8
PC7
PC6
VDDIO2
VSS
PG8
PG7
PG6
PG5
PG4
PG3
PG2
PD15
PD14
VDD
VSS
PD13
PD12
PD11
PD10
PD9
PD8
PB15
PB14
PB13
PB12
MSv49326V1
86/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Pinouts and pin description
Figure 24. STM32L552xxxxQ LQFP144 SMPS step down converter pinout
PE2
PE3
PE4
PE5
PE6
VBAT
PC13
PC14-OSC32_IN
PC15-OSC32_OUT
PF0
PF1
PF2
PF3
PF4
PF5
VSS
VDD
PF6
PF7
PF8
PF9
PF10
PH0-OSC_IN
PH1-OSC_OUT
NRST
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
VSSA/VREF-
VREF+
VDDA
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
20
21
22
23
24
15
16
17
18
19
30
31
32
33
34
25
26
27
28
29
35
36
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
11
12
13
14
LQFP144
VSS
PG8
PG7
PG6
PG5
PG4
PG3
PG2
PD15
PD14
VDD
VSS
PD13
PD12
PD11
PD10
PD9
PD8
PB15
PB14
PB13
VDD
VDD
VSS
VDDUSB
PA13
PA12
PA11
PA10
PA9
PA8
PC9
PC8
PC7
PC6
VDDIO2
89
88
87
86
85
94
93
92
91
90
79
78
77
76
75
84
83
82
81
80
74
73
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
MSv49320V1
1. The above figure shows the package top view.
DS12737 Rev 6 87/340
137
Name
Pin name
Pin type
I/O structure
Abbreviation
Table 20. Legend/abbreviations used in the pinout table
Definition
Unless otherwise specified in brackets below the pin name, the pin function during and after reset is the same as the actual pin name
S
I
Supply pin
Input only pin
I/O
FT
TT
B
RST
Input / output pin
5 V tolerant I/O
3.6 V tolerant I/O
Dedicated BOOT0 pin
Bidirectional reset pin with embedded weak pull-up resistor
Option for TT or FT I/Os
_f
(1)
_u
(2)
_a
(3)(4)
_s
(5)
_c
_d
I/O, Fm+ capable
I/O, with USB function supplied by V
DDUSB
I/O, with Analog switch function supplied by V
DDA
I/O supplied only by V
DDIO2
I/O, USB Type-C PD capable
I/O, USB Type-C PD dead battery function
Notes Unless otherwise specified by a note, all I/Os are set as analog inputs during and after reset.
Pin functions
Alternate functions
Functions selected through GPIOx_AFR registers
Additional functions
Functions directly selected/enabled through peripheral registers
1. The related I/O structures in
are: FT_f, FT_fa.
2. The related I/O structures in
are: FT_u.
3. The related I/O structures in
are: FT_a, FT_fa, TT_a.
4. The analog switch for the TSC function is supplied by V
DD
.
5. The related I/O structures in
are: FT_s, FT_fs.
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
STM32L552xxxxQ
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions
STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1 B3 1 -
-
-
-
-
-
2 A2 2
3 B2 3
4 A1 4 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1 B3 1
2 A2 2
3 B2 3
4 A1 4
PE2 I/O FT -
PE3 I/O FT -
PE4 I/O FT -
PE5 I/O FT -
TRACECK, TIM3_ETR,
SAI1_CK1,
TSC_G7_IO1,
FMC_A23,
SAI1_MCLK_A,
EVENTOUT
TRACED0, TIM3_CH1,
OCTOSPI1_DQS,
TSC_G7_IO2,
FMC_A19,
SAI1_SD_B,
EVENTOUT
TRACED1, TIM3_CH2,
SAI1_D2,
DFSDM1_DATIN3,
TSC_G7_IO3,
FMC_A20, SAI1_FS_A,
EVENTOUT
TRACED2, TIM3_CH3,
SAI1_CK2,
DFSDM1_CKIN3,
TSC_G7_IO4,
FMC_A21,
SAI1_SCK_A,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
2
3
4
-
-
-
2
3
4
-
-
-
2
3
4
-
-
-
B7
C9
C8
-
-
-
2
3
4
-
-
-
B7
C9
C8
-
-
5
7
8
9
-
-
C2
C3
C1
D1
D2
5
7
8
9
10
E2 11
2
3
4
-
-
-
1 1 1 B9 1 B9 6 B1 6 1
-
-
-
1
2
3
4
-
-
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
C2
B1
C3
5
6
7
PE6
VBAT
PC13
I/O FT
S -
I/O FT
-
-
(1)
(2)
TRACED3, TIM3_CH4,
SAI1_D1, FMC_A22,
SAI1_SD_A,
EVENTOUT
-
EVENTOUT
WKUP3,
TAMP_IN3/TAMP_
OUT6
-
WKUP2,
RTC_TS/RTC_
OUT1,
TAMP_IN1/TAMP_
OUT2
8
9
-
-
C1
D1
D2
E2
8
9
10
11
PC14-
OSC3
2_IN
(PC14)
I/O FT
PC15-
OSC3
2_OUT
(PC15)
I/O FT
PF0
PF1
I/O
I/O
FT
_f
FT
_f
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
I2C2_SDA, FMC_A0,
EVENTOUT
I2C2_SCL, FMC_A1,
EVENTOUT
OSC32_IN
OSC32_OUT
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
E1
D3
12
13
E3 14
F2 15
10 F6 16
11 F7 17
-
-
-
-
-
-
18 -
19 -
20 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
E1 12 PF2 I/O FT -
D3 13 PF3 I/O FT -
10
11
E3 14 PF4 I/O FT -
F2 15 PF5 I/O FT -
F6
F7
-
-
-
16
17
VSS
VDD
S
S
-
-
18 PF6 I/O FT -
19 PF7 I/O FT -
20 PF8 I/O FT -
-
-
I2C2_SMBA, FMC_A2,
EVENTOUT
LPTIM3_IN1, FMC_A3,
EVENTOUT
LPTIM3_ETR,
FMC_A4, EVENTOUT
LPTIM3_OUT,
FMC_A5, EVENTOUT
-
-
TIM5_ETR, TIM5_CH1,
OCTOSPI1_IO3,
SAI1_SD_B,
EVENTOUT
TIM5_CH2,
OCTOSPI1_IO2,
SAI1_MCLK_B,
EVENTOUT
TIM5_CH3,
OCTOSPI1_IO0,
SAI1_SCK_B,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TAMP_IN6/TAMP_
OUT3
TAMP_IN7/TAMP_
OUT8
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
-
5 5
6
7
6
7
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
21
22 -
-
-
-
5 D9 5 D9 12 F1 23 5 5
6
7
D8
E9
6
7
D8
E9
13
14
G1
G2
24
25
6
7
6
7
-
-
-
-
-
21 PF9 I/O FT -
22 PF10 I/O FT -
TIM5_CH4,
OCTOSPI1_IO1,
SAI1_FS_B,
TIM15_CH1,
EVENTOUT
OCTOSPI1_CLK,
DFSDM1_CKOUT,
SAI1_D3, TIM15_CH2,
EVENTOUT
TAMP_IN8/TAMP_
OUT7
-
5
6
12
13
F1
G1
23
24
PH0-
OSC_I
N
(PH0)
PH1-
OSC_
OUT
(PH1)
I/O FT
I/O FT
7 14 G2 25 NRST I-O
RS
T
-
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
-
OSC_IN
OSC_OUT
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
-
8 E7 8 E7 15 H2 26
9 F8 9 F8 16 G3 27 -
-
-
8 15 H2 26 PC0 I/O
FT
_fa
9 16 G3 27 PC1 I/O
FT
_fa
10 F7 10 F7 17 F3 28 10 17 F3 28 PC2 I/O
FT
_a
-
-
-
LPTIM1_IN1,
OCTOSPI1_IO7,
I2C3_SCL,
LPUART1_RX,
SDMMC1_D5,
SAI2_FS_A,
LPTIM2_IN1,
EVENTOUT
TRACED0,
LPTIM1_OUT,
SPI2_MOSI,
I2C3_SDA,
LPUART1_TX,
OCTOSPI1_IO4,
SAI1_SD_A,
EVENTOUT
LPTIM1_IN2,
SPI2_MISO,
DFSDM1_CKOUT,
OCTOSPI1_IO5,
EVENTOUT
ADC12_IN1
ADC12_IN2
ADC12_IN3
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
9
-
-
-
8
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
8 12 G9 12 G9 19 H1 30 8
-
-
-
-
11 G7 11 G7 18 F4 29 -
9
G8 G8 20 J1 31
H9 H9 21 K1 32 -
-
13 13 9
-
-
-
8
-
-
11 18 F4 29 PC3 I/O
FT
_a
-
-
-
12
-
-
9 13
19 30 VSSA S
20
-
-
H1
31 VREFS
-
VSSA/
VREF-
S
21 J1 32
VREF
+
S
22 K1 33 VDDA S
-
VDDA/
VREF
+
S
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
LPTIM1_ETR,
LPTIM3_OUT,
SAI1_D1, SPI2_MOSI,
OCTOSPI1_IO6,
SAI1_SD_A,
LPTIM2_ETR,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
ADC12_IN4
-
-
-
VREFBUF_OUT
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
10 10 14 H8 14 H8 22 J2 33 10 10 14 23 J2 34 PA0 I/O
FT
_a
-
TIM2_CH1, TIM5_CH1,
TIM8_ETR,
USART2_CTS/USART
2_NSS, UART4_TX,
SAI1_EXTCLK,
TIM2_ETR,
EVENTOUT
OPAMP1_VINP,
ADC12_IN5,
WKUP1,
TAMP_IN2/TAMP_
OUT1
H3 H3 -
OPAM
P1_VI
NM
I TT -
11 11 15 F6 15 F6 23 G4 34 11 11 15 24 G4 35 PA1 I/O
FT
_a
-
TIM2_CH2, TIM5_CH2,
I2C1_SMBA,
SPI1_SCK,
USART2_RTS/USART
2_DE, UART4_RX,
OCTOSPI1_DQS,
TIM15_CH1N,
EVENTOUT
OPAMP1_VINM,
ADC12_IN6,
TAMP_IN5/TAMP_
OUT4
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
12 12 16 G6 16 G6 24 K2 35 12 12 16 25 K2 36 PA2 I/O
FT
_a
13 13 17 F5 17 F5 25 L1 36 13 13 17 26 L1 37 PA3 I/O
TT
_a
-
-
18
19
H2
-
18
19
H2
-
26
27
G7
G6
37
38
-
-
-
-
18
19
27
28
G7
G6
38
39
VSS
VDD
S
S
-
-
14 14 20 H7 20 H7 28 L3 39 14 14 20 29 L3 40 PA4 I/O
TT
_a
-
-
-
-
-
TIM2_CH3, TIM5_CH3,
USART2_TX,
LPUART1_TX,
OCTOSPI1_NCS,
UCPD1_FRSTX1,
SAI2_EXTCLK,
TIM15_CH1,
EVENTOUT
TIM2_CH4, TIM5_CH4,
SAI1_CK1,
USART2_RX,
LPUART1_RX,
OCTOSPI1_CLK,
SAI1_MCLK_A,
TIM15_CH2,
EVENTOUT
-
-
OCTOSPI1_NCS,
SPI1_NSS, SPI3_NSS,
USART2_CK,
SAI1_FS_B,
LPTIM2_OUT,
EVENTOUT
ADC12_IN7,
WKUP4/LSCO,
COMP1_INP
OPAMP1_VOUT,
ADC12_IN8
-
-
ADC12_IN9,
DAC1_OUT1
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
15 15 21 H6 21 H6 29 M1 40 15 15 21 30 M1 41 PA5 I/O
TT
_a
16 16 22 G5 22 G5 30 L2 41 16 16 22 31 L2 42 PA6 I/O
FT
_a
-
-
TIM2_CH1, TIM2_ETR,
TIM8_CH1N,
SPI1_SCK,
LPTIM2_ETR,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_BKIN,
TIM3_CH1,
TIM8_BKIN,
SPI1_MISO,
USART3_CTS/USART
3_NSS,
LPUART1_CTS,
OCTOSPI1_IO3,
TIM16_CH1,
EVENTOUT
M2 M2 -
OPAM
P2_VI
NM
I TT -
ADC12_IN10,
DAC1_OUT2
OPAMP2_VINP,
ADC12_IN11
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
17 17 23 J7 23 J7 31 K3 42 17 17 23 32 K3 43 PA7 I/O
FT
_fa
-
-
24 G4 G4 M3 -
-
24 33 M3 44 PC4 I/O
FT
_a
-
J3 25 34 J3 45 PC5 I/O
FT
_a
-
18 18 25 J6 24 J6 32 M4 43 18 18 26 35 M4 46 PB0 I/O
TT
_a
-
TIM1_CH1N,
TIM3_CH2,
TIM8_CH1N,
I2C3_SCL,
SPI1_MOSI,
OCTOSPI1_IO2,
TIM17_CH1,
EVENTOUT
USART3_TX,
OCTOSPI1_IO7,
EVENTOUT
SAI1_D3,
USART3_RX,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH2N,
TIM3_CH3,
TIM8_CH2N,
SPI1_NSS,
USART3_CK,
OCTOSPI1_IO1,
COMP1_OUT,
SAI1_EXTCLK,
EVENTOUT
OPAMP2_VINM,
ADC12_IN12
COMP1_INM,
ADC12_IN13
ADC12_IN14,
WKUP5,
TAMP_IN4/TAMP_
OUT5,
COMP1_INP
OPAMP2_VOUT,
ADC12_IN15
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
19
20
-
-
19
20
-
-
26
27
-
-
H5
J5
-
-
25
26
-
-
H5
J5
-
-
33
34
-
-
L4
K4
K5
L5
44
45
46
47
19
20
-
-
19
20
-
-
27
28
-
-
36
37
-
-
L4
K4
47
48
PB1
PB2
I/O
I/O
FT
_a
FT
_a
-
-
TIM1_CH3N,
TIM3_CH4,
TIM8_CH3N,
DFSDM1_DATIN0,
USART3_RTS/USART
3_DE,
LPUART1_RTS/LPUA
RT1_DE,
OCTOSPI1_IO0,
LPTIM2_IN1,
EVENTOUT
LPTIM1_OUT,
I2C3_SMBA,
DFSDM1_CKIN0,
OCTOSPI1_DQS,
UCPD1_FRSTX1,
EVENTOUT
K5 49 PF11 I/O FT -
OCTOSPI1_NCLK,
EVENTOUT
L5 50 PF12 I/O FT FMC_A6, EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
J9
J8
-
-
J9
J8
-
-
-
-
-
M5
48
49
50 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
M5
51 VSS S
52 VDD S
53 PF13
-
-
I/O FT -
-
-
-
I2C4_SMBA, FMC_A7,
EVENTOUT
COMP1_INM,
ADC12_IN16
RTC_OUT2,
COMP1_INP
-
-
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
J5 51 -
-
-
-
35
L6 52
M6
K7
53
K6 54
55
36 J6 56
37 M7 57 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
J5
L6
54
55
PF14
PF15
I/O
I/O
FT
_f
FT
_f
M6 56 PG0 I/O FT -
K6 57 PG1 I/O FT -
38 K7 58 PE7 I/O FT -
39 J6 59 PE8 I/O FT -
40 M7 60 PE9 I/O FT -
-
-
I2C4_SCL,
TSC_G8_IO1,
FMC_A8, EVENTOUT
I2C4_SDA,
TSC_G8_IO2,
FMC_A9, EVENTOUT
TSC_G8_IO3,
FMC_A10, EVENTOUT
TSC_G8_IO4,
FMC_A11, EVENTOUT
TIM1_ETR,
DFSDM1_DATIN2,
FMC_D4, SAI1_SD_B,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH1N,
DFSDM1_CKIN2,
FMC_D5,
SAI1_SCK_B,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH1,
DFSDM1_CKOUT,
OCTOSPI1_NCLK,
FMC_D6, SAI1_FS_B,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
H1 -
-
-
-
-
J4
-
-
-
-
H1
-
-
-
-
-
-
J4
58
59
38 J7 60
39 L7 61
40 J8 62
41 M8 63 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L10
J4
61
62
VSS
VDD
S
S
-
-
41 J7 63 PE10 I/O FT -
42 L7 64 PE11 I/O FT -
43 J8 65 PE12 I/O FT -
44 M8 66 PE13 I/O FT -
-
-
-
-
TIM1_CH2N,
TSC_G5_IO1,
OCTOSPI1_CLK,
FMC_D7,
SAI1_MCLK_B,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH2,
TSC_G5_IO2,
OCTOSPI1_NCS,
FMC_D8, EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH3N,
SPI1_NSS,
TSC_G5_IO3,
OCTOSPI1_IO0,
FMC_D9, EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH3, SPI1_SCK,
TSC_G5_IO4,
OCTOSPI1_IO1,
FMC_D10, EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
21
-
-
21
-
-
28
H4
H3
J3
-
-
27
-
-
J4
42
43
44
K8
L8
K9
64
65
66
-
-
21
-
-
21
-
-
29
45 K8 67 PE14 I/O FT -
46 L8 68 PE15 I/O FT -
47 K9 69 PB10 I/O
FT
_f
-
TIM1_CH4,
TIM1_BKIN2,
SPI1_MISO,
OCTOSPI1_IO2,
FMC_D11, EVENTOUT
TIM1_BKIN,
SPI1_MOSI,
OCTOSPI1_IO3,
FMC_D12, EVENTOUT
TIM2_CH3,
LPTIM3_OUT,
I2C4_SCL, I2C2_SCL,
SPI2_SCK,
USART3_TX,
LPUART1_RX,
TSC_SYNC,
OCTOSPI1_CLK,
COMP1_OUT,
SAI1_SCK_A,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
29 J2 H4 45 L9 67 22 22 30 48 L9 70 PB11 I/O
FT
_f
-
-
TIM2_CH4, I2C4_SDA,
I2C2_SDA,
USART3_RX,
LPUART1_TX,
OCTOSPI1_NCS,
COMP2_OUT,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
28
29
J3
H3
46
47
M9
M1
0
68
69 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
VDDS
MPS
VLXS
MPS
S
S
-
22
-
22
-
30
-
J1
30
-
J2
-
48
-
L10
-
70
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
VSSS
MPS
VDD12
_1
S
S
23 23 31 B2 31 B2 49 E9 71 23 23 31 49 E9 71 VSS S
32 J1 50 M11 72 -
V15S
MPS_
1
S
24 24 32 A1 33 A1 51 D4 73 24 24 32 50 D4 72 VDD S
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
25
26
25
26
33
34
G2
F2
-
34
G2
F2
-
52
L11
K10
-
74
25 25 33 51 L11 73 PB12 I/O FT -
26 26 34 52 K10 74 PB13 I/O
FT
_f
-
TIM1_BKIN,
I2C2_SMBA,
SPI2_NSS,
DFSDM1_DATIN1,
USART3_CK,
LPUART1_RTS/LPUA
RT1_DE,
TSC_G1_IO1,
OCTOSPI1_NCLK,
SAI2_FS_A,
TIM15_BKIN,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH1N,
LPTIM3_IN1,
I2C2_SCL, SPI2_SCK,
DFSDM1_CKIN1,
USART3_CTS/USART
3_NSS,
LPUART1_CTS,
TSC_G1_IO2,
UCPD1_FRSTX2,
SAI2_SCK_A,
TIM15_CH1N,
EVENTOUT
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
27
28
-
-
27
28
-
-
35
36
-
-
G1
F1
-
-
35
36
-
-
G1
F1
-
-
53
54
55
56
K11
K12
L12
J10
75
76
77
78
27
28
-
-
27
28
-
-
35
36
-
-
53
54
K11
K12
75
76
PB14
PB15
I/O
I/O
FT
_fd
FT
_c
55 L12 77 PD8 I/O FT -
56 J10 78 PD9 I/O FT -
-
-
TIM1_CH2N,
LPTIM3_ETR,
TIM8_CH2N,
I2C2_SDA,
SPI2_MISO,
DFSDM1_DATIN2,
USART3_RTS/USART
3_DE, TSC_G1_IO3,
SAI2_MCLK_A,
TIM15_CH1,
EVENTOUT
RTC_REFIN,
TIM1_CH3N,
TIM8_CH3N,
SPI2_MOSI,
DFSDM1_CKIN2,
SAI2_SD_A,
TIM15_CH2,
EVENTOUT
USART3_TX,
FMC_D13, EVENTOUT
USART3_RX,
FMC_D14,
SAI2_MCLK_A,
EVENTOUT
UCPD1_DB2
UCPD1_CC2
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
57
58
59
60
-
M1
2
J11
J12
H11
79
80
81
82
-
-
-
-
83 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
57
59
60
-
M1
2
J12
H11
-
79
81
82
83
PD10
PD12
PD13
VSS
I/O FT
58 J11 80 PD11 I/O FT -
I/O
I/O
S
FT
_f
FT
_f
-
-
-
-
-
USART3_CK,
TSC_G6_IO1,
FMC_D15,
SAI2_SCK_A,
EVENTOUT
I2C4_SMBA,
USART3_CTS/USART
3_NSS, TSC_G6_IO2,
FMC_A16,
SAI2_SD_A,
LPTIM2_ETR,
EVENTOUT
TIM4_CH1, I2C4_SCL,
USART3_RTS/USART
3_DE, TSC_G6_IO3,
FMC_A17, SAI2_FS_A,
LPTIM2_IN1,
EVENTOUT
TIM4_CH2, I2C4_SDA,
TSC_G6_IO4,
FMC_A18,
LPTIM2_OUT,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
84
61 H10 85
62 H12 86 -
-
-
G10 87 -
G11 88 -
G9 89 -
G12 90 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
84 VDD S -
61 H10 85 PD14 I/O FT -
62 H12 86 PD15 I/O FT -
-
-
-
-
G10 87
G11 88
G9 89
G12 90
PG2
PG3
PG4
PG5
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
FT
_s
FT
_s
FT
_s
FT
_s
-
-
-
-
-
-
TIM4_CH3, FMC_D0,
EVENTOUT
TIM4_CH4, FMC_D1,
EVENTOUT
SPI1_SCK, FMC_A12,
SAI2_SCK_B,
EVENTOUT
SPI1_MISO, FMC_A13,
SAI2_FS_B,
EVENTOUT
SPI1_MOSI, FMC_A14,
SAI2_MCLK_B,
EVENTOUT
SPI1_NSS,
LPUART1_CTS,
FMC_A15,
SAI2_SD_B,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
F9 91 -
F10 92 -
-
-
F12 93
-
94
95 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
F9
-
-
91 PG6 I/O
F12 93 PG8 I/O
94 VSS S
95
VDDIO
2
S
FT
_s
F10 92 PG7 I/O
FT
_fs
-
FT
_fs
-
-
-
-
-
-
OCTOSPI1_DQS,
I2C3_SMBA,
LPUART1_RTS/LPUA
RT1_DE,
UCPD1_FRSTX1,
EVENTOUT
SAI1_CK1, I2C3_SCL,
DFSDM1_CKOUT,
LPUART1_TX,
UCPD1_FRSTX2,
FMC_INT,
SAI1_MCLK_A,
EVENTOUT
I2C3_SDA,
LPUART1_RX,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
37 E1 37 E1 63 F11 96 -
38 E2 38 E2 64 E10 97 -
39 F3 39 F3 65 E12 98 -
-
-
-
37 63 F11 96 PC6 I/O FT -
38 64 E10 97 PC7 I/O FT -
39 65 E12 98 PC8 I/O FT -
TIM3_CH1, TIM8_CH1,
DFSDM1_CKIN3,
SDMMC1_D0DIR,
TSC_G4_IO1,
SDMMC1_D6,
SAI2_MCLK_A,
EVENTOUT
TIM3_CH2, TIM8_CH2,
DFSDM1_DATIN3,
SDMMC1_D123DIR,
TSC_G4_IO2,
SDMMC1_D7,
SAI2_MCLK_B,
EVENTOUT
TIM3_CH3, TIM8_CH3,
TSC_G4_IO3,
SDMMC1_D0,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
29
-
29
40
41
G3
F4
40
41
G3
F4
66 E11 99
67 D12 100
-
29
-
29
40
41
66 E11 99
67 D12 100
PC9
PA8
I/O
I/O
FT
_f
FT
_f
30 30 42 D1 42 D1 68 D10 101 30 30 42 68 D10 101 PA9 I/O
FT
_fu
31 31 43 E3 43 E3 69 D11 102 31 31 43 69 D11 102 PA10 I/O
FT
_fu
-
-
-
-
TRACED0,
TIM8_BKIN2,
TIM3_CH4, TIM8_CH4,
TSC_G4_IO4,
USB_NOE,
SDMMC1_D1,
SAI2_EXTCLK,
EVENTOUT
MCO, TIM1_CH1,
SAI1_CK2,
USART1_CK,
SAI1_SCK_A,
LPTIM2_OUT,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH2, SPI2_SCK,
USART1_TX,
SAI1_FS_A,
TIM15_BKIN,
EVENTOUT
TIM1_CH3, SAI1_D1,
USART1_RX,
CRS_SYNC,
SAI1_SD_A,
TIM17_BKIN,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
32
33
32
33
44
45
C1
C2
44
45
C1
C2
70 C12 103
71 B12 104
32
33
32
33
44
45
70 C12 103
71 B12 104
PA11
PA12
I/O
I/O
FT
_u
FT
_u
-
-
34 34 46 D2 46 D2 72 C10 105 34 34 46 72 C10 105
47 47 47 -
PA13
(JTMS/
SWDI
O)
I/O FT
VSS S -
-
35
36
-
35
36
48
-
-
B1
B5
A9
48
-
-
B1
B5
A9
73
74
75
A12 106
H4 107
D9 108
-
35
36
-
35
36 -
-
48 73 A12 106
VDDU
SB
S
74 H4 107 VSS S
75 D9 108 VDD S
-
-
-
(3)
-
-
-
-
TIM1_CH4,
TIM1_BKIN2,
SPI1_MISO,
USART1_CTS/USART
1_NSS, FDCAN1_RX,
USB_DM, EVENTOUT
TIM1_ETR,
SPI1_MOSI,
USART1_RTS/USART
1_DE, FDCAN1_TX,
USB_DP, EVENTOUT
JTMS/SWDIO,
IR_OUT, USB_NOE,
SAI1_SD_B,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
37
38
-
37
38
-
49
50
51
D3
E4
A2
49
50
51
D3
E4
A2
76
77
78
C11 109
A11 110
B11 111
37
38
-
37
38
-
49
50
51
76
77
78
C11 109
A11 110
B11 111
PA14
(JTCK/
SWCL
K)
PA15
(JTDI)
PC10
I/O FT
I/O
FT
_c
I/O FT
-
JTCK/SWCLK,
LPTIM1_OUT,
I2C1_SMBA,
I2C4_SMBA,
SAI1_FS_B,
EVENTOUT
JTDI, TIM2_CH1,
TIM2_ETR,
USART2_RX,
SPI1_NSS, SPI3_NSS,
USART3_RTS/USART
3_DE,
UART4_RTS/UART4_
DE, SAI2_FS_B,
EVENTOUT
TRACED1,
LPTIM3_ETR,
SPI3_SCK,
USART3_TX,
UART4_TX,
TSC_G3_IO2,
SDMMC1_D2,
SAI2_SCK_B,
EVENTOUT
-
-
UCPD1_CC1
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
-
-
52 C3 52 C3 79 A10 112 -
53 B3 53 B3 80 B10 113 -
-
-
-
-
-
81 C9 114 -
82 B9 115 -
-
-
-
-
52 79 A10 112 PC11 I/O FT -
53 80 B10 113 PC12 I/O FT -
-
81 C9 114 PD0 I/O FT -
82 B9 115 PD1 I/O FT -
LPTIM3_IN1,
OCTOSPI1_NCS,
SPI3_MISO,
USART3_RX,
UART4_RX,
TSC_G3_IO3,
UCPD1_FRSTX2,
SDMMC1_D3,
SAI2_MCLK_B,
EVENTOUT
TRACED3,
SPI3_MOSI,
USART3_CK,
UART5_TX,
TSC_G3_IO4,
SDMMC1_CK,
SAI2_SD_B,
EVENTOUT
SPI2_NSS,
FDCAN1_RX,
FMC_D2, EVENTOUT
SPI2_SCK,
FDCAN1_TX,
FMC_D3, EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
A3
-
-
-
-
-
54
-
-
-
-
-
A3
-
-
83
-
-
A9 116
84 C8 117 -
85 B8 118 -
86 A8 119 -
120 -
121 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
54 83 A9 116 PD2 I/O FT -
-
-
-
-
84 C8 117 PD3 I/O FT -
85 B8 118 PD4 I/O FT -
86 A8 119 PD5 I/O FT -
-
-
120
121
VSS
VDD
S
S
-
-
-
TRACED2, TIM3_ETR,
USART3_RTS/USART
3_DE, UART5_RX,
TSC_SYNC,
SDMMC1_CMD,
EVENTOUT
SPI2_SCK,
SPI2_MISO,
DFSDM1_DATIN0,
USART2_CTS/USART
2_NSS, FMC_CLK,
EVENTOUT
SPI2_MOSI,
DFSDM1_CKIN0,
USART2_RTS/USART
2_DE, OCTOSPI1_IO4,
FMC_NOE,
EVENTOUT
USART2_TX,
OCTOSPI1_IO5,
FMC_NWE,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
D4 -
-
-
-
87
88
D4 -
A7 122
D7 123
B7 124
-
-
-
C4 C4 C7 125 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
87 A7 122 PD6 I/O FT -
88 D7 123 PD7 I/O FT -
-
B7 124
C7 125
PG9
PG10
I/O
I/O
FT
_s
FT
_s
-
-
SAI1_D1, SPI3_MOSI,
DFSDM1_DATIN1,
USART2_RX,
OCTOSPI1_IO6,
FMC_NWAIT,
SAI1_SD_A,
EVENTOUT
DFSDM1_CKIN1,
USART2_CK,
OCTOSPI1_IO7,
FMC_NCE/FMC_NE1,
EVENTOUT
SPI3_SCK,
USART1_TX,
FMC_NCE/FMC_NE2,
SAI2_SCK_A,
TIM15_CH1N,
EVENTOUT
LPTIM1_IN1,
SPI3_MISO,
USART1_RX,
FMC_NE3,
SAI2_FS_A,
TIM15_CH1,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
E5
B4
A4
D5 -
B8 -
A5 -
-
-
E5
B4
A4
D5 -
B8
A5
-
-
-
-
-
-
A6
-
-
126
-
-
127 -
128
H9 129
D8 130 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
M11 126
A6
M1
0
127
128
PG11
PG12
PG13
I/O
I/O
I/O
FT
_s
FT
_s
FT
_fs
M9 129 PG14 I/O
FT
_fs
H9 130 VSS S
D8 131
VDDIO
2
S -
-
-
-
-
-
LPTIM1_IN2,
OCTOSPI1_IO5,
SPI3_MOSI,
USART1_CTS/USART
1_NSS,
SAI2_MCLK_A,
TIM15_CH2,
EVENTOUT
LPTIM1_ETR,
SPI3_NSS,
USART1_RTS/USART
1_DE, FMC_NE4,
SAI2_SD_A,
EVENTOUT
I2C1_SDA,
USART1_CK,
FMC_A24, EVENTOUT
I2C1_SCL, FMC_A25,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
39
-
39
-
54
C5
E6
-
55
C5
E6
-
89
131
C6 132
-
39
-
39
-
55
-
89
B4 132
C6 133
PG15
PB3
(JTDO/
TRAC
ESWO
)
I/O
I/O
FT
_s
FT
_a
40 40 55 B6 56 B6 90 B6 133 40 40 56 90 B6 134
PB4
(NJTR
ST)
I/O
FT
_fa
-
-
LPTIM1_OUT,
I2C1_SMBA,
EVENTOUT
JTDO/TRACESWO,
TIM2_CH2, SPI1_SCK,
SPI3_SCK,
USART1_RTS/USART
1_DE, CRS_SYNC,
SAI1_SCK_B,
EVENTOUT
NJTRST, TIM3_CH1,
I2C3_SDA,
SPI1_MISO,
SPI3_MISO,
USART1_CTS/USART
1_NSS,
UART5_RTS/UART5_
DE, TSC_G2_IO1,
SAI1_MCLK_B,
TIM17_BKIN,
EVENTOUT
-
COMP2_INM
COMP2_INP
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
41 41 56 A6 57 A6 91 D6 134 41 41 57 91 D6 135 PB5 I/O
FT
_d
42 42 57 C6 58 C6 92 A5 135 42 42 58 92 A5 136 PB6 I/O
FT
_fa
-
-
LPTIM1_IN1,
TIM3_CH2,
OCTOSPI1_NCLK,
I2C1_SMBA,
SPI1_MOSI,
SPI3_MOSI,
USART1_CK,
UART5_CTS/UART5_
NSS, TSC_G2_IO2,
COMP2_OUT,
SAI1_SD_B,
TIM16_BKIN,
EVENTOUT
LPTIM1_ETR,
TIM4_CH1,
TIM8_BKIN2,
I2C1_SCL, I2C4_SCL,
USART1_TX,
TSC_G2_IO3,
SAI1_FS_B,
TIM16_CH1N,
EVENTOUT
UCPD1_DB1
COMP2_INP
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
43 43 58 D6 59 D6 93 D5 136 43 43 59 93 D5 137 PB7 I/O
FT
_fa
44 44 59 D7 60 D7 94 B5 137 44 44 60 94 B5 138
PH3-
BOOT
0
I/O FT -
-
LPTIM1_IN2,
TIM4_CH2,
TIM8_BKIN,
I2C1_SDA, I2C4_SDA,
USART1_RX,
UART4_CTS,
TSC_G2_IO4,
FMC_NL,
TIM17_CH1N,
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
45 45 60 C7 61 C7 95 C5 138 45 45 61 95 C5 139 PB8 I/O
FT
_f
-
TIM4_CH3, SAI1_CK1,
I2C1_SCL,
DFSDM1_CKOUT,
SDMMC1_CKIN,
FDCAN1_RX,
SDMMC1_D4,
SAI1_MCLK_A,
TIM16_CH1,
EVENTOUT
COMP2_INM,
PVD_IN
-
-
STM32L552xxxxP
Pin Number
Table 21. STM32L552xx pin definitions (continued)
STM32L552xxxxQ STM32L552xx
Alternate functions
Additional functions
-
-
-
46
-
-
-
46
61
-
-
62
A7
-
-
A8
-
-
-
-
A7
-
-
-
96
97
-
-
A4
A3
-
139
C4 140
141
-
46
-
-
-
46
-
-
-
62
-
-
-
96
-
A4
-
140
-
PB9
VDD12
_2
I/O
S
47 47 63 E8 62 E8 98 E4 142 47 47 63 99 E4 143 VSS S
63 A8 99 B4 143 -
V15S
MPS_
2
S
48 48 64 F9 64 F9 100 J9 144 48 48 64 100 J9 144 VDD S
FT
_f
97 C4 141 PE0 I/O FT -
98 A3 142 PE1 I/O FT -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
IR_OUT, TIM4_CH4,
SAI1_D2, I2C1_SDA,
SPI2_NSS,
SDMMC1_CDIR,
FDCAN1_TX,
SDMMC1_D5,
SAI1_FS_A,
TIM17_CH1,
EVENTOUT
TIM4_ETR,
FMC_NBL0,
TIM16_CH1,
EVENTOUT
FMC_NBL1,
TIM17_CH1,
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1. PC13, PC14 and PC15 are supplied through the power switch. Since the switch only sinks a limited amount of current (3 mA), the use of GPIOs PC13 to PC15 in output mode is limited:
- The speed should not exceed 2 MHz with a maximum load of 30 pF
- These GPIOs must not be used as current sources (for example to drive a LED).
2. After a Backup domain power-up, PC13, PC14 and PC15 operate as GPIOs. Their function then depends on the content of the RTC registers which are not reset by the system reset. For details on how to manage these GPIOs, refer to the Backup domain and RTC register descriptions in the RM0438 reference manual.
3. After reset, these pins are configured as JTAG/SW debug alternate functions, and the internal pull-up on PA15, PA13, PB4 pins and the internal pull-down on PA14 pin are activated.
Port
A
PA7
PA8
PA9
PA10
PA11
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
PA6
Port
PA0
AF0
SYS_AF
-
-
MCO
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF1
TIM1/2/5/8/L
PTIM1
TIM2_CH1
TIM2_CH2
TIM2_CH3
TIM2_CH4
-
TIM2_CH1
TIM1_BKIN
TIM1_CH1N
TIM1_CH1
TIM1_CH2
TIM1_CH3
TIM1_CH4
PA12 TIM1_ETR
PA13 JTMS/SWDIO IR_OUT
PA14 JTCK/SWCLK LPTIM1_OUT
PA15 JTDI TIM2_CH1
Table 22. Alternate function AF0 to AF7 (1)
AF2 AF3 AF4
TIM1/2/3/4/5/
LPTIM3
SPI2/SAI1/I2C4/
USART2/TIM1/8/
OCTOSPI1
I2C1/2/3/4
AF5
SPI1/2/3/I2C4/
DFSDM1/
OCTOSPI1
AF6
SPI3/I2C3/DFS
DM1/COMP1/
AF7
USART1/2/3
TIM5_CH1
TIM5_CH2
TIM5_CH3
TIM5_CH4
-
TIM2_ETR
TIM3_CH1
TIM3_CH2
-
-
-
TIM1_BKIN2
-
-
-
TIM2_ETR
TIM8_ETR
-
-
SAI1_CK1
OCTOSPI1_NCS
TIM8_CH1N
TIM8_BKIN
TIM8_CH1N
SAI1_CK2
SPI2_SCK
SAI1_D1
-
-
-
-
USART2_RX
-
I2C1_SMBA
-
-
-
-
-
I2C3_SCL
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2C1_SMBA
-
-
SPI1_SCK
-
-
SPI1_NSS
SPI1_SCK
SPI1_MISO
SPI1_MOSI
-
-
-
SPI1_MISO
SPI1_MOSI
-
I2C4_SMBA
SPI1_NSS
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SPI3_NSS
-
-
-
-
-
SPI3_NSS
USART2_CTS_
NSS
USART2_RTS_
DE
USART2_TX
USART2_RX
USART2_CK
-
USART3_CTS_
NSS
-
USART1_CK
USART1_TX
USART1_RX
USART1_CTS_
NSS
USART1_RTS_
DE
-
-
USART3_RTS_
DE
Port
PB0
PB1
PB2
PB3
JTDO/TRACE
SWO
PB4
PB5
PB6
PB7
Port
B
PB8
PB9
PB10
PB11
PB12
PB13
PB14
AF0
SYS_AF
-
-
-
NJTRST
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF1
TIM1/2/5/8/L
PTIM1
TIM1_CH2N
TIM1_CH3N
LPTIM1_OUT
TIM2_CH2
-
LPTIM1_IN1
LPTIM1_ETR
LPTIM1_IN2
-
IR_OUT
TIM2_CH3
TIM2_CH4
TIM1_BKIN
Table 22. Alternate function AF0 to AF7 (1) (continued)
AF2
TIM1/2/3/4/5/
LPTIM3
TIM3_CH3
TIM3_CH4
-
-
TIM3_CH1
TIM3_CH2
TIM4_CH1
TIM4_CH2
TIM4_CH3
TIM4_CH4
LPTIM3_OUT
-
-
TIM1_CH1N LPTIM3_IN1
TIM1_CH2N LPTIM3_ETR
PB15 RTC_REFIN TIM1_CH3N -
AF3
SPI2/SAI1/I2C4/
USART2/TIM1/8/
OCTOSPI1
TIM8_CH2N
TIM8_CH3N
-
-
-
OCTOSPI1_NCLK
TIM8_BKIN2
TIM8_BKIN
SAI1_CK1
SAI1_D2
I2C4_SCL
I2C4_SDA
TIM1_BKIN
-
TIM8_CH2N
TIM8_CH3N
AF4
I2C1/2/3/4
I2C1_SMBA
I2C1_SCL
I2C1_SDA
I2C1_SDA
I2C2_SCL
I2C2_SDA
-
-
-
I2C3_SMBA
-
I2C3_SDA
I2C1_SCL
I2C2_SMBA
I2C2_SCL
I2C2_SDA
AF5 AF6 AF7
SPI1/2/3/I2C4/
DFSDM1/
OCTOSPI1
SPI3/I2C3/DFS
DM1/COMP1/
USART1/2/3
SPI1_NSS
-
-
SPI1_SCK
SPI1_MISO
SPI1_MOSI
I2C4_SCL
I2C4_SDA
DFSDM1_CKOU
T
SPI2_NSS
SPI2_SCK
-
SPI2_NSS
SPI2_SCK
SPI2_MISO
SPI2_MOSI
-
DFSDM1_DATI
N0
DFSDM1_CKI
N0
USART3_CK
USART3_RTS_
DE
-
SPI3_SCK
SPI3_MISO
SPI3_MOSI
USART1_RTS_
DE
USART1_CTS_
NSS
USART1_CK
-
USART1_TX
USART1_RX
-
-
-
USART3_TX
-
DFSDM1_DATI
N1
DFSDM1_CKI
N1
DFSDM1_DATI
N2
DFSDM1_CKI
N2
USART3_RX
USART3_CK
USART3_CTS_
NSS
USART3_RTS_
DE
-
Port
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
PC4
PC5
PC6 -
Port
C
PC7 -
PC8 -
PC9 TRACED0
PC10 TRACED1
PC11 -
PC12 TRACED3
PC13
PC14
PC15
-
-
-
AF0
SYS_AF
LPTIM1_IN1
TRACED0 LPTIM1_OUT
-
-
-
-
AF1
TIM1/2/5/8/L
PTIM1
LPTIM1_IN2
LPTIM1_ETR LPTIM3_OUT
-
-
-
-
-
TIM8_BKIN2
-
-
-
-
-
-
Table 22. Alternate function AF0 to AF7 (1) (continued)
AF2
TIM1/2/3/4/5/
LPTIM3
-
-
-
TIM3_CH1
TIM3_CH2
TIM3_CH3
TIM3_CH4
LPTIM3_ETR
LPTIM3_IN1
-
-
-
-
AF3
SPI2/SAI1/I2C4/
USART2/TIM1/8/
OCTOSPI1
OCTOSPI1_IO7
SPI2_MOSI
-
SAI1_D1
-
SAI1_D3
TIM8_CH1
TIM8_CH2
TIM8_CH3
TIM8_CH4
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF4
I2C1/2/3/4
I2C3_SCL
I2C3_SDA
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF5 AF6
SPI1/2/3/I2C4/
DFSDM1/
OCTOSPI1
SPI3/I2C3/DFS
DM1/COMP1/
-
-
SPI2_MISO
-
-
DFSDM1_CKO
UT
SPI2_MOSI
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
DFSDM1_CKI
N3
DFSDM1_DATI
N3
-
-
-
-
SPI3_SCK
OCTOSPI1_NCS SPI3_MISO
SPI3_MOSI
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF7
USART1/2/3
-
-
-
USART3_TX
USART3_RX
-
-
-
-
-
USART3_TX
USART3_RX
USART3_CK
-
-
-
Port
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
PD5
PD6
Port
D
PD7
PD8
PD9
PD10
PD11
PD12
PD13
PD14
PD15
AF0
SYS_AF
-
-
TRACED2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF1
TIM1/2/5/8/L
PTIM1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Table 22. Alternate function AF0 to AF7 (1) (continued)
AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5
TIM1/2/3/4/5/
LPTIM3
-
-
SPI2/SAI1/I2C4/
USART2/TIM1/8/
OCTOSPI1
-
-
I2C1/2/3/4
-
-
SPI1/2/3/I2C4/
DFSDM1/
OCTOSPI1
SPI2_NSS
SPI2_SCK
TIM3_ETR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TIM4_CH1
TIM4_CH2
TIM4_CH3
TIM4_CH4
-
SPI2_SCK
-
-
SAI1_D1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2C4_SMBA
I2C4_SCL
I2C4_SDA
-
-
SPI2_MOSI
-
SPI3_MOSI
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SPI2_MISO
AF6
SPI3/I2C3/DFS
DM1/COMP1/
AF7
USART1/2/3
-
-
-
-
-
USART3_RTS_
DE
DFSDM1_DATI
N0
USART2_CTS_
NSS
DFSDM1_CKI
N0
-
DFSDM1_DATI
N1
DFSDM1_CKI
N1
-
USART2_RTS_
DE
USART2_TX
USART2_RX
USART2_CK
USART3_TX
-
USART3_RX
USART3_CK
-
-
-
-
-
USART3_CTS_
NSS
USART3_RTS_
DE
-
-
-
Port
PE5
PE6
Port
E
PE7
PE8
PE0
PE1
PE2
PE3
PE4
PE9
PE10
PE11
PE12
PE13
PE14
PE15
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF0
SYS_AF
-
-
TRACECK
TRACED0
TRACED1
TRACED2
TRACED3
-
-
AF1
TIM1/2/5/8/L
PTIM1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TIM1_ETR
TIM1_CH1N
TIM1_CH1
TIM1_CH2N
TIM1_CH2
TIM1_CH3N
TIM1_CH3
TIM1_CH4
TIM1_BKIN
Table 22. Alternate function AF0 to AF7 (1) (continued)
AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5
TIM1/2/3/4/5/
LPTIM3
TIM4_ETR
-
TIM3_ETR
TIM3_CH1
SPI2/SAI1/I2C4/
USART2/TIM1/8/
OCTOSPI1
-
-
SAI1_CK1
OCTOSPI1_DQS
I2C1/2/3/4
-
-
-
-
SPI1/2/3/I2C4/
DFSDM1/
OCTOSPI1
-
-
-
-
TIM3_CH2
TIM3_CH3
TIM3_CH4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TIM1_BKIN2
-
SAI1_D2
SAI1_CK2
SAI1_D1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TIM1_BKIN2
TIM1_BKIN
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SPI1_NSS
SPI1_SCK
SPI1_MISO
SPI1_MOSI
AF6
SPI3/I2C3/DFS
DM1/COMP1/
-
-
-
-
DFSDM1_DATI
N3
DFSDM1_CKI
N3
-
DFSDM1_DATI
N2
DFSDM1_CKI
N2
DFSDM1_CKO
UT
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF7
USART1/2/3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF0
Port
Port
F
PF4
PF5
PF6
PF7
PF8
PF9
PF0
PF1
PF2
PF3
PF10
PF11
PF12
PF13
PF14
PF15
SYS_AF
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TIM5_ETR
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF1
TIM1/2/5/8/L
PTIM1
-
-
-
-
-
-
Table 22. Alternate function AF0 to AF7 (1) (continued)
AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5
TIM1/2/3/4/5/
LPTIM3
-
-
-
LPTIM3_IN1
LPTIM3_ETR
LPTIM3_OUT
TIM5_CH1
TIM5_CH2
TIM5_CH3
TIM5_CH4
SPI2/SAI1/I2C4/
USART2/TIM1/8/
OCTOSPI1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2C1/2/3/4
I2C2_SDA
I2C2_SCL
I2C2_SMBA
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SPI1/2/3/I2C4/
DFSDM1/
OCTOSPI1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
OCTOSPI1_CLK
OCTOSPI1_NCLK
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2C4_SMBA
I2C4_SCL
I2C4_SDA
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF6
SPI3/I2C3/DFS
DM1/COMP1/
-
-
DFSDM1_CKO
UT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF7
USART1/2/3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Port
PG8
Port
G
PG9
PG1
0
PG11
PG1
2
PG1
3
PG1
4
PG1
5
PG0
PG1
PG2
PG3
PG4
PG5
PG6
PG7
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF0
SYS_AF
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
LPTIM1_IN1
AF1
TIM1/2/5/8/L
PTIM1
LPTIM1_IN2
LPTIM1_ETR
-
Table 22. Alternate function AF0 to AF7 (1) (continued)
AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5
TIM1/2/3/4/5/
LPTIM3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SPI2/SAI1/I2C4/
USART2/TIM1/8/
OCTOSPI1
-
-
-
-
-
-
OCTOSPI1_DQS
I2C1/2/3/4
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2C3_SMBA
SPI1/2/3/I2C4/
DFSDM1/
OCTOSPI1
-
-
SPI1_SCK
SPI1_MISO
SPI1_MOSI
SPI1_NSS
-
SAI1_CK1 I2C3_SCL -
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2C3_SDA
-
-
-
-
-
AF6
SPI3/I2C3/DFS
DM1/COMP1/
-
-
OCTOSPI1_IO5
-
-
-
I2C1_SDA -
-
-
AF7
USART1/2/3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
DFSDM1_CKO
UT
-
SPI3_SCK
SPI3_MISO
SPI3_MOSI
SPI3_NSS
-
-
USART1_TX
USART1_RX
USART1_CTS_
NSS
USART1_RTS_
DE
USART1_CK
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I2C1_SCL -
LPTIM1_OUT I2C1_SMBA -
Port
AF0
SYS_AF
AF1
TIM1/2/5/8/L
PTIM1
Port
H
-
-
PH0
PH1
PH3
-
-
-
1. Refer to
for AF8 to AF15.
-
-
-
Table 22. Alternate function AF0 to AF7 (1) (continued)
AF2 AF3 AF4 AF5
TIM1/2/3/4/5/
LPTIM3
-
-
-
SPI2/SAI1/I2C4/
USART2/TIM1/8/
OCTOSPI1
-
-
-
I2C1/2/3/4
-
-
-
SPI1/2/3/I2C4/
DFSDM1/
OCTOSPI1
-
-
-
AF6
SPI3/I2C3/DFS
DM1/COMP1/
-
-
-
AF7
USART1/2/3
-
-
-
Port
PA0
PA1
PA2
PA3
PA4
PA5
PA6
Port
A
PA7
PA8
PA9
PA10
PA11
PA12
PA13
PA14
PA15
AF8 AF9
Table 23. Alternate function AF8 to AF15 (1)
AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13
UART4/5/LPUA
RT1/SDMMC1
FDCAN1/
TSC
UART4_TX
UART4_RX
LPUART1_TX
LPUART1_RX
-
-
LPUART1_CTS
_NSS
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
UART4_RTS_D
E
-
-
-
-
-
-
FDCAN1_
RX
FDCAN1_
TX
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
USB/OCTOSPI1 UCPD1
-
OCTOSPI1_DQS -
OCTOSPI1_NCS UCPD1_FRSTX1
OCTOSPI1_CLK
-
-
-
-
-
SDMMC1/COMP1
/2/TIM1/8/FMC
-
-
-
-
-
-
SAI1/2/TIM8
SAI1_EXTCLK
-
SAI2_EXTCLK
SAI1_MCLK_A
SAI1_FS_B
-
OCTOSPI1_IO3
OCTOSPI1_IO2
-
-
CRS_SYNC
USB_DM
USB_DP
USB_NOE
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TIM1_BKIN
-
-
-
-
TIM1_BKIN2
-
-
-
-
TIM8_BKIN
-
SAI1_SCK_A
SAI1_FS_A
SAI1_SD_A
-
-
SAI1_SD_B
SAI1_FS_B
SAI2_FS_B
AF14 AF15
TIM2/8/15/16/17/
LPTIM2
EVENTOUT
TIM2_ETR EVENTOUT
TIM15_CH1N EVENTOUT
TIM15_CH1 EVENTOUT
TIM15_CH2 EVENTOUT
LPTIM2_OUT EVENTOUT
LPTIM2_ETR EVENTOUT
TIM16_CH1
TIM17_CH1 EVENTOUT
LPTIM2_OUT EVENTOUT
TIM15_BKIN EVENTOUT
TIM17_BKIN EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
AF8 AF9
Table 23. Alternate function AF8 to AF15 (1) (continued)
AF10 AF11
Port
UART4/5/LPUA
RT1/SDMMC1
FDCAN1/
TSC
USB/OCTOSPI1 UCPD1
Port
B
PB0
PB1
PB2
PB3
PB4
PB5
-
LPUART1_RTS_
DE
-
-
UART5_RTS_D
E
UART5_CTS_N
SS
-
-
-
-
TSC_G2_
IO1
TSC_G2_
IO2
PB6
PB7
-
UART4_CTS_N
SS
TSC_G2_
IO3
TSC_G2_
IO4
PB8 SDMMC1_CKIN
PB9 SDMMC1_CDIR
FDCAN1_
RX
FDCAN1_
TX
PB10 LPUART1_RX
TSC_SY
NC
PB11 LPUART1_TX
PB12
LPUART1_RTS_
DE
PB13
LPUART1_CTS
_NSS
PB14
PB15 -
-
-
TSC_G1_
IO1
TSC_G1_
IO2
TSC_G1_
IO3
-
OCTOSPI1_IO1
OCTOSPI1_IO0
OCTOSPI1_DQS
CRS_SYNC
-
-
-
-
-
-
OCTOSPI1_CLK
OCTOSPI1_NCS
OCTOSPI1_NCLK
-
-
-
UCPD1_FRSTX1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
UCPD1_FRSTX2
AF12
SDMMC1/COMP1
/2/TIM1/8/FMC
COMP1_OUT
-
-
-
-
COMP2_OUT
TIM8_BKIN2
FMC_NL
SDMMC1_D4
SDMMC1_D5
COMP1_OUT
COMP2_OUT
-
-
-
-
AF13
SAI1/2/TIM8
SAI1_EXTCLK
-
-
SAI1_SCK_B
SAI1_MCLK_B
SAI1_SD_B
SAI1_FS_B
TIM8_BKIN
SAI1_MCLK_A
SAI1_FS_A
SAI1_SCK_A
-
SAI2_FS_A
SAI2_SCK_A
SAI2_MCLK_A
SAI2_SD_A
AF14 AF15
TIM2/8/15/16/17/
LPTIM2
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
LPTIM2_IN1
-
-
TIM17_BKIN
TIM16_BKIN
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
TIM16_CH1N EVENTOUT
TIM17_CH1N EVENTOUT
TIM16_CH1
TIM17_CH1
-
-
TIM15_BKIN
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
TIM15_CH1N EVENTOUT
TIM15_CH1
TIM15_CH2
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
AF8 AF9
Port
Port
C
PC0
PC1
PC2
PC3
PC4
PC5
PC6
PC7
PC8
PC9
PC10
PC11
PC12
PC13
PC14
PC15
UART4/5/LPUA
RT1/SDMMC1
FDCAN1/
TSC
LPUART1_RX
LPUART1_TX
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SDMMC1_D0DI
R
SDMMC1_D123
DIR
-
-
UART4_TX
UART4_RX
UART5_TX
-
-
TSC_G3_
IO1
TSC_G1_
IO4
-
-
TSC_G4_
IO1
TSC_G4_
IO2
TSC_G4_
IO3
TSC_G4_
IO4
TSC_G3_
IO2
TSC_G3_
IO3
TSC_G3_
IO4
-
-
-
Table 23. Alternate function AF8 to AF15 (1) (continued)
AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13
USB/OCTOSPI1
-
OCTOSPI1_IO4
OCTOSPI1_IO5
OCTOSPI1_IO6
OCTOSPI1_IO7
-
-
-
-
USB_NOE
-
-
-
-
-
-
UCPD1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
UCPD1_FRSTX2
-
-
-
-
SDMMC1/COMP1
/2/TIM1/8/FMC
SDMMC1_D5
-
SDMMC1_D6
SDMMC1_D7
SDMMC1_D0
SDMMC1_D1
SDMMC1_D2
SDMMC1_D3
SDMMC1_CK
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SAI1/2/TIM8
SAI2_FS_A
SAI1_SD_A
-
-
-
-
-
-
SAI1_SD_A
SAI2_MCLK_A
SAI2_MCLK_B
-
SAI2_EXTCLK
SAI2_SCK_B
SAI2_MCLK_B
SAI2_SD_B
AF14 AF15
TIM2/8/15/16/17/
LPTIM2
LPTIM2_IN1
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
LPTIM2_ETR EVENTOUT
TIM8_BKIN2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
Port
PD0
PD1
PD2
PD3
PD4
PD5
PD6
Port
D
PD7
PD8
PD9
PD10
PD11
PD12
PD13
PD14
PD15
AF8 AF9
UART4/5/LPUA
RT1/SDMMC1
FDCAN1/
TSC
-
-
-
-
-
-
UART5_RX
FDCAN1_
RX
FDCAN1_
TX
TSC_SY
NC
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Table 23. Alternate function AF8 to AF15 (1) (continued)
AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13
USB/OCTOSPI1
-
OCTOSPI1_IO4
OCTOSPI1_IO5
OCTOSPI1_IO6
OCTOSPI1_IO7
-
-
-
-
-
UCPD1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SDMMC1/COMP1
/2/TIM1/8/FMC
FMC_D2
FMC_D3
SDMMC1_CMD
SAI1/2/TIM8
-
-
-
FMC_CLK
FMC_NOE
FMC_NWE
FMC_NWAIT
FMC_NCE/FMC_
NE1
FMC_D13
FMC_D14
-
-
-
SAI1_SD_A
-
-
SAI2_MCLK_A
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TSC_G6_
IO1
TSC_G6_
IO2
TSC_G6_
IO3
TSC_G6_
IO4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FMC_D15
FMC_A16
FMC_A17
FMC_A18
FMC_D0
FMC_D1
SAI2_SCK_A
SAI2_SD_A
SAI2_FS_A
-
-
-
AF14 AF15
TIM2/8/15/16/17/
LPTIM2
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
LPTIM2_ETR EVENTOUT
LPTIM2_IN1
LPTIM2_OUT EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
Port
Port
E
PE0
PE1
PE2
PE3
PE4
PE5
PE6
PE7
PE8
PE9
PE10
PE11
PE12
PE13
PE14
PE15
AF8 AF9
Table 23. Alternate function AF8 to AF15 (1) (continued)
AF10
UART4/5/LPUA
RT1/SDMMC1
FDCAN1/
TSC
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
USB/OCTOSPI1
-
TSC_G5_
IO1
TSC_G5_
IO2
TSC_G5_
IO3
TSC_G5_
IO4
-
-
-
-
TSC_G7_
IO1
TSC_G7_
IO2
TSC_G7_
IO3
TSC_G7_
IO4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
OCTOSPI1_NCLK
OCTOSPI1_CLK
OCTOSPI1_NCS
OCTOSPI1_IO0
OCTOSPI1_IO1
OCTOSPI1_IO2
OCTOSPI1_IO3
AF11
UCPD1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AF12
SDMMC1/COMP1
/2/TIM1/8/FMC
FMC_NBL0
FMC_NBL1
FMC_A23
FMC_A19
FMC_A20
FMC_A21
FMC_A22
FMC_D4
FMC_D5
FMC_D6
FMC_D7
FMC_D8
FMC_D9
FMC_D10
FMC_D11
FMC_D12
AF13
SAI1/2/TIM8
SAI1_SD_A
SAI1_SD_B
SAI1_SCK_B
SAI1_FS_B
-
-
-
-
SAI1_MCLK_A
SAI1_SD_B
SAI1_FS_A
SAI1_SCK_A
SAI1_MCLK_B
-
-
-
AF14 AF15
TIM2/8/15/16/17/
LPTIM2
TIM16_CH1
TIM17_CH1
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
Port
Port
F
PF7
PF8
PF9
PF10
PF11
PF12
PF13
PF0
PF1
PF2
PF3
PF4
PF5
PF6
PF14
PF15
AF8 AF9
UART4/5/LPUA
RT1/SDMMC1
FDCAN1/
TSC
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TSC_G8_
IO1
TSC_G8_
IO2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Table 23. Alternate function AF8 to AF15 (1) (continued)
AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13
USB/OCTOSPI1
-
-
-
-
-
-
OCTOSPI1_IO3
OCTOSPI1_IO2
OCTOSPI1_IO0
OCTOSPI1_IO1
-
-
-
-
-
-
UCPD1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SDMMC1/COMP1
/2/TIM1/8/FMC
FMC_A0
FMC_A1
FMC_A2
FMC_A3
FMC_A4
FMC_A5
-
-
-
-
-
-
FMC_A6
FMC_A7
SAI1/2/TIM8
-
-
-
-
-
-
SAI1_SD_B
SAI1_MCLK_B
SAI1_SCK_B
SAI1_FS_B
SAI1_D3
-
-
-
FMC_A8
FMC_A9 -
-
AF14 AF15
TIM2/8/15/16/17/
LPTIM2
-
-
TIM15_CH1
TIM15_CH2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
AF8 AF9
Port
G
Port
UART4/5/LPUA
RT1/SDMMC1
FDCAN1/
TSC
PG0
PG1 -
-
PG2
PG3
PG4 -
-
-
PG5
PG6
LPUART1_CTS
_NSS
LPUART1_RTS_
DE
PG7 LPUART1_TX
PG8 LPUART1_RX
TSC_G8_
IO3
TSC_G8_
IO4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Table 23. Alternate function AF8 to AF15 (1) (continued)
AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13
USB/OCTOSPI1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
UCPD1
-
-
-
-
-
-
UCPD1_FRSTX1
SDMMC1/COMP1
/2/TIM1/8/FMC
FMC_A10
FMC_A11
FMC_A12
FMC_A13
FMC_A14
FMC_A15
-
SAI1/2/TIM8
SAI2_SCK_B
SAI2_FS_B
SAI2_MCLK_B
SAI2_SD_B
-
-
-
SAI1_MCLK_A
-
PG9
PG10
PG11
PG12
PG13
PG14
PG15
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
UCPD1_FRSTX2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FMC_INT
-
FMC_NCE/FMC_
NE2
FMC_NE3
-
FMC_NE4
FMC_A24
FMC_A25
-
SAI2_SCK_A
SAI2_FS_A
SAI2_MCLK_A
SAI2_SD_A
-
-
-
AF14 AF15
TIM2/8/15/16/17/
LPTIM2
EVENTOUT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
TIM15_CH1N EVENTOUT
TIM15_CH1
TIM15_CH2
-
-
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
AF8 AF9
Port
UART4/5/LPUA
RT1/SDMMC1
FDCAN1/
TSC
Port
H
PH0
PH1
PH3 -
-
-
1. Refer to
for AF0 to AF7.
-
-
-
Table 23. Alternate function AF8 to AF15 (1) (continued)
AF10 AF11 AF12 AF13
USB/OCTOSPI1
-
-
-
UCPD1
-
-
-
SDMMC1/COMP1
/2/TIM1/8/FMC
-
-
-
SAI1/2/TIM8
-
-
-
AF14 AF15
TIM2/8/15/16/17/
LPTIM2
-
-
-
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
EVENTOUT
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
5.1.1
Unless otherwise specified, all voltages are referenced to V
SS
.
Minimum and maximum values
Unless otherwise specified, the minimum and maximum values are guaranteed in the worst conditions of ambient temperature, supply voltage and frequencies by tests in production on
100% of the devices with an ambient temperature at T
A the selected temperature range).
= 25 °C and T
A
= T
A max (given by
Data based on characterization results, design simulation and/or technology characteristics are indicated in the table footnotes and are not tested in production. Based on characterization, the minimum and maximum values refer to sample tests and represent the mean value plus or minus three times the standard deviation (mean ±3 σ ).
Unless otherwise specified, typical data are based on T
A are given only as design guidelines and are not tested.
= 25 °C, V
DD
= V
DDA
= 3 V. They
Typical ADC accuracy values are determined by characterization of a batch of samples from a standard diffusion lot over the full temperature range, where 95% of the devices have an error less than or equal to the value indicated (mean ±2 σ )
.
Unless otherwise specified, all typical curves are given only as design guidelines and are not tested.
5.1.5
The loading conditions used for pin parameter measurement are shown in
.
Pin input voltage
The input voltage measurement on a pin of the device is described in
Figure 25. Pin loading conditions Figure 26. Pin input voltage
MCU pin MCU pin
C = 50 pF
V
IN
MS19210V1
MS19211V1
138/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
5.1.6
Electrical characteristics
Power supply scheme
Figure 27. STM32L552xx and STM32L562xx power supply overview
VBAT
1.55 – 3.6 V
Backup circuitry
(LSE, RTC,
Backup registers)
Power switch
V
DD V
CORE n x VDD n x 100 nF
+1 x 4.7 μF
GPIOs m x100 nF
+4.7 μF n x VSS
V
DDIO2 m x VDDIO2
GPIOs m x VSS
Regulator
V
DDIO1
OUT
IN
V
DDIO2
OUT
IN
IO logic
Kernel logic
(CPU, Digital
& Memories)
IO logic
10 nF
+1 μF
V
DDA
V
REF
VDDA
100 nF +1 μF
V
REF+
V
REF-
ADCs/
DACs/
OPAMPs/
COMPs/
VREFBUF
VSSA
MSv62917V1
DS12737 Rev 6 139/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Figure 28. STM32L552xxxP and STM32L562xxxP power supply overview
VBAT
1.55 – 3.6 V
Backup circuitry
(LSE, RTC,
Backup registers)
Power switch
2 x VDD12
1.05 – 1.32 V
V
DD n x VDD
V
CORE n x 100 nF
+1 x 4.7 μF
GPIOs n x VSS m x100 nF
+4.7 μF
V
DDIO2 m x VDDIO2
GPIOs m x VSS
Regulator
V
DDIO1
OUT
IN
V
DDIO2
OUT
IN
IO logic
Kernel logic
(CPU, Digital
& Memories)
IO logic
Note:
10 nF
+1 μF
V
DDA
V
REF
VDDA
100 nF +1 μF
V
REF+
V
REF-
ADCs/
DACs/
OPAMPs/
COMPs/
VREFBUF
VSSA
MSv62918V1
If the selected package has the external SMPS option but no external SMPS is used by the application (the embedded LDO is used instead), the VDD12 pins are kept unconnected.
140/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Figure 29. STM32L552xxxQ and STM32L562xxxQ power supply overview
VBAT
1.55 – 3.6 V
Backup circuitry
(LSE, RTC,
Backup registers)
Power switch
V
DD
VDDSMPS
VLXSMPS
2 x V15SMPS
VSSSMPS
SMPS
V
DD V
CORE n x VDD
Regulator
V
DDIO1
OUT n x 100 nF
+1 x 4.7 μF
GPIOs
IN
IO logic
Kernel logic
(CPU, Digital
& Memories) n x VSS m x100 nF
+4.7 μF
V
DDIO2 m x VDDIO2
GPIOs m x VSS
V
DDIO2
OUT
IN
IO logic
10 nF
+1 μF
V
DDA
V
REF
VDDA
100 nF +1 μF
V
REF+
V
REF-
ADCs/
DACs/
OPAMPs/
COMPs/
VREFBUF
VSSA
MSv62919V1
Note:
for SMPS step down converter power supply scheme.
If the selected package has the SMPS step down converter option but the application does not ever use the SMPS, it is recommended to set the SMPS power supply pins as follows:
VDDSMPS and VLXSMPS connected to VSS
V15SMPSconnected to VDD.
Caution: Each power supply pair (V
DD
/V
SS
, V
DDA
/V
SSA
etc.) must be decoupled with filtering ceramic capacitors as shown above. These capacitors must be placed as close as possible to, or below, the appropriate pins on the underside of the PCB to ensure the good functionality of the device.
DS12737 Rev 6 141/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
The I
DD_ALL
parameters given in
Table 96 represent the total MCU consumption
including the current supplying V
DD device embeds the SMPS.
, V
DDIO2
, V
DDA
, V
DDUSB
, V
BAT
and V
DDSMPS
if the
Figure 30. Current consumption measurement
I
DD
_V
BAT
V
BAT
5.2
I
DD
V
DD
V
DDA
V
DDUSB
V
DDSMPS
V
DDIO2
MSv62920V1
Absolute maximum ratings
Stresses above the absolute maximum ratings listed in
Table 24: Voltage characteristics
,
Table 25: Current characteristics
and
Table 26: Thermal characteristics may cause
permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only and functional operation of the device at these conditions is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Device mission profile (application conditions) is compliant with JEDEC JESD47 qualification standard, extended mission profiles are available on demand.
Symbol
V
DDX
- V
SS
V
DD12
- V
SS
Table 24. Voltage characteristics (1)
Ratings Min
External main supply voltage (including V
DD
V
V
DDA
, V
DDIO2
REF+
)
, V
DDUSB
, V
BAT
, V
DDSMPS
,
,
External SMPS supply voltage
All ranges
0/1/2
-0.3
-0.3
-0.3
Max
4.0
1.4
Unit
V
V
IN
(2)
Input voltage on FT_xxx pins except FT_c pins
Input voltage on FT_c pins
Input voltage on any other pins
V
SS
-0.3
V
SS
-0.3
V
SS
-0.3
min (V
DD
V
DDIO2
, V
V
, V
DDA
,
DDUSB,
)
+ 4.0
5.5
4.0
142/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
Table 24. Voltage characteristics (1) (continued)
Ratings Min Max
V
REF+
- V
DDA
|V
| ∆ V
SSx
DDx
-V
|
SS
|
Allowed voltage difference for V
REF+
> V
DDA
Variations between different V
DDX pins of the same domain
power
Variations between all the different ground pins
(5)
-
-
0.4
50
50
1. All main power (V , V
DDA
, V , V
DDUSB
, V
BAT
) and ground (V
SS
, V
SSA
) pins must always be
Unit
V mV
2. V
IN
maximum must always be respected. Refer to
Table 25: Current characteristics for the maximum
allowed injected current values.
3. This formula has to be applied only on the power supplies related to the IO structure described in the pin definition table.
4. To sustain a voltage higher than 4 V the internal pull-up/pull-down resistors must be disabled.
5. Include VREF- pin.
Table 25. Current characteristics
Symbol
∑
IV
IV
IV
∑ IV
DD
SS
DD(PIN)
SS(PIN)
Ratings
Total current into sum of all V
DD
power lines (source)
(1) (2)
Total current out of sum of all V
SS
ground lines (sink)
Maximum current into each V
DD
Maximum current out of each V
SS
ground pin (sink)
Output current sunk by any I/O and control pin except FT_f
Max
160
160
100
100
20
I
IO(PIN)
Output current sunk by any FT_f pin 20
Output current sourced by any I/O and control pin 20
∑ I
IO(PIN)
Total output current sunk by sum of all I/Os and control pins
(3)
Total output current sourced by sum of all I/Os and control pins
100
100
Injected current on FT_xxx, TT_xx, RST and B pins, except PA4, PA5 -5/+0
(5)
I
INJ(PIN)
(4)
Injected current on PA4, PA5
∑ |I
INJ(PIN)
| Total injected current (sum of all I/Os and control pins) (6)
-5/0
+/-25
1. All main power (V , V
DDA
, V , V
DDUSB
, V
BAT
) and ground (V
SS
, V
SSA
) pins must always be
Unit mA
2. Valid also for V
DD12
on SMPS package.
3. This current consumption must be correctly distributed over all I/Os and control pins. The total output current must not be sunk/sourced between two consecutive power supply pins referring to high pin count
QFP packages.
4. Positive injection (when V
IN
> V
DDIOx
) is not possible on these I/Os and does not occur for input voltages lower than the specified maximum value.
5. A negative injection is induced by V
IN
< V
SS
. I
INJ(PIN)
must never be exceeded. Refer also to
for the minimum allowed input voltage values.
6. When several inputs are submitted to a current injection, the maximum ∑ |I the negative injected currents (instantaneous values).
INJ(PIN)
| is the absolute sum of
DS12737 Rev 6 143/340
307
Electrical characteristics
Symbol
T
STG
T
J
STM32L552xx
Table 26. Thermal characteristics
Ratings
Storage temperature range
Maximum junction temperature
Value
-65 to +150
150
Unit
°C
°C
5.3.1 General operating conditions
Symbol f
HCLK f
PCLK1 f
PCLK2
Table 27. General operating conditions
Parameter Conditions Min
Internal AHB clock frequency
Internal APB1 clock frequency
Internal APB2 clock frequency
-
-
0
0
0
Standard operating voltage -
1.71
(1)
V
DD
V
DDSMPS
V
DD12
Supply voltage for the internal SMPS step-down converter
V
DDSMPS
= V
DD
Standard operating voltage
Up to 110 MHz
Up to 80 MHz
Up to 26 MHz
1.71
1.14
1.08
1.05
(2)
V
DDIO2
V
DDA
PG[15:2] I/Os supply voltage
Analog supply voltage
At least one I/O in
PG[15:2] used
PG[15:2] not used
ADC or COMP used
DAC or OPAMP used
VREFBUF used
ADC, DAC, OPAMP,
COMP, VREFBUF not used
1.08
0
0
1.62
1.8
2.4
Max
110
110
110
3.6
3.6
1.32
1.32
1.32
3.6
3.6
Unit
MHz
V
V
V
V
3.6
V
144/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
V
BAT
Table 27. General operating conditions (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min
Backup operating voltage 1.55
Max
3.6
Unit
V
USB used 3.0
3.6
V
DDUSB
USB supply voltage V
USB not used 0 3.6
V
IN
P
P
D
D
I/O input voltage
Power dissipation at
T
A
= 85 °C for suffix 6
(5)
Power dissipation at
T
A
= 125 °C for suffix 3
TT_xx I/O
FT_c I/O
All I/O except FT_c and
TT_xx
LQFP48
UFQFPN48
LQFP64
WLCSP81
LQFP100
UFBGA132
LQFP144
LQFP48
UFQFPN48
LQFP64
WLCSP81
LQFP100
UFBGA132
LQFP144
-0.3
-0.3
V
DDIOx
+0.3
5
-0.3
MIN(MIN(V
DD
V
DDA
V
, V
DDIO2
DDUSB
)
+3.6 V,
5.5 V)
(3)(4)
,
,
application appropriate thermal resistance and package. Power dissipation is then calculated according ambient temperature
(T
A
) and maximum junction temperature
(T
J
) and selected thermal resistance.
application appropriate thermal resistance and package. Power dissipation is then calculated according ambient temperature
(T
A
) and maximum junction temperature
(T
J
) and selected thermal resistance.
V mW mW
DS12737 Rev 6 145/340
307
Electrical characteristics
5.3.2
STM32L552xx
Symbol
Table 27. General operating conditions (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit
T
T
A
J
Ambient temperature for the suffix 6 version
Ambient temperature for the suffix 3 version
Junction temperature range
Maximum power dissipation
Low-power dissipation
(6)
Maximum power dissipation
Low-power dissipation
Suffix 6 version
Suffix 3 version
–40
–40
–40
–40
–40
–40
85
105
125
130
105
130
°C
°C
1. When RESET is released functionality is guaranteed down to V
BOR0
Min.
2. For Flash erase and program operation, V
DD12
min must be 1.08 V.
3. This formula has to be applied only on the power supplies related to the IO structure described by the pin definition table. Maximum I/O input voltage is the smallest value between MIN(V
V
DDUSB
)+3.6 V and 5.5V.
DD
, V
DDA
, V
DDIO2
,
4. For operation with voltage higher than Min (V
Pull-Down resistors must be disabled.
DD
, V
DDA
, V
DDIO2
, V
DDUSB
) +0.3 V, the internal Pull-up and
5. If T
A
is lower, higher P characteristics ).
D
values are allowed as long as T
J
does not exceed T
Jmax
(see Section 7.7: Thermal
6. In low-power dissipation state, T
A
can be extended to this range as long as T
Section 7.7: Thermal characteristics ).
J
does not exceed T
Jmax
(see
SMPS step-down converter
The device embeds an SMPS step down converter which requires the external components shown in below figure.
Figure 31. External components for SMPS step down converter
V
DD
SMPS Regulator
V
CORE
L = 4.7 μH typ
C = 4.7 μF typ
VDDSMPS
VLXSMPS
2 x V15SMPS
VSSSMPS
146/340
MSv62972V2
The following table summarizes the SMPS behavior depending on the main regulator range,
VDD and consumption.
DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Table 28. SMPS modes summary
SMPS mode
Ranges Max AHB clock V
CORE
V
DD
≤ 2.05 V V
DD
> 2.05 V
Range 0
Range 1
Range 2
110 MHz
80 MHz
26 MHz
1.28 V
1.2 V
1.0 V
Automatic Bypass mode
V
15SMPS
= V
DD
Automatic Bypass mode
V
15SMPS
= V
DD
Software Bypass mode
(1)
V
15SMPS
= V
DD
HP mode
Max current consumption = 120 mA
V
15SMPS
= 1.6 V
HP mode
Max current consumption = 80 mA
V
15SMPS
= 1.5 V
LP mode or HP mode
Max current consumption = 30 mA
V
15SMPS
= 1.3 V
1. There is no automatic SMPS bypass in Range 2. The user application should use PVD0 to monitor V the SMPS Bypass mode.
DD
supply and request
Symbol
Table 29. SMPS characteristics
(1)
Parameter Conditions Min
VDDSMPS SMPS power supply
V15SMPS SMPS output voltage
Range 0
Range 1
Range 2
1.71
(2)
1.55
1.45
1.25
Typ
1.6
1.5
1.3
Max
3.6
1.65
1.55
1.35
Unit
V
V
SR
SMPS output slew rate
Fast startup disabled
SMPSFSTEN = 0
Fast startup enabled
SMPSFSTEN = 1
-
600
120 -
-
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. When VDDSMPS is less than 2.05V, the SMPS bypass mode is forced by hardware in Range 0 and
Range 1. In Range 2, there is no automatic switch into SMPS bypass mode. It should be requested by
software. Refer to Table 28: SMPS modes summary .
µs/V
DS12737 Rev 6 147/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
5.3.4
The parameters given in
Table 30 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature condition summarized in
Symbol
Table 30. Operating conditions at power-up / power-down
(1)
Parameter Conditions t t t t
VDD
VDDA
VDDUSB
VDDIO2
V
DD
rise time rate
V
DD
fall time rate
V
DDA
rise time rate
V
DDA
fall time rate
V
DDUSB
rise time rate
V
DDUSB
fall time rate
V
DDIO2
rise time rate
V
DDIO2
fall time rate
-
-
-
-
1. At power-up, the V
DD12
voltage should not be forced externally.
Min
10
0
10
0
10
0
10
0
Max
∞
∞
∞
∞
∞
∞
∞
∞
Unit
µs/V
Embedded reset and power control block characteristics
The parameters given in
Table 31 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature conditions summarized in Table 27: General operating conditions
.
Table 31. Embedded reset and power control block characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions
(1)
Min Typ Max t
RSTTEMPO
(2)
Reset temporization after
BOR0 is detected
V
DD rising 250 400
V
V
BOR1
V
BOR2
V
BOR3
V
BOR4
V
PVD0
V
PVD1
Brown-out reset threshold 0
Brown-out reset threshold 1
Brown-out reset threshold 2
Brown-out reset threshold 3
Brown-out reset threshold 4
Programmable voltage detector threshold 0
PVD threshold 1
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
2.76
2.1
2
2.26
2.15
1.62
1.6
2.06
1.96
2.26
2.16
2.56
2.47
2.85
2.81
2.15
2.05
2.31
2.20
1.66
1.64
2.1
2
2.31
2.20
2.61
2.52
2.90
2.86
2.19
2.1
2.36
2.25
1.7
1.69
2.14
2.04
2.35
2.24
2.66
2.57
2.95
Unit
μ s
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
148/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Table 31. Embedded reset and power control block characteristics (continued)
Symbol Parameter Conditions (1) Min Typ Max Unit
V
V
V
V
V
V
PVD2
PVD3
PVD4
PVD5
PVD6 hyst_BORH0
PVD threshold 2
PVD threshold 3
PVD threshold 4
PVD threshold 5
PVD threshold 6
Hysteresis voltage of BORH0
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
Hysteresis in continuous mode
Hysteresis in other mode
V hyst_BOR_PVD
I
DD
V
PVM3
Hysteresis voltage of BORH
(except BORH0) and PVD
BOR
(3)
(except BOR0) and
PVD consumption from V
DD
V
DDA
peripheral voltage monitoring
-
-
V
PVM4
V hyst_PVM3
V hyst_PVM4
I
DD
(PVM1/PVM2)
V
DDA
peripheral voltage monitoring
PVM3 hysteresis
PVM4 hysteresis
PVM1 and PVM2 consumption from V
DD
Rising edge
Falling edge
Rising edge
Falling edge
-
-
-
2.69
2.59
2.85
2.75
2.41
2.31
2.56
2.47
2.92
2.84
-
-
-
-
1.61
1.6
1.78
1.77
-
-
-
20
30
100
1.1
1.65
1.64
1.82
1.81
10
10
2.74
2.64
2.91
2.81
2.46
2.36
2.61
2.52
2.98
2.90
0.2
1.69
1.68
1.86
1.85
-
-
2.79
2.69
2.96
2.86
2.51
2.41
2.66
2.57
3.04
2.96
-
-
-
1.6
-
V
V
V
V
V mV mV
µA
V
V mV mV
µA
I
DD
(PVM3/PVM4)
PVM3 and PVM4 consumption from V
DD
2 µA
1. Continuous mode means Run/Sleep modes, or temperature sensor enable in Low-power run/Low-power sleep modes.
2. Guaranteed by design.
3. BOR0 is enabled in all modes (except shutdown) and its consumption is therefore included in the supply current characteristics tables.
DS12737 Rev 6 149/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
The parameters given in
Table 32 are derived from tests performed under the ambient
temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 27: General operating conditions
.
Symbol
Table 32. Embedded internal voltage reference
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit t t
V
REFINT
S_vrefint
(1) start_vrefint
Internal reference voltage
ADC sampling time when reading the internal reference voltage
Start time of reference voltage buffer when
ADC is enable
–40 °C < T
A
< +130 °C 1.182 1.212
1.232
-
4
-
(2)
-
8 12
-
I
DD
(V
∆
REFINTBUF
V
T
REFINT
Coeff
)
V
REFINT
buffer consumption from V
DD when converted by
ADC
Internal reference voltage spread over the temperature range
Average temperature coefficient
V
DD
= 3 V
-
–40°C < T
A
< +130°C
-
-
-
12.5
5
30
20
7.5
50
V
A
Coeff
DDCoeff
Long term stability
Average voltage coefficient
1000 hours, T = 25°C
3.0 V < V
DD
< 3.6 V -
300
250
V
REFINT_DIV1
V
REFINT_DIV2
V
REFINT_DIV3
1/4 reference voltage
1/2 reference voltage
3/4 reference voltage
-
24
49
74
25
50
75
1. The shortest sampling time can be determined in the application by multiple iterations.
2. Guaranteed by design.
26
51
76
V
µs
µs
µA mV ppm/°C ppm ppm/V
%
V
REFINT
150/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
V
1.235
1.23
1.225
1.22
1.215
1.21
1.205
1.2
1.195
1.19
1.185
-40 -20
Electrical characteristics
Figure 32. V
REFINT
versus temperature
0 20
Mean
40
Min
60
Max
80 100 120 °C
MSv40169V2
DS12737 Rev 6 151/340
307
Electrical characteristics
5.3.6 Supply current characteristics
STM32L552xx
The current consumption is a function of several parameters and factors such as the operating voltage, ambient temperature, I/O pin loading, device software configuration, operating frequencies, I/O pin switching rate, program location in memory and executed binary code
The current consumption is measured as described in
Section 5.1.7: Current consumption measurement .
Typical and maximum current consumption
The MCU is placed under the following conditions:
• All I/O pins are in analog input mode
• All peripherals are disabled except when explicitly mentioned
• The Flash memory access time is adjusted with the minimum wait states number, depending on the f
HCLK
frequency (refer to the table “Number of wait states according to CPU clock (HCLK) frequency” available in the RM0438 reference manual).
• When the peripherals are enabled f
PCLK
= f
HCLK
• The voltage scaling range is adjusted to f
HCLK
frequency as follows:
– Voltage Range 0 for 80 MHz < f
HCLK
<= 110 MHz
– Voltage Range 1 for 26 MHz < f
HCLK
<= 80 MHz
– Voltage Range 2 for f
HCLK
<= 26 MHz
The parameters given in
Table 81 are derived from tests performed under
ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 27: General operating conditions
.
152/340 DS12737 Rev 6
Symbol
I DD
(Run)
I DD
(LPRun)
Table 33. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from Flash in single Bank, ICACHE ON in 2-way
Conditions TYP MAX
Parameter
-
Voltage scaling f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C
105°
C
125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
Supply current in
Run mode
Supply current in
Low-power run mode f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled f HCLK = f
Range 2
26 MHz 3.20
16 MHz 2.05
3.54
4.47
5.80
8.10
4.38
6.84
12.12
18.82
29.63
2.38
3.31
4.62
6.92
3.24
5.69
10.95
17.63
28.39
8 MHz 1.14
1.45
2.38
3.68
5.97
2.33
4.77
10.02
16.68
27.42
4 MHz 0.675
0.99
1.91
3.22
5.50
1.87
4.30
9.55
16.20
26.92
2 MHz 0.441
0.758
1.67
2.97
5.25
1.64
4.07
9.31
15.96
26.68
1 MHz 0.326
0.639
1.54
2.86
5.14
1.59
4.01
9.26
15.90
26.62
100 KHz 0.223
0.533
1.45
2.74
5.03
1.43
3.85
9.09
15.73
26.56
Range 0 110 MHz 16.7
17.3
18.7
20.5
23.7
19.07 21.53
31.38
41.23
56.59
Range 1
MSI all peripherals disabled
80 MHz 11.4
72 MHz 10.3
64 MHz 9.20
48 MHz 6.97
32 MHz 4.73
24 MHz 3.62
16 MHz 2.51
2 MHz 424
1 MHz 296
400 KHz 192
100 KHz 163
11.9
10.8
9.68
7.44
5.18
4.06
2.93
779
648
561
528
13.2
12.0
10.9
8.64
6.36
5.22
4.08
14.8
13.7
12.6
10.3
7.97
6.82
5.67
17.7
16.6
15.4
13.1
10.8
9.6
8.4
1816 3274 5719
1686 3124 5588
1594 3047 5499
1559 3012 5469
13.33 16.89
12.22 15.76
11.10 14.64
8.85
6.61
5.49
4.37
2026
1905
1832
1799
12.38
10.12
8.99
7.85
5001
4941
4762
4573
24.17
23.03
21.89
19.62
17.32
16.17
15.02
12861
11969
11881
11877
33.07
31.92
30.78
28.48
26.15
24.99
23.83
20164
18559
18519
18469
46.91
45.75
44.60
42.29
39.93
38.82
37.64
31407
31355
31266
31247 mA
µA
Symbol
I DD
(Run)
I DD
(LPRun)
Table 34. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from Flash in single Bank, ICACHE ON in 1-way
Conditions TYP MAX
Parame ter
-
Voltag e scaling f
HCLK 25°C
Range
2
Supply current in Run mode f HCLK = f HSE up to
48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL
ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
Range
0
Supply current in Lowpower run mode
26 MHz 3.10
16 MHz 2.00
8 MHz 1.11
4 MHz
2 MHz
0.65
0.43
1 MHz 0.32
100 KHz 0.22
110 MHz 16.1
f HCLK = f
Range
1
MSI all peripherals disabled
80 MHz 11.0
72 MHz 10.0
64 MHz 8.90
48 MHz 6.75
32 MHz 4.59
24 MHz 3.51
16 MHz 2.43
2 MHz 416
1 MHz 291
400 KHz 194
100 KHz 147
55°C
3.44
2.32
1.42
0.98
0.74
0.62
0.52
16.7
5.03
3.94
2.85
770
11.5
10.5
9.38
7.21
633
557
519
85°C
4.37
3.23
2.33
1.87
1.65
1.53
1.43
18.2
105°C 125°C
5.69
8.01
4.55
6.86
3.64
5.93
3.19
5.48
2.97
5.24
2.85
5.10
2.75
5.01
25°C
12.8
11.7
10.6
8.41
14.5
17.3
12.97
13.4
16.2
11.89
12.3
15.1
10.81
10.0
12.8
8.63
6.22
5.10
7.82
10.6
6.72
9.5
6.46
5.38
3.99
5.59
8.4
4.3
1781 3249 5708 2014
1659 3127 5575 1899
1583 3043 5502 1827
4.28
3.18
2.30
1.86
1.64
1.58
1.43
20.0
23.2
18.54
1542 3020 5462 1795
55°C
6.74
5.63
4.73
4.29
4.06
4.01
3.85
22.63
4584
16.53
15.44
14.35
12.16
9.97
8.88
7.8
4968
4930
4765
85°C
12.02
10.89
9.99
9.53
9.31
9.25
9.09
30.86
23.82
22.72
21.62
19.41
17.18
16.07
15.0
12892
11960
11905
11898
105°C 125°C
18.70
17.55
16.64
16.18
15.95
15.89
15.73
40.70
32.71
31.60
30.48
28.26
46.57
45.46
44.30
42.09
26.00
24.88
39.87
38.73
23.7
37.6
19856 31311
18568 31264
18328 31256
29.46
28.30
27.37
26.89
26.66
26.61
26.44
56.07
18312 31238
Unit mA
µA
Symbol
I DD
(Run)
I DD
(LPRun)
Parame ter
Table 35. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from Flash in single Bank, ICACHE disabled
Conditions TYP MAX
-
Voltage scaling f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Supply current in Lowpower run mode f HCLK = f MSI all peripherals disabled
26 MHz 4.08
4.43
Supply current in Run mode
16 MHz 2.65
2.98
3.91
5.22
8 MHz 1.43
1.76
2.67
3.99
f HCLK = f HSE up to
48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripher als disabled
Range 2 4 MHz
2 MHz
1 MHz
0.82
0.51
0.36
100 KHz 0.22
Range 0 110 MHz 18.8
Range 1
80 MHz 14.1
72 MHz 12.8
48 MHz 8.87
1.14
0.82
0.68
0.53
19.4
14.6
13.3
2.05
1.75
1.59
1.45
20.9
15.9
14.5
64 MHz 11.79
12.30
13.5
3.36
3.05
2.89
2.76
22.8
17.6
16.2
15.2
9.37
10.63
12.3
32 MHz 6.12
6.58
7.80
9.44
24 MHz 4.66
16 MHz 3.26
2 MHz
1 MHz
511
344
400 KHz 203
100 KHz 159
5.11
3.70
866
692
591
531
5.36
6.72
9.02
7.55
6.26
25.9
20.5
19.1
18.1
5.65
5.31
5.16
5.00
6.29
4.86
7.92
6.47
15.1
12.2
10.7
9.2
1890 3353 5834
1715 3168 5642
1603 3062 5505
1553 3018 5468
25°C
19.97
16.16
14.80
13.90
10.97
8.22
6.70
5.28
5.38
3.93
2.67
2.04
1.73
1.65
1.43
2122
1949
1852
1802
55°C 85°C
32.25
27.01
25.64
24.74
21.78
18.98
17.42
15.97
13.14
11.67
10.38
9.73
9.41
9.33
9.11
12721
12001
11924
11905
24.02
19.71
18.34
17.45
14.51
11.74
10.20
8.77
7.84
6.38
5.11
4.48
4.16
4.08
3.86
5256
5022
4828
4590
105°C
42.05
35.88
34.50
33.60
30.62
27.78
26.20
24.74
19.81
18.32
17.02
16.36
16.04
15.96
15.73
20681
18581
18580
18301
125°C
Unit
57.42
49.75
48.37
47.45
44.47
41.68
40.09
38.61
30.60
29.09
27.77
27.11
26.78
26.70
26.47
31502
31161
31131
30947 mA
µA
I DD
(Run)
I DD
(Run)
Symbol Parameter
Supply current in
Run mode
Supply current in
Run mode
-
Table 36. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash in single bank, ICACHE ON in 2-way and power supplied by internal SMPS step down converter
Conditions TYP
Voltage scaling
MAX f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit f HCLK = f HSE up to
48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL
ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
Range 2
SMPS
LP mode
Range 0
SMPS
HP mode
26 MHz 1.87
16 MHz 1.23
8 MHz
4 MHz
2 MHz
1 MHz
0.72
0.46
0.33
0.27
100 KHz 0.21
1.95
1.33
0.83
0.58
0.46
0.39
0.34
2.41
1.78
1.28
1.03
0.91
0.84
0.78
3.09
2.45
1.95
1.69
1.55
1.49
1.44
5.03
4.33
3.79
3.52
3.38
3.311
3.25
1.92
1.31
0.81
0.56
0.44
0.41
0.32
2.72
2.09
1.59
1.33
1.21
1.17
1.08
110 MHz 11.21
11.76
12.72
13.98
17.58
11.49
13.03
80 MHz 7.00
7.28
8.37
9.41
11.92
7.52
8.94
f HCLK = f HSE up to
48MHz included, bypass mode PLL
ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
Range 1
SMPS
HP mode
72 MHz 6.34
64 MHz 5.68
48 MHz 4.36
32 MHz 3.03
24 MHz 2.36
16 MHz 1.69
6.61
5.94
4.61
3.25
2.57
1.90
7.57
6.73
5.28
3.91
3.21
2.53
8.67
7.96
6.49
4.86
4.13
3.43
11.20
10.44
8.97
7.48
6.73
5.97
6.87
6.19
4.82
3.43
2.73
2.03
8.25
7.55
6.15
4.73
4.01
3.3
4.63
3.99
3.47
3.22
3.09
3.05
2.96
16.3
7.11
6.46
5.93
5.67
5.54
5.51
5.42
11.84
15.22
20.62
11.19
14.55
19.93
10.53
13.92
19.26
9.18
7.7
6.98
6.24
12.6
11.29
10.63
9.95
17.89
16.52
15.82
15.14
11.08
10.42
9.88
9.62
9.48
9.45
9.35
20.32
26.73
mA
Symbol
I DD
(Run)
I DD
(Run)
Parameter
Table 37. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash in single bank, ICACHE ON in 1-way and power supplied by internal SMPS step down converter
Conditions
-
Voltage scaling
TYP MAX f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
Supply current in
Run mode
Supply current in
Run mode
26 MHz 1.82
1.90
2.36
3.03
4.96
1.88
2.67
4.58
7.06
11.03
f HCLK = f HSE up to 48MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
Range 2
SMPS
LP mode
Range 0
SMPS
HP mode
110 MHz 10.80
11.38
12.35 13.61 17.20
11.18
12.71 15.98 19.99 26.39
80 MHz 6.79
7.06
8.152
9.17
11.65
7.32
8.74
11.64
15.01
20.4
f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
Range 1
SMPS
HP mode
16 MHz 1.20
1.30
1.75
2.41
4.31
1.28
2.06
3.96
6.43
10.39
8 MHz 0.70
0.82
1.27
1.93
3.75
0.8
1.57
3.46
5.92
9.87
4 MHz 0.45
0.58
1.02
1.68
3.51
0.56
1.32
3.21
5.67
9.61
2 MHz 0.33
0.45
0.90
1.55
3.37
0.44
1.2
3.08
5.54
9.48
1 MHz 0.26
0.39
0.84
1.49
3.30
0.4
1.17
3.05
5.51
9.45
100 KHz 0.21
0.33
0.78
1.43
3.24
0.32
1.08
2.96
5.42
9.35
72 MHz 6.15
6.42
7.38
8.46
10.92
6.68
8.06
11.01
14.37 19.73
64 MHz 5.51
5.77
6.62
7.77
10.22
6.02
7.38
10.36 13.75 19.09
48 MHz 4.23
4.48
5.15
6.34
8.814
4.69
6.02
9.05
12.48 17.76
32 MHz 2.94
3.17
3.82
4.76
7.341
3.34
4.64
7.62
11.21
16.43
24 MHz 2.29
2.51
3.15
4.06
6.62
2.66
3.95
6.91
10.56 15.76
16 MHz 1.65
1.85
2.49
3.39
5.89
1.99
3.25
6.2
9.91
15.09
mA
Symbol
I DD
(Run)
Parameter
Supply current in
Run mode
Table 38. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash in single bank, ICACHE disabled and power supplied by internal SMPS step down converter
Conditions
-
Voltage scaling
TYP MAX f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
Range 2
SMPS
LP mode
Range 1
SMPS
HP mode
26 MHz 2.38
2.44
2.91
3.60
5.55
2.43
3.23
5.15
7.63
11.61
16 MHz 1.57
1.66
2.11
2.79
4.68
1.64
2.43
4.34
6.8
10.77
8 MHz 0.89
0.99
1.45
2.11
3.97
0.98
1.76
3.65
6.11
10.06
4 MHz 0.54
0.67
1.11
1.77
3.59
0.65
1.41
3.3
5.76
9.7
2 MHz 0.37
0.50
0.94
1.60
3.42
0.48
1.24
3.13
5.59
9.52
1 MHz 0.29
0.41
0.86
1.52
3.33
0.44
1.2
3.09
5.54
9.48
100 KHz 0.21
0.34
0.78
1.43
3.24
0.32
1.08
2.97
5.42
9.36
f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
Range 0
SMPS
HP mode
110 MHz 12.87 13.29 14.25 15.62 18.91 13.02 14.59 17.89 21.92 28.32
80 MHz 8.69
9.01
10.21 11.24 13.82
9.35
10.76
13.6
17.02 22.47
72 MHz 7.88
8.23
9.30
10.34 12.83
8.53
9.98
12.77 16.15 21.57
64 MHz 7.28
7.56
8.67
9.70
12.17
7.86
9.27
12.16 15.54 20.94
48 MHz 5.56
5.81
6.66
7.79
10.30
6.1
7.44
10.46 13.82 19.16
32 MHz 3.87
4.11
4.79
5.87
8.40
4.33
5.65
8.63
12.16 17.41
24 MHz 2.99
3.21
3.87
4.84
7.41
3.41
4.7
7.67
11.28
16.5
16 MHz 2.15
2.36
3.00
3.92
6.45
2.52
3.79
6.73
10.42 15.62
mA
Symbol Parameter
Table 39. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from Flash in dual bank, ICACHE ON in 2-way
Conditions TYP MAX
-
Voltage scaling f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
I DD
(Run)
I DD
(LPRun)
Supply current in
Run mode
Supply current in
Low-power run mode
26 MHz 3.19
16 MHz 2.05
8 MHz 1.13
3.53
2.38
1.45
4.57
3.41
2.47
6.08
4.90
3.95
8.87
7.67
6.71
4.38
3.24
2.33
6.84
5.69
4.77
12.13
10.96
10.03
Range 2 4 MHz 0.67
0.99
1.98
3.48
6.22
1.87
4.30
9.56
f HCLK = f HSE up to
48MHz included, bypass mode PLL
ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
2 MHz
1 MHz
0.43
0.32
100 KHz 0.22
Range 0 110 MHz 16.66
17.28
18.84
20.97
24.75
19.07
23.15
31.38
80 MHz 11.39
11.91
13.30
15.22
18.68
13.33
16.88
24.17
72 MHz 10.28
10.79
12.16
14.08
17.52
12.22
15.76
23.03
64 MHz 9.18
0.75
0.63
0.53
1.76
1.63
1.53
3.24
3.13
3.00
5.97
5.85
5.75
1.64
1.59
1.43
4.07
4.02
3.85
9.32
9.26
9.10
9.68
11.02
12.93
16.35
11.10
14.64
21.89
Range 1 48 MHz 6.95
32 MHz 4.72
24 MHz 3.61
16 MHz 2.50
7.43
5.17
4.05
2.92
8.76
10.63
14.02
8.85
12.38
19.62
6.48
8.33
11.68
6.61
10.12
17.32
5.35
4.20
7.20
6.04
10.50
9.33
5.49
4.37
8.98
7.85
16.17
15.02
56.65
46.97
45.80
44.63
42.33
39.96
38.85
37.67
29.69
28.45
27.47
26.97
26.73
26.66
26.48
41.18
33.02
31.87
30.72
28.43
26.10
24.94
23.77
18.79
17.60
16.64
16.16
15.92
15.86
15.70
f HCLK = f MSI all peripherals disabled
2 MHz 402.64 785.95
1919 3558 6501 2025 4984 12805 20319 31556
1 MHz 274.43 651.32
1775 3435 6367 1907 4958 11887 18764 31438
400 KHz 184.36 568.08
1697 3359 6278 1835 4759 11810 18426 31274
100 KHz 164.07 526.82
1660 3306 6238 1797 4578 11807 18139 30765
Unit mA
µA
Table 40. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from Flash in dual bank, ICACHE ON in 1-way
Conditions TYP MAX
Symbol Parameter
-
Voltage scaling f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C
I DD
(Run)
I DD
(LPRun)
Supply current in
Run mode
Range 2 4 MHz 0.65
0.97
1.96
3.47
6.19
1.86
4.29
9.52
f HCLK = f HSE up to
48MHz included, bypass mode PLL
ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
2 MHz 0.43
0.76
1 MHz 0.31
0.63
100 KHz 0.21
0.53
1.75
1.63
1.52
3.24
3.14
3.01
5.97
5.84
5.75
1.64
1.58
1.43
4.06
4.01
3.85
9.29
9.24
9.08
Range 0 110 MHz 16.14 16.75
18.31
20.43
24.12
18.54
22.62
30.83
80 MHz 11.03 11.54
12.91
14.83
18.22
12.97
16.52
23.79
72 MHz 9.96
10.46
11.81
13.73
17.10
11.89
15.44
22.69
64 MHz 8.89
9.39
10.72
12.62
16.00
10.81
14.35
21.59
Range 1
Supply current in
Low-power run mode f HCLK = f MSI all peripherals disabled
26 MHz 3.10
3.44
16 MHz 1.99
2.32
8 MHz 1.10
1.42
48 MHz 6.74
7.21
32 MHz 4.58
5.04
24 MHz 3.50
3.94
16 MHz 2.42
2.85
2 MHz
1 MHz
400 KHz
100 KHz
395.2
8
289.9
8
186.6
8
165.5
4
772.8
3
641.7
3
557.5
3
523.3
3
4.45
3.33
2.43
8.52
6.31
5.22
4.10
1907
1775
1698
1666
5.99
4.84
3.93
8.76
7.60
6.67
10.41
13.77
8.19
11.47
7.07
5.93
10.36
9.21
3571 6492
3418 6339
3343 6271
3299 6245
4.28
3.18
2.30
8.63
6.46
5.38
4.30
2013
1907
1823
1799
6.74
5.63
4.73
12.01
10.88
9.97
12.16
19.38
9.97
17.16
8.87
7.78
16.04
14.93
4976 12833 20077
4922 11903
4765 11840
4595 11826
18462
18375
18345
40.64
32.65
31.54
30.43
28.20
25.95
24.82
23.69
18.65
17.51
16.59
16.13
15.90
15.85
15.69
125°C
31507
31382
31356
30923
56.06
46.57
45.44
44.31
42.08
39.86
38.72
37.57
29.47
28.31
27.37
26.90
26.67
26.61
26.45
Unit mA mA
µA
Symbol Parameter
Table 41. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from Flash in dual bank, ICACHE disabled
Conditions TYP MAX
-
Voltage scaling f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
I DD
(Run)
I DD
(LPRun)
Supply current in
Low-power run mode
26 MHz 4.17
4.52
16 MHz 2.73
3.07
8 MHz 1.47
1.80
5.55
4.09
2.81
7.10
5.63
4.32
9.86
8.40
7.05
5.38
3.93
2.67
7.84
6.38
5.11
13.11
19.77
30.58
11.64
18.28
29.07
10.35
16.98
27.75
Supply current in Run mode
Range 2 4 MHz 0.84
1.166
2.16
3.66
6.39
2.04
4.47
9.70
16.33
27.08
f HCLK = f HSE up to
48MHz included, bypass mode PLL
ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
2 MHz 0.52
0.84
1 MHz 0.36
0.68
100 KHz 0.22
0.53
1.84
1.68
1.53
3.33
3.18
3.03
6.05
5.89
5.74
1.73
1.65
1.43
4.16
4.08
3.86
9.38
9.30
9.08
16.00
26.76
15.92
26.67
15.70
26.44
Range 0 110 MHz 17.20
17.81
19.35
21.47
25.17
19.96
24.02
32.20
42.00
57.39
80 MHz 13.93
14.47
15.86
17.80
21.23
16.17
19.70
26.96
35.83
49.73
72 MHz 12.60
13.12
14.51
16.45
19.86
14.80
18.34
25.59
34.46
48.34
64 MHz 11.82
12.34
13.73
15.65
19.05
13.90
17.45
24.69
33.55
47.42
f HCLK = f
Range 1
MSI all peripherals disabled
48 MHz 8.922
9.42
10.78
12.69
16.08
10.97
14.51
21.73
30.58
44.45
32 MHz 6.24
6.72
8.03
9.92
13.28
8.22
11.74
18.93
27.74
41.65
24 MHz 4.75
5.21
16 MHz 3.38
3.83
6.50
5.09
8.35
6.93
11.67
10.22
6.70
5.28
10.20
8.77
17.37
15.92
26.16
24.70
40.06
38.58
2 MHz
1 MHz
400 KHz
100 KHz
483.6
4
332.2
4
206.5
9
156.4
1
889.5
6
705.1
9
588.2
5
527.8
0
2022
1836
1722
1666
3671
3468
3355
3315
6622
6424
6314
6247
2109
1954
1849
1809
5283
5032
4802
4600
12566
11918
11889
11847
20777
18517
18449
18240
31527
31263
31148
30791
Unit mA
µA
Symbol
I DD
(Run)
Parameter
Table 42. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash in dual bank, ICACHE ON in 2-way and power supplied by internal SMPS step down converter
Conditions TYP
-
Voltage scaling
MAX f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
Supply current in
Run mode f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
Range 2
SMPS
LP mode
26 MHz 1.85
1.94
2.41
3.14
4.40
1.93
2.73
4.65
7.13
11.13
16 MHz 1.21
1.33
1.79
2.48
3.76
1.31
2.09
3.99
6.46
10.43
8 MHz 0.70
0.83
1.29
1.98
3.25
0.81
1.59
3.47
5.94
9.89
4 MHz 0.45
0.58
1.03
1.77
3.00
0.56
1.33
3.22
5.68
9.62
2 MHz 0.32
0.46
0.90
1.60
2.88
0.44
1.21
3.09
5.54
9.49
1 MHz 0.26
0.39
0.84
1.54
2.79
0.41
1.17
3.05
5.51
9.46
100 KHz 0.20
0.33
0.79
1.51
2.74
0.32
1.08
2.96
5.42
9.36
Range 0
SMPS
HP mode
110 MHz 11.05
11.73 12.72 14.01 16.84 11.49 13.03 16.31 20.32 26.75
Range 1
SMPS
HP mode
80 MHz 6.96
7.27
8.38
9.46
11.35
7.53
8.94
11.84
15.22 20.64
72 MHz 6.30
6.61
7.62
8.69
10.58
6.87
8.26
11.2
14.56 19.94
64 MHz 5.65
5.94
6.80
8.00
9.88
6.19
7.55
10.53 13.92 19.27
48 MHz 4.33
4.60
5.29
6.51
8.40
4.83
6.15
9.18
12.6
17.9
32 MHz 3.00
3.25
3.92
4.92
6.92
3.43
4.73
7.7
11.29 16.53
24 MHz 2.33
2.57
3.22
4.15
6.15
2.73
4.01
6.98
10.63 15.83
16 MHz 1.67
1.89
2.53
3.47
5.33
2.03
3.3
6.24
9.95
15.15
mA
Symbol
I DD
(Run)
Parameter
Table 43. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash in dual bank, ICACHE ON in 1-way and power supplied by internal SMPS step down converter
Conditions TYP
-
Voltage scaling
MAX f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
Supply current in Run mode
Range 2
SMPS
LP mode
26 MHz 1.80
1.89
2.37
3.07
4.35
1.88
2.67
4.58
7.06
11.04
16 MHz 1.18
1.30
1.76
2.46
3.72
1.28
2.06
3.96
6.43
10.39
8 MHz 0.69
0.82
1.27
1.98
3.23
0.8
1.57
3.46
5.92
9.87
4 MHz 0.44
0.58
1.02
1.72
2.98
0.56
1.32
3.21
5.67
9.61
2 MHz 0.32
0.46
0.90
1.59
2.86
0.44
1.2
3.08
5.54
9.48
f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
Range 0
SMPS
HP mode
1 MHz 0.26
0.39
0.84
1.53
2.79
0.4
1.17
3.05
5.51
9.45
100 KHz 0.20
0.33
0.78
1.48
2.73
0.32
1.08
2.96
5.42
9.36
110 MHz 10.51
11.37
12.33 13.63
16.26
11.18
12.72
15.98
20 26.4
80 MHz 6.75
7.06
8.15
9.21
11.07
7.33
8.74
11.64
15.01
20.41
72 MHz 6.12
6.41
7.39
8.50
10.37
6.68
8.06
11.01
14.37
19.75
64 MHz 5.48
5.77
6.65
7.82
9.68
6.02
7.38
10.37 13.75
19.1
Range 1
SMPS
HP mode
48 MHz 4.20
4.48
5.15
6.38
8.25
4.69
6.02
9.06
12.48
17.77
32 MHz 2.92
3.16
3.82
4.79
6.81
3.34
4.64
7.62
11.21
16.44
24 MHz 2.27
2.51
3.15
4.12
6.06
2.66
3.95
6.91
10.56
15.76
16 MHz 1.63
1.85
2.49
3.44
5.26
1.99
3.25
6.2
9.91
15.1
mA
Symbol
I DD
(Run)
Parameter
Table 44. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash in dual bank, ICACHE disabled and power supplied by internal SMPS step down converter
Conditions TYP
-
Voltage scaling
MAX f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
Supply current in
Run mode
26 MHz 2.40
2.49
2.97
3.67
4.94
2.47
3.28
5.2
7.68
11.67
Range 2
SMPS
LP mode f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
Range 0
SMPS
HP mode
1 MHz 0.286
0.42
0.87
1.55
2.81
0.44
1.21
3.09
5.55
9.49
100 KHz 0.20
0.34
0.79
1.48
2.74
0.32
1.08
2.97
5.42
9.36
110 MHz 11.59
12.15 13.24
14.24 16.59
11.99
13.58
16.92 20.93
27.3
80 MHz 8.53
8.95
10.06
11.12
13.07
9.31
10.7
13.49 16.89 22.35
72 MHz 7.74
8.07
9.20
10.26 12.17
8.47
9.9
12.69 16.07
21.5
Range 1
SMPS
HP mode
16 MHz 1.61
1.71
2.17
2.87
4.16
1.68
2.48
4.39
6.86
10.83
8 MHz 0.90
1.02
1.47
2.18
3.44
1 1.78
3.67
6.14
10.09
4 MHz 0.55
0.67
1.12
1.82
3.07
0.66
1.43
3.31
5.77
9.72
2 MHz 0.37
0.51
0.95
1.64
2.89
0.49
1.25
3.14
5.59
9.54
64 MHz 7.26
7.57
8.71
9.75
11.64
7.95
9.38
12.21 15.58
21
48 MHz 5.54
5.82
6.66
7.87
9.74
6.15
7.51
10.51 13.86
19.2
32 MHz 3.92
4.18
4.85
5.98
7.91
4.42
5.74
8.74
12.24
17.5
24 MHz 3.03
3.27
3.92
4.91
6.93
3.48
4.78
7.75
11.33
16.55
16 MHz 2.20
2.43
3.07
4.03
5.95
2.59
3.87
6.81
10.49 15.69
mA
Table 45. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from SRAM1
Conditions TYP MAX
Symbol Parameter
I DD
(Run)
I DD
(LPRun)
-
Voltage scaling f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Supply current in
Run mode
Supply current in
Low-power run mode
26 MHz 3.25
16 MHz 2.08
8 MHz 1.15
3.59
2.41
1.47
4.62
3.43
2.47
6.12
4.93
3.97
8.92
7.69
6.73
4.44
6.89
12.15
18.80
29.60
3.27
5.72
10.96
17.61
28.38
2.35
4.78
10.01
16.64
27.40
f HCLK = f HSE up to 48MHz included, bypass mode PLL
ON above 48
MHz all peripherals disabled
Range 2 4 MHz
2 MHz
0.68
0.44
1 MHz 0.32
100 KHz 0.22
1.00
0.76
0.64
0.53
1.99
1.75
1.64
1.52
3.51
3.25
3.14
3.03
6.23
5.97
5.86
5.76
1.88
4.31
1.65
4.07
1.59
4.01
1.42
3.84
9.53
16.16
26.91
9.30
15.92
26.67
9.24
15.86
26.61
9.06
15.68
26.43
Range 0 110 MHz 16.99
17.57
19.10
21.22
24.94
19.40
23.45
31.63
41.44
56.82
80 MHz 11.63
12.13
13.48
15.38
18.76
13.57
17.11
24.35
33.21
47.09
72 MHz 10.50
10.99
12.33
14.22
17.62
12.42
15.96
23.19
32.04
45.92
64 MHz 9.37
9.85
11.18
13.07
16.43
11.28
14.81
22.04
30.87
44.74
f HCLK = f
Range 1
MSI all peripherals disabled
FLASH in power-down
48 MHz 7.10
32 MHz 4.826
24 MHz 3.68
16 MHz 2.54
7.56
5.27
4.11
2.97
8.87
6.55
5.37
4.22
10.74
14.10
8.99
12.51
19.71
28.54
42.40
8.40
11.70
6.70
10.20
17.38
26.18
40.08
7.23
6.05
10.54
9.34
5.55
4.41
9.05
7.89
16.21
15.04
24.99
23.81
38.88
37.68
2 MHz 385.23
772.80
1911 3545
1 MHz 271.61
633.31
1776 3405
400 KHz 198.95
554.43
1694 3337
100 KHz 142.82
517.78
1638 3286
6506
6382
6298
6267
2010
1896
1818
1423
4724
4686
4633
3848
12895
12648
10788
9073
21185
20905
18052
15687
30901
30715
30448
26433
Unit mA
µA
Symbol
I DD
(Run)
Parameter
Table 46. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from SRAM1 and power supplied by internal SMPS step down converter
Conditions TYP
-
Voltage scaling
MAX f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
Supply current in Run mode
Range 2
SMPS
LP mode
26 MHz 1.88
1.99
2.46
3.15
4.42
1.96
2.76
4.67
7.14
11.12
16 MHz 1.24
1.35
1.81
2.51
3.76
1.33
2.11
4.01
6.48
10.44
8 MHz 0.72
0.85
1.29
1.99
3.24
0.82
1.6
3.48
5.94
9.89
4 MHz 0.46
0.59
1.04
1.73
2.97
0.57
1.34
3.22
5.68
9.62
2 MHz 0.32
0.46
0.91
1.60
2.85
0.44
1.21
3.09
5.54
9.48
f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
Range 0
SMPS
HP mode
1 MHz 0.26
0.40
0.84
1.53
2.77
0.41
1.18
3.06
5.51
9.45
100 KHz 0.20
0.34
0.78
1.48
2.71
0.32
1.08
2.96
5.41
9.34
110 MHz 11.28
12.01 12.99 14.29 17.00 12.06 14.37 19.01 24.79
33.4
80 MHz 7.10
7.42
8.55
9.55
11.47
8.33
10.16 13.97 18.72 26.04
72 MHz 6.44
6.74
7.80
8.84
10.70
7.52
9.42
13.31 18.02
25.3
64 MHz 5.76
6.05
6.89
8.10
9.95
6.8
8.74
12.64 17.33 24.58
Range 1
SMPS
HP mode
48 MHz 4.42
4.69
5.37
6.60
8.46
5.34
7.29
11.35
15.96 23.16
32 MHz 3.06
3.31
3.96
4.93
6.93
3.86
5.79
9.98
14.58
21.7
24 MHz 2.38
2.61
3.26
4.20
6.16
3.15
5.05
9.26
13.88 20.98
16 MHz 1.70
1.92
2.55
3.51
5.32
2.45
4.31
8.52
13.19 20.25
mA
Symbol
Table 47. Current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from SRAM2
Conditions TYP MAX
Parameter
-
Voltage scaling f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
I DD
(Run)
I DD (LPRu n)
26 MHz 3.20
16 MHz 2.05
8 MHz 1.13
3.53
2.38
1.45
4.55
3.40
2.46
6.08
4.90
3.97
8.86
7.67
6.71
4.33
3.19
2.28
6.79
12.05
18.6
29.56
5.63
10.88
17.41
28.32
4.71
9.94
16.46
27.34
Range 2 4 MHz 0.67
0.99
1.99
3.47
6.21
1.82
4.25
9.47
15.98
26.84
Supply current in Run mode f HCLK = f HSE up to
48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL
ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
2 MHz
1 MHz
0.43
0.32
100 KHz 0.22
0.76
0.63
0.53
1.75
1.63
1.53
3.24
3.13
3.01
5.97
5.86
5.74
1.59
1.53
1.37
4.01
3.96
3.79
9.24
15.74
26.59
9.18
15.68
26.52
9 15.5
26.33
Range 0 110 MHz 16.71
17.32
18.86
20.97
24.66
19.04
23.09
31.27
40.87
56.41
80 MHz 11.43
11.94
13.30
15.21
18.64
13.29
16.83
24.07
32.71
46.77
72 MHz 10.32
10.82
12.16
14.07
17.48
12.17
15.71
22.94
31.55
45.6
64 MHz 9.219
9.70
11.03
12.94
16.31
11.05
14.58
21.79
30.39
44.44
Range 1 48 MHz 6.98
7.44
32 MHz 4.746
5.19
24 MHz 3.62
16 MHz 2.50
4.06
2.93
8.77
10.63
13.98
8.79
12.31
19.5
28.16
42.12
6.48
8.33
11.65
6.54
10.04
17.2
25.84
39.83
5.33
4.19
7.17
6.02
10.49
9.29
5.42
4.29
8.9
7.76
16.05
14.9
24.67
23.51
38.64
37.45
Supply current in Low-power run mode f HCLK = f MSI all peripherals disabled
FLASH in power-down
2 MHz 386.41 774.71
1901 3546 6475 1946 2886 7270 11761 20360
1 MHz 276.23 635.13
1767 3445 6360 1829 2796 6688 12192 20188
400 KHz 196.75 552.97
1679 3339 6278 1757 2749 6961 11520 19976
100 KHz 146.57 513.87
1644 3299 6249 1373 2313 5697 10033 17534 mA
µA
Symbol
I DD
(Run)
Parameter
Table 48. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from SRAM2 and power supplied by internal SMPS step down converter
Conditions
-
Voltage scaling
TYP MAX f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
Supply current in Run mode f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
Range 2
SMPS LP mode
26 MHz 1.86
1.96
2.43
3.12
4.43
2.22
3.49
6.48
10.14 15.89
16 MHz 1.22
1.33
1.79
2.50
3.75
1.61
2.87
5.83
9.48
15.21
8 MHz 0.71
0.83
1.28
1.99
3.24
1.11
2.37
5.32
8.95
14.64
4 MHz 0.456
0.58
1.03
1.74
2.99
0.86
2.12
5.07
8.69
14.36
2 MHz 0.32
0.46
0.90
1.60
2.86
0.74
1.99
4.94
8.56
14.22
1 MHz 0.26
0.40
0.84
1.54
2.79
0.71
1.96
4.9
8.52
14.18
100 KHz 0.20
0.34
0.78
1.49
2.73
0.62
1.87
4.81
8.43
14.07
Range 0
SMPS HP mode
110 MHz 11.04
11.78
12.75 14.05 16.87 12.16 14.52 19.77 25.94 35.47
80 MHz 7.00
7.29
8.40
9.44
11.33
8.23
10.44 14.63 19.73
27.8
Range 1
SMPS HP mode
72 MHz 6.34
6.62
7.64
8.72
10.59
7.49
9.79
13.98 19.05 27.08
64 MHz 5.68
5.95
6.82
8.00
9.86
6.8
8.97
13.41 18.39 26.39
48 MHz 4.35
4.61
5.30
6.51
8.38
5.39
7.53
12.27 17.03 24.99
32 MHz 3.02
3.26
3.91
4.89
6.89
3.98
6.11
10.94 15.72 23.52
24 MHz 2.35
2.58
3.22
4.18
6.11
3.28
5.4
10.17
15.11
22.8
16 MHz 1.68
1.90
2.53
3.49
5.31
2.58
4.68
9.42
14.54 22.09
mA
Symbol
I DD (Run)
I DD
(LPRun)
Parameter
Supply current in
Run mode
Supply current in
Low-power run f
Table 49. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes running from Flash, ICACHE ON (2-way)
Conditions
TYP
Single
Bank
Mode
TYP
Dual
Bank
Mode
Unit
Voltage scaling
HCLK =f HSE up to
48 MHZ included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled f
Range2
HCLK =26MHz
Range 1 fHCLK=80 MHz
Range 0 f HCLK = 110 MHz f HCLK = f MSI = 2 MHz all peripherals disabled
Code
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
25°C
19.1
15.8
14.5
424
10.8
9.9
16.7
18.0
447
477
427
350
2.77
11.4
12.2
13.1
3.20
3.43
3.66
3.06
25°C
19.0
15.8
14.5
403
10.8
9.9
16.7
18.0
415
432
383
369
2.77
11.4
12.2
13.0
3.19
3.43
3.64
3.05
mA mA mA
µA
TYP
Dual
Bank
Mode
25°C
173
143
131
201
135
123
152
163
207
216
192
185
106
142
153
163
123
132
140
117
Unit
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
TYP
Single
Bank
Mode
25°C
174
143
131
212
135
123
152
163
224
239
214
175
106
143
153
163
123
132
141
118
Symbol
I DD
(Run)
Parameter
Supply current in
Run mode f
Table 50. Typical current consumption in Run mode with SMPS, with different codes running from Flash, ICACHE ON (2-way)
Conditions
TYP
Single
Bank
Mode
TYP
Dual
Bank
Mode
25°C
HCLK =f HSE up to
48 MHZ included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled
Voltage scaling
Range2, SMPS
LP f HCLK =26 MHz
Range 1, SMPS
HP fHCLK=80 MHz
Range 0, SMPS
HP f HCLK = 110 MHz
Code 25°C
Reduced code
1.88
Coremark 2.00
Dhrystone2.1
2.13
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
1.79
1.65
7.0
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
11.2
Coremark 12.2
Dhrystone2.1
13.0
Fibonacci
While
10.6
9.3
7.5
8.0
6.7
6.1
1.85
12.1
12.9
10.6
9.3
7.5
7.9
6.6
6.1
1.98
2.09
1.77
1.64
7.0
11.1
Unit
mA mA mA
TYP
Single
Bank
Mode
25°C
TYP
Dual
Bank
Mode
25°C
94
100
83
77
102
111
118
97
85
72
77
82
69
64
88
93
99
83
76
101
110
117
96
84
71
76
81
68
63
87
Unit
-
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
Symbol
I
I DD
DD
(LPRu n)
(Run)
Parameter
Supply current in
Run mode
Supply current in
Low-power run f f
Table 51. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes running from Flash, ICACHE ON (1-way)
Conditions
TYP
Single Bank
Mode
TYP
Dual
Bank
Mode
Unit
HCLK
HCLK
=f disabled
= f
-
HSE up to
48 MHZ included, bypass mode PLL
ON above 48 MHz all peripherals
MSI disabled
Voltage scaling f
Range2
HCLK =26 MHz
Range 1 fHCLK=80 MHz
Range 0 f HCLK = 110
MHz
= 2 MHz all peripherals
Code
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
25°C
18.1
15.2
14.2
395
10.4
9.7
16.1
17.0
389
405
375
372
2.72
11.0
11.6
12.4
3.10
3.26
3.47
2.95
25°C
18.2
15.2
14.2
416
10.4
9.7
16.1
17.0
425
451
392
355
2.73
11.0
11.6
12.4
3.10
3.26
3.48
2.95
mA mA mA
µA
TYP
Single
Bank
Mode
TYP
Dual
Bank
Mode
25°C
165
138
129
208
130
121
147
154
213
226
196
178
105
138
145
155
119
125
134
114
25°C
164
138
129
198
130
121
147
154
194
203
188
186
105
138
145
155
119
125
133
113
Unit
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
Symbol
I DD
(Run)
Parameter
Supply current in Run mode
Table 52. Typical current consumption in Run mode with SMPS, with different codes running from Flash, ICACHE ON (1-way)
Conditions
TYP
Single
Bank
Mode
TYP
Dual
Bank
Mode
-
Voltage scaling
Code 25°C 25°C f HCLK =f HSE up to
48 MHZ included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled f
Range2,
SMPS LP
HCLK =26
MHz
Range 1,
SMPS HP fHCLK=80
MHz
Range 0,
SMPS HP f HCLK =
110 MHz
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
11.5
12.4
10.0
9.2
7.6
6.4
6.0
10.8
1.82
1.91
2.03
1.74
1.63
6.8
7.1
11.4
12.2
10.0
9.1
7.6
6.4
6.0
10.5
1.80
1.89
2.00
1.72
1.61
6.8
7.1
Unit mA mA mA
TYP
Single
Bank
Mode
TYP
Dual
Bank
Mode
25°C
105
112
91
83
95
80
75
98
67
63
85
89
70
73
78
25°C
104
111
91
83
94
80
75
96
66
62
84
88
69
73
77
Unit
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
Symbol
I DD
(Run)
I DD (LPR un)
Parameter
Supply current in
Run mode
Supply current in
Low-power run
Table 53. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes running from Flash, ICACHE disabled
Conditions
TYP
Single
Bank
Mode
TYP
Dual
Bank
Mode
Unit
Voltage scaling f HCLK =f HSE up to
48 MHZ included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled f HCLK = f MSI
Range 1 fHCLK=80
MHz
Range 0 f HCLK = 110 MHz
= 2MHz all peripherals disabled f
Range2
HCLK =26 MHz
Code
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
25°C
17.7
16.6
15.9
511
12.1
10.9
18.8
17.5
577
599
470
416
3.04
14.1
13.6
12.5
4.08
4.42
4.56
3.62
25°C
15.5
15.1
16.5
484
11.3
11.3
17.2
15.2
550
551
462
398
3.14
13.9
12.2
12.5
4.17
4.22
4.41
3.55
mA mA mA
µA
TYP
Single
Bank
Mode
TYP
Dual
Bank
Mode
25°C
161
151
145
255
151
136
171
159
289
299
235
208
117
176
171
156
157
170
175
139
25°C
141
138
150
242
142
141
156
138
275
275
231
199
121
174
152
156
160
162
170
137
Unit
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
Symbol
I DD
(Run)
Parameter
Supply current in Run mode
Table 54. Typical current consumption in Run mode with internal SMPS, with different codes running from Flash, ICACHE disabled
Conditions
TYP
Single
Bank
Mode
TYP
Dual
Bank
Mode
Unit
Voltage scaling f HCLK =f HSE up to 48
MHZ included, bypass mode PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
Range2, SMPS f HCLK
LP
=26 MHz
Range 1, SMPS
HP fHCLK=80
MHz
Range 0, SMPS
HP f HCLK = 110 MHz
Code
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
25°C
7.5
6.8
12.9
11.9
12.0
11.3
10.7
1.80
8.7
8.4
8.6
2.38
2.59
2.67
2.13
25°C
7.0
7.0
11.6
10.1
10.4
10.1
11.1
1.86
8.5
7.5
7.7
2.41
2.44
2.55
2.07
mA mA mA
TYP
Single
Bank
Mode
TYP
Dual
Bank
Mode
25°C
93
84
117
109
109
102
97
69
109
106
107
92
100
103
82
25°C
87
87
105
92
94
92
101
72
107
93
96
93
94
98
79
Unit
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
I
Symbol
DD (Run)
I DD (LPRun)
Parameter
Supply current in
Run mode
Supply current in
Low-power run
Table 55. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes running from SRAM1
Conditions TYP
Voltage scaling f HCLK =f HSE up to 48 MHZ included, bypass mode PLL f
ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled
HCLK = f MSI f
Range2
HCLK =26MHz
Range 1 fHCLK=80
MHz
Range 0 f HCLK = 110 MHz
= 2MHz all peripherals disabled
Code
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
25°C
12.5
13.93
17.0
17.88
17.4
18.3
20.4
385
3.26
3.41
3.35
3.50
3.82
11.6
12.22
11.9
421
384
409
442
Unit mA mA mA
µA
TYP
25°C
159
166
186
193
157
174
154
163
211
192
204
221
147
145
153
149
125
131
129
134
Unit
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
Symbol Parameter
I DD (Run)
Supply current in Run mode
Table 56. Typical current consumption in Run mode with internal SMPS, with different codes running from SRAM1
Conditions TYP
Voltage scaling f HCLK =f HSE up to 48 MHZ included, bypass mode PLL
ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled f
Range2, LP
HCLK =26MHz
Range 1, HP fHCLK=80 MHz
Range 0, HP f HCLK = 110 MHz
Code
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
25°C
7.6
8.51
11.3
11.32
11.7
12.3
13.9
2.22
7.1
7.25
7.3
1.89
1.9
1.94
2.01
Unit mA mA mA
TYP
25°C
95
106
103
103
107
112
126
85
89
91
91
73
73
75
77
Unit
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
Symbol
I DD (Run)
I DD
(LPRun)
Parameter
Table 57. Typical current consumption in Run and Low-power run modes, with different codes running from SRAM2
Conditions TYP
Voltage scaling
Supply current in Run mode
Supply current in Lowpower run f HCLK =f HSE up to 48 MHZ included, bypass mode PLL
ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled f HCLK = f MSI f
Range2
HCLK =26MHz
Range 1 fHCLK=80 MHz
Range 0 f HCLK = 110 MHz
= 2MHz all peripherals disabled
Code
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
25°C
414
373
393
436
12.0
13.24
16.7
17.44
16.6
17.5
19.5
386
3.20
3.33
3.20
3.34
3.66
11.4
11.92
11.4
Unit mA mA mA
µA
TYP
25°C
151
159
177
193
149
165
152
159
207
187
196
218
141
143
149
142
123
128
123
129
Unit
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
Symbol
I DD (Run)
Parameter
Supply current in Run mode
Table 58. Typical current consumption in Run mode with internal SMPS, with different codes running from SRAM2
Conditions TYP
Voltage scaling f HCLK =f HSE up to 48 MHZ included, bypass mode
PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled f
Range2, LP
HCLK =26MHz
Range 1,HP fHCLK=80 MHz
Range 0, HP f HCLK = 110 MHz
Code
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
25°C
7.3
8.05
11.0
11.1
11.2
11.8
13.1
2.14
7.0
7.0
7.0
1.90
2.08
1.90
1.98
Unit mA mA mA
TYP
25°C
92
101
100
101
102
108
119
82
88
88
87
73
80
73
76
Unit
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
Table 59. Current consumption in Sleep and Low-power sleep mode, Flash ON
Conditions TYP MAX
I
Symbol Parameter
DD
I DD
(Sleep)
(LPSl eep)
-
Voltage scaling f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Supply current in
Sleep mode
Supply current in
Low-power sleep mode f HCLK = f HSE up to 48MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above 48
MHz all peripherals disabled f HCLK = f
Range 2
26 MHz 1.04
16 MHz 0.72
8 MHz 0.46
4 MHz
2 MHz
1 MHz
0.33
0.27
0.24
100 KHz 0.211
0.52
Range 0 110 MHz 4.73
Range 1
MSI all peripherals disabled
80 MHz 3.31
72 MHz 3.01
64 MHz 2.71
48 MHz 2.10
32 MHz 1.49
24 MHz 1.18
16 MHz 0.88
1.37
1.04
0.79
0.65
0.58
0.55
5.23
3.74
3.44
3.14
2.53
1.91
1.60
1.29
2.36
2.04
1.78
1.65
1.58
1.55
1.52
6.62
5.01
4.71
4.41
3.79
3.17
2.84
2.53
3.88
3.55
3.29
3.14
3.07
3.03
3.01
6.62
6.30
6.01
5.85
5.78
5.73
5.72
2.25
4.69
1.93
4.36
1.67
4.10
1.54
3.97
1.48
3.90
1.46
3.88
1.42
3.84
9.93
9.60
9.33
9.19
9.12
9.11
9.06
16.57
27.36
16.23
27.00
15.95
26.70
15.80
26.55
15.73
26.48
15.72
26.46
15.67
26.41
8.65
12.21
7.00
11.02
19.15
28.98
44.29
6.88
10.19
5.20
8.71
15.92
24.74
38.70
6.56
6.26
5.62
4.98
4.67
4.34
9.86
9.56
8.92
8.27
7.93
7.60
4.90
4.60
3.98
3.37
3.06
2.75
8.40
8.10
7.47
6.84
6.52
6.21
15.61
15.29
14.66
14.00
13.68
13.35
24.42
24.10
23.45
22.78
22.44
22.10
38.36
38.03
37.38
36.67
36.32
35.96
2 MHz 205.22 584.41
1712 3383 6283 1843 4745 12643 19003 31504
1 MHz 192.80 547.20
1678 3343 6248 1815 4665 12037 18615 31391
400 KHz 143.73 520.85
1655 3313 6222 1793 4567 11872 18346 30902
100 KHz 137.82 519.15
1650 3308 6219 1786 4554 11814 18206 30849
Unit mA
µA
Table 60. Current consumption in Low-power sleep mode, Flash in power-down
Conditions TYP MAX
Symbol Parameter
I DD
(LPSleep)
-
Voltage scaling f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C
Supply current in
Low-power sleep mode
2 MHz 197.64
567.40
1699 f HCLK = f MSI all peripherals disabled
1 MHz 165.99
540.66
1672
400 KHz 145.78
510.80
1640
100 KHz 143.34
506.41
1629
105°C
3374
3313
3312
3288
125°C
6136
6109
6084
6062
25°C
1839
1805
1785
1423
55°C
4641
4599
4578
3848
85°C 105°C 125°C
12810 20855 31559
12189 20334 31071
10816 17908 30945
9087 15694 26452
Unit
µA
I DD
(Sleep)
Symbol Parameter
Supply current in
Sleep mode
-
Table 61. Current consumption in Sleep mode,
Flash ON and power supplied by internal SMPS step down converter
Conditions TYP
Voltage scaling
MAX f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
Range 2
SMPS LP mode
26 MHz 0.69
16 MHz 0.50
8 MHz 0.35
4 MHz 0.27
2 MHz 0.23
f HCLK = f HSE up to 48MHz included, bypass mode
PLL ON above
48 MHz all peripherals disabled
1 MHz 0.21
100 KHz 0.20
Range 0
SMPS HP mode
110 MHz 3.22
80 MHz 2.22
72 MHz 2.04
64 MHz 1.85
Range 1
SMPS HP mode
48 MHz 1.48
32 MHz 1.10
24 MHz 0.91
16 MHz 0.72
0.82
0.64
0.48
0.40
0.37
0.35
0.33
3.49
2.44
2.26
2.07
1.70
1.32
1.12
0.93
1.27
1.09
0.93
0.85
0.82
0.79
0.78
4.24
3.09
2.90
2.71
2.34
1.94
1.74
1.55
1.99
1.80
1.65
1.55
1.52
1.50
1.48
5.40
4.06
3.89
3.70
3.31
2.91
2.71
2.52
3.22
3.05
2.88
2.81
2.77
2.73
2.73
7.70
5.98
5.78
5.53
5.11
4.62
4.40
4.18
0.8
0.62
0.47
0.39
0.35
0.34
0.32
3.81
2.6
2.41
2.22
1.83
1.44
1.24
1.04
5.39
3.9
3.7
3.51
3.1
2.69
2.48
2.28
1.57
1.39
1.23
1.16
1.12
1.11
1.08
3.47
3.27
3.11
3.03
2.99
2.98
2.95
5.93
5.73
5.57
5.48
5.44
5.43
5.4
6.89
10.56
15.77
6.68
10.37
15.58
6.48
10.19
15.38
6.07
5.64
5.42
5.2
9.81
9.39
9.18
8.97
15
14.58
14.38
14.17
9.88
9.67
9.5
9.42
9.37
9.36
9.33
9.01
12.92
19.03
mA
Symbol
Table 62. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash in single bank, ICACHE ON in 2-way and power supplied by external SMPS
Conditions
(1)
Parameter
TYP
VDD12 f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
I DD (Run)
Supply current in Run mode f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled
VDD12=1.2V
110 MHz 6.69
80 MHz 4.1
72 MHz
64 MHz
3.7
3.31
VDD12=1.1V
48 MHz
32 MHz
26 KHz
16 MHz
2.51
1.7
1.76
1.14
8 MHz
4 MHz
2 MHz
1 MHz
100 KHz
0.62
0.35
0.22
0.16
0.1
6.93
4.77
4.33
3.88
2.98
2.08
1.91
1.29
0.76
0.49
0.36
0.29
0.23
7.5
5.28
4.83
4.38
3.47
2.55
2.31
1.69
1.15
0.88
0.75
0.69
0.63
8.23
5.94
5.49
5.04
4.12
3.2
2.9
2.25
1.72
1.45
1.32
1.25
1.19
5.27
4.32
3.89
3.26
9.5
7.1
6.65
6.18
2.7
2.44
2.29
2.23
2.16
mA
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done with internal voltage regulator and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency
= 85%.
Symbol
Table 63. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash in single bank, ICACHE ON in 1-way and power supplied by external SMPS
Conditions
(1)
Parameter
TYP
VDD12 f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
I DD (Run)
Supply current in Run mode f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled
VDD12=1.2V 110 MHz 6.47
80 MHz 3.97
72 MHz 3.58
64 MHz 3.2
VDD12=1.1V
6.71
4.15
3.76
3.37
7.28
4.6
4.21
3.82
8.03
5.2
4.81
4.41
9.28
6.23
5.82
5.43
48 MHz 2.43
32 MHz 1.65
2.59
1.81
3.02
2.24
3.61
2.81
4.62
3.81
26 KHz 1.337
1.484
1.885
2.455
3.455
16 MHz 0.863
1.001
1.393
1.963
2.959
8 MHz 0.479
0.613
1.005
1.57
2.558
4 MHz 0.285
0.423
0.807
1.376
2.364
2 MHz 0.185
0.324
0.712
1.281
2.26
1 MHz 0.138
0.272
0.66
1.229
2.2
100 KHz 0.095
0.229
0.617
1.186
2.161
mA
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done with internal voltage regulator and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency
= 85%.
Symbol
Table 64. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash in single bank, ICACHE disabled and power supplied by external SMPS
Conditions
(1)
Parameter
TYP
VDD12 f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
I DD (Run)
Supply current in Run mode f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled
VDD12=1.2V 110 MHz 7.55
80 MHz 5.07
72 MHz 4.58
64 MHz 4.24
VDD12=1.1V
7.8
5.26
4.77
4.42
8.37
5.72
5.22
4.87
9.13
6.34
5.83
5.48
10.39
7.36
6.87
6.5
48 MHz 3.19
32 MHz 2.2
3.37
2.37
3.82
2.8
4.42
3.39
5.43
4.4
26 KHz 1.76
1.911
2.312
2.899
3.891
16 MHz 1.143
1.285
1.687
2.252
3.257
8 MHz 0.617
0.759
1.152
1.721
2.7
4 MHz 0.354
0.492
0.884
1.449
2.437
2 MHz 0.22
0.358
0.755
1.316
2.291
1 MHz 0.155
0.293
0.686
1.247
2.226
100 KHz 0.099
0.233
0.625
1.191
2.157
mA
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done with internal voltage regulator and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency
= 85%.
Symbol
Table 65. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash in dual bank, ICACHE on in 2-way and power supplied by external SMPS
Conditions
(1)
Parameter
TYP
VDD12 f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
I DD (Run)
Supply current in Run mode f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled
VDD12=1.2V 110 MHz 6.69
80 MHz 4.09
72 MHz
64 MHz
3.7
3.3
VDD12=1.1V
6.93
4.28
3.88
3.48
7.56
4.78
4.37
3.97
8.41
5.47
5.06
4.65
9.93
6.72
6.3
5.88
48 MHz
32 MHz
2.5
1.7
2.67
1.86
3.15
2.33
3.82
2.99
5.04
4.2
26 KHz 1.147
1.269
1.643
2.189
3.189
16 MHz 0.737
0.856
1.226
1.765
2.761
8 MHz 0.406
0.521
0.888
1.424
2.412
4 MHz 0.241
0.356
0.715
1.255
2.24
2 MHz 0.158
0.273
0.633
1.168
2.15
1 MHz 0.115
0.23
0.586
1.129
2.103
100 KHz 0.079
0.191
0.554
1.078
2.067
mA
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done with internal voltage regulator and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency
= 85%.
Symbol
Table 66. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash in dual bank, ICACHE on in 1-way and power supplied by external SMPS
Conditions
(1)
Parameter
TYP
VDD12 f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
I DD (Run)
Supply current in Run mode f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled
VDD12=1.2V 110 MHz 6.47
80 MHz 3.97
72 MHz 3.58
64 MHz 3.2
VDD12=1.1V
6.72
4.15
3.76
3.38
7.34
4.64
4.25
3.86
8.02
5.33
4.94
4.54
9.68
6.55
6.15
5.75
48 MHz 2.42
32 MHz 1.65
2.59
1.81
3.06
2.27
3.74
2.95
4.95
4.13
26 KHz 1.114
1.237
1.603
2.157
3.153
16 MHz 0.719
0.834
1.201
1.74
2.732
8 MHz 0.399
0.514
0.877
1.416
2.401
4 MHz 0.237
0.352
0.708
1.251
2.229
2 MHz 0.155
0.273
0.629
1.165
2.15
1 MHz 0.115
0.23
0.586
1.129
2.103
100 KHz 0.079
0.194
0.55
1.086
2.067
mA
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done with internal voltage regulator and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency
= 85%.
Symbol
Table 67. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash in dual bank, ICACHE disabled and power supplied by external SMPS
Conditions
(1)
Parameter
TYP
VDD12 f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
I DD (Run)
Supply current in Run mode f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled
VDD12=1.2V 110 MHz 6.9
80 MHz 5.01
72 MHz 4.53
64 MHz 4.25
VDD12=1.1V
7.15
5.21
4.72
4.44
7.76
5.7
5.22
4.94
8.61
6.4
5.91
5.63
10.1
7.63
7.14
6.85
48 MHz 3.21
32 MHz 2.25
3.39
2.42
3.88
2.89
4.57
3.57
5.78
4.77
26 KHz 1.499
1.625
1.999
2.552
3.544
16 MHz 0.985
1.107
1.474
2.024
3.02
8 MHz 0.532
0.647
1.01
1.557
2.538
4 MHz 0.302
0.421
0.776
1.316
2.301
2 MHz 0.187
0.302
0.665
1.197
2.178
1 MHz 0.133
0.248
0.604
1.147
2.117
100 KHz 0.079
0.194
0.554
1.089
2.063
mA
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done with internal voltage regulator and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency
= 85%.
Symbol
Table 68. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from SRAM1, and power supplied by external SMPS
Conditions
(1)
Parameter
TYP
VDD12 f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
I DD (Run)
Supply current in Run mode f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled
VDD12=1.2V 110 MHz 6.81
80 MHz 4.18
72 MHz 3.78
64 MHz 3.37
VDD12=1.1V
7.05
4.36
3.95
3.54
7.66
4.85
4.43
4.02
8.51
5.53
5.12
4.7
10
6.75
6.34
5.91
48 MHz 2.55
32 MHz 1.74
2.72
1.89
3.19
2.35
3.86
3.02
5.07
4.21
26 KHz 1.172
1.294
1.661
2.204
3.21
16 MHz 0.751
0.87
1.233
1.776
2.764
8 MHz 0.413
0.532
0.892
1.427
2.419
4 MHz 0.244
0.359
0.719
1.262
2.243
2 MHz 0.158
0.273
0.633
1.168
2.15
1 MHz 0.119
0.23
0.593
1.129
2.11
100 KHz 0.079
0.194
0.55
1.093
2.071
mA
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done with internal voltage regulator and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency
= 85%.
Symbol
Table 69. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from SRAM2, and power supplied by external SMPS
Conditions
(1)
Parameter
TYP
VDD12 f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
I DD (Run)
Supply current in Run mode f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled
VDD12=1.2V 110 MHz 6.7
80 MHz 4.11
72 MHz 3.71
64 MHz 3.31
VDD12=1.1V
6.95
4.29
3.89
3.49
7.56
4.78
4.37
3.97
8.41
5.47
5.06
4.65
9.89
6.7
6.28
5.87
48 MHz 2.51
32 MHz 1.71
2.68
1.87
3.16
2.33
3.82
3
5.03
4.19
26 KHz 1.15
1.273
1.639
2.186
3.185
16 MHz 0.741
0.856
1.222
1.761
2.757
8 MHz 0.41
0.525
0.888
1.427
2.412
4 MHz 0.241
0.356
0.715
1.251
2.236
2 MHz 0.158
0.273
0.629
1.168
2.15
1 MHz 0.115
0.23
0.59
1.129
2.11
100 KHz 0.079
0.194
0.55
1.086
2.067
mA
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done with internal voltage regulator and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency
= 85%.
Symbol
Table 70. Current consumption in Sleep mode, Flash ON and power supplied by external SMPS
Conditions
(1)
Parameter
TYP
VDD12 f
HCLK 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
I DD (Sleep)
Supply current in
Sleep mode f HCLK = f HSE up to 48 MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled
VDD12=1.20V 110 MHz 1.90
80 MHz 1.19
72 MHz 1.08
64 MHz 0.98
VDD12=1.10V
2.10
1.35
1.24
1.13
2.66
1.80
1.70
1.59
3.47
2.47
2.36
2.25
4.90
3.67
3.54
3.44
48 MHz 0.76
32 MHz 0.54
0.91
0.69
1.36
1.14
2.02
1.79
3.21
2.97
26 MHz 0.453
0.591
1.022
1.678
2.860
16 MHz 0.315
0.453
0.880
1.531
2.718
8 MHZ 0.203
0.341
0.768
1.424
2.593
4 MHz 0.147
0.285
0.712
1.355
2.528
2MHz 0.116
0.255
0.682
1.329
2.498
1 MHz 0.104
0.242
0.669
1.307
2.476
100 Khz 0.091
0.229
0.656
1.298
2.472
mA
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done with internal voltage regulator and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency
= 85%.
Symbol Parameter
Table 71. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash,
ICACHE on (2-way) and power supplied by external SMPS
TYP single bank mode
TYP single bank mode
Unit
TYP single bank mode
TYP single bank mode
Unit
VDD12 fHCLK code 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C
IDD(Run)
Supply current in
Run mode fHCLK = fHSE up to
48MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48
MHz all peripherals disabled
VDD12=1.00V
VDD12=1.10V
fHCLK=26MHz fHCLK=26MHz fHCLK=80MHz
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
(1)
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
VDD12=1.20V fHCLK=110MHz
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
4.7
3.88
3.55
6.69
1.39
1.26
4.1
4.4
7.2
7.66
6.32
5.8
1.04
1.45
1.56
1.66
1.2
1.29
1.37
1.15
1.2
1.29
1.37
1.14
1.04
1.45
1.56
1.65
1.38
1.26
4.09
4.4
4.68
3.88
3.55
6.69
7.2
7.62
6.32
5.8
mA mA mA mA
46.15
49.62
52.69
44.23
40
55.77
60
63.85
53.46
48.46
51.25
55
58.75
48.5
44.38
60.82
65.45
69.64
57.45
52.73
53.08
48.46
51.13
55
58.5
48.5
44.38
60.82
46.15
49.62
52.69
43.85
40
55.77
60
63.46
65.45
69.27
57.45
52.73
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done with internal voltage regulator and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency =
85%.
Symbol Parameter
Table 72. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash,
ICACHE on (1-way) and power supplied by external SMPS
Conditions
(1)
TYP
Single
Bank mode
TYP
Single
Bank mode
Unit
TYP
Single
Bank mode
TYP
Single
Bank mode
Unit
VDD12 fHCLK code 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C
IDD(Run)
Supply current in
Run mode fHCLK = fHSE up to
48MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48
MHz all peripherals disabled
VDD12=1.00V
VDD12=1.10V
fHCLK=26MHz fHCLK=26MHz fHCLK=80MHz
VDD12=1.20V fHCLK=110MHz
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
4.47
3.73
3.49
6.47
1.34
1.24
3.97
4.16
6.81
7.28
6.09
5.71
1.02
1.41
1.48
1.58
1.16
1.22
1.31
1.11
1.16
1.22
1.3
1.11
1.02
1.41
1.48
1.58
1.34
1.24
3.97
4.16
4.45
3.73
3.49
6.47
6.81
7.25
6.09
5.7
mA mA mA mA
44.62
46.92
50.38
42.69
39.23
54.23
56.92
60.77
51.54
47.69
49.63
52
55.88
46.63
43.63
58.82
61.91
66.18
55.36
51.91
51.54
47.69
49.63
52
55.63
46.63
43.63
58.82
44.62
46.92
50
42.69
39.23
54.23
56.92
60.77
61.91
65.91
55.36
51.82
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done with internal voltage regulator and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency =
85%.
Symbol Parameter
Table 73. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash,
ICACHE disabled and power supplied by external SMPS
Conditions
(1)
TYP
Single
Bank mode
TYP
Single
Bank mode
Unit
TYP
Single
Bank mode
TYP
Single
Bank mode
Unit
VDD12 fHCLK code 25°C 25°C 25°C 25°C
IDD(Run)
Supply current in
Run mode fHCLK = fHSE up to
48MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48
MHz all peripherals disabled
VDD12=1.00V
VDD12=1.10V
fHCLK=26MHz fHCLK=26MHz fHCLK=80MHz
VDD12=1.20V fHCLK=110MHz
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
4.49
4.34
3.9
7.55
1.64
1.38
5.07
4.91
7.03
7.08
6.64
6.39
1.14
1.85
2.01
2.07
1.53
1.66
1.71
1.36
1.56
1.58
1.65
1.33
1.18
1.89
1.92
2
1.61
1.43
5.01
4.37
4.49
4.07
4.04
6.9
6.09
6.2
6.07
6.63
mA mA mA mA
58.85
63.85
65.77
52.31
43.85
71.15
77.31
79.62
63.08
53.08
63.38
61.38
56.13
54.25
48.75
68.64
63.91
64.36
60.36
58.09
61.92
55
62.63
54.63
56.13
50.88
50.5
62.73
60
60.77
63.46
51.15
45.38
72.69
73.85
76.92
55.36
56.36
55.18
60.27
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done with internal voltage regulator and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency =
85%.
Symbol
Table 74. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from SRAM1, and power supplied by external SMPS
Conditions
(1)
TYP
Parameter Unit
VDD12 fHCLK code 25°C
TYP
Unit
25°C
IDD(Run) Supply current in Run mode fHCLK = fHSE up to 48MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled
VDD12=1.00V
VDD12=1.10V
fHCLK=26MHz fHCLK=26MHz fHCLK=80MHz
VDD12=1.20V fHCLK=110MHz
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
4.29
4.5
5.01
6.81
1.59
1.73
4.18
1.84
2.97
7
7.34
8.19
1.43
1.48
0.69
1.52
1.22
0.57
1.26
1.31
mA mA mA mA
61.15
66.54
52.25
23
53.63
56.25
62.63
61.91
46.92
21.92
48.46
50.38
55
56.92
26.54
58.46
27
63.64
66.73
74.45
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done with internal voltage regulator and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency =
85%.
Symbol
Table 75. Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from SRAM2, and power supplied by external SMPS
Conditions
(1)
Parameter
TYP
Unit
VDD12 f
HCLK code 25°C
TYP
25°C
Unit
IDD(Run) Supply current in Run mode fHCLK = fHSE up to 48MHz included, bypass mode PLL ON above 48 MHz all peripherals disabled
VDD12=1.00V fHCLK=26MHz
VDD12=1.10V
fHCLK=26MHz fHCLK=80MHz
VDD12=1.20V fHCLK=110MHz
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
Reduced code
Coremark
Dhrystone2.1
Fibonacci
While
1.20
0.57
1.20
1.25
1.37
1.45
0.69
1.45
1.52
1.66
4.11
1.84
4.09
4.30
4.76
6.70
2.97
6.67
7.01
7.80
mA mA mA mA
46.15
21.92
46.15
48.08
52.69
55.77
26.54
55.77
58.46
63.85
51.38
23.00
51.13
53.75
59.50
60.91
27.00
60.64
63.73
70.91
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
1. All values are obtained by calculation based on measurements done with internal voltage regulator and using following parameters: SMPS input = 3.3 V, SMPS efficiency =
85%.
Symbol Parameter
I DD
(Stop 2)
Supply current in Stop 2 mode,
RTC disabled
Conditions
Table 76. Current consumption in Stop 2 mode
TYP
-
-
RTC clocked by LSI
I DD
(Stop 2 with RTC)
RTC clocked by LSI with LPCAL = 1,
ULPEN = 1
Supply current in Stop 2 mode,
RTC enabled
RTC clocked by LSE bypassed at 32768 Hz with LPCAL = 0,
ULPEN = 0
RTC clocked by LSE bypassed at 32768 Hz with LPCAL = 1,
ULPEN = 1
MAX
V
DD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
3.07
16.61
68.35 158.43 332.53 19.03
67.19 202.18 407.53 797.08
3.09
16.86
69.13 160.32 335.88 19.08
67.43 201.94 409.7 802.29
3.13
17.24
69.5
161.75 341.1
19.18
67.79 203.72 412.34 812.99
3.2
17.42
71.15 164.99 349.3
19.39
68.67 205.04 415.22 816.69
3.66
17.32
68.52 159.57 333.56
19.7
67.81 202.19 408.09 797.2
3.88
17.74
69.73 160.86 338.16 20.07
68.34 202.52 410.27 802.48
4.2
17.94
70.57 163.39 342.82 20.37
68.62 205.35 413.58 813.45
4.42
18.71
72.31 166.43 348.19 20.79
69.72 205.83 416.46 818.3
3.5
17.14
69.36 159.76 332.52
3.62
17.68
70.03 161.58 336.53
3.82
4.06
18.2
18.8
71 163.7 343.17
72.72 168.58 351.22
3.44
17.15
68.39 159.57 333.37
3.58
17.35
69.8
161.86 336.47
3.79
17.77
70.33 163.41 342.2
4.59
18.34
72.03 166.18 350.97
3.18
16.98
69.4
160.31 335.07
3.27
17.29
69.65 161.79 339.1
3.41
17.91
71.21 163.77 343.27
4.16
18.5
72.62 167.08 350.59
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unit
µA
Symbol Parameter
Table 76. Current consumption in Stop 2 mode (continued)
Conditions TYP
-
MAX
V
DD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
RTC clocked by LSE quartz in low drive mode
I DD
(Stop 2 with RTC)
(continued)
Supply current in Stop 2 mode,
RTC enabled
(continued) RTC clocked by LSE quartz in low drive mode with LPCAL = 1,
ULPEN = 1
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
3.48
16.53
66.1
151.2 295.85
3.58
16.86
66.79 153.07 299.45
3.71
17.18
67.57 155.09 302.75
3.91
17.74
68.97 158.26 309.93
3.16
16.68
66.32 151.87 296.04
3.21
16.99
66.91 153.42 299.34
3.27
17.39
68.27 155.45 304.73
3.42
17.93
69.41 158.77 310.4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
I DD
(wakeup from
Stop 2)
Wakeup clock is
MSI = 48 MHz, voltage Range 1
Supply current during wakeup from Stop 2 mode
Wakeup clock is
MSI = 4 MHz, voltage
Range 2
Wakeup clock is
HSI = 16 MHz, voltage Range 1
3 V
3 V
3 V
1.96
1.09
1.72
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unit
µA mA
Symbol Parameter
I DD
(Stop 1)
I DD
(Stop 1 with RTC)
Conditions
-
Table 77. Current consumption in Stop 1 mode
TYP
V
DD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C
Supply current in
Stop 1 mode,
RTC disabled
-
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
91.47
91.94
92.51
93.26
372.36
375.16
375.46
380.59
1243
1251
1249
1270
Supply current in
Stop 1 mode,
RTC enabled
RTC clocked by LSI
RTC clocked by LSE bypassed at
32768 Hz
1.8 V 92.46
373.25
1248
2.4 V 92.48
372.19
1250
3 V 93.34
374.54
1253
3.6 V 93.38
378.64
1267
1.8 V 92.35
371.81
1248
2.4 V 92.31
374.21
1245
3 V 93.59
375.92
1256
3.6 V 93.19
377.07
1262
RTC clocked by LSE quartz in low drive mode
1.8 V 100.67
381.08
1214
2.4 V 101.20
380.64
1224
3 V 102.04
378.49
1228
3.6 V 103.34
387.73
1239
2527
2531
2549
2567
4611
4652
4675
4721
4617
4643
4683
4712
4605
4640
4673
4713
-
-
-
-
2518
2528
2541
2559
2518
2521
2534
2551
2442
2447
2466
2480
1196
1199
1204
1215
-
-
-
-
1196
1201
1206
1213
-
-
-
-
55°C
3403
3418
3427
3433
-
-
-
-
3405
3433
3424
3434
-
-
-
-
MAX
85°C
8100
8133
8174
8158
-
-
-
-
8103
8135
8185
8176
-
-
-
-
105°C 125°C
13853
13906
13988
22830
22920
23189
14083
-
-
-
-
13874
13924
13994
14091
-
-
-
-
23335
-
-
-
-
22793
22927
23140
23336
-
-
-
-
Unit
µA
Symbol Parameter
Conditions
Table 77. Current consumption in Stop 1 mode (continued)
TYP
V
DD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C
I DD
(wakeup from Stop
1)
Supply current during wakeup from Stop
1 mode
Wakeup clock is MSI = 48
MHz, voltage
Range 1
Wakeup clock is MSI = 4
MHz, voltage
Range 2
Wakeup clock is HSI = 16
MHz, voltage
Range 1
3 V
3 V
3 V
2.02
0.58
1.27
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
MAX
85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
mA
Symbol Parameter
I DD
(Stop 0)
Supply current in
Stop 0 mode,
RTC disabled
-
-
-
-
Conditions
V
DD 25°C
1.8 V 192.69
2.4 V 194.69
3 V 196.09
3.6 V 197.54
Table 78. Current consumption in Stop 0 mode
TYP
55°C
494.92
495.31
495.47
497.36
85°C
1425
1430
1431
1434
105°C
2797
2804
2812
2814
125°C
5106
5108
5124
5155
25°C
1395
1396
1397
1399
55°C
3797
3798
3799
3802
MAX
85°C
8974
8953
8996
8967
105°C
15426
15440
15465
15488
125°C
25827
25851
25967
26025
Unit
µA
Symbol
I DD
(Standby)
Parameter
Table 79. Current consumption in Standby mode
Conditions TYP
-
Supply current in
Standby mode
(backup registers retained),
RTC disabled
No independent watchdog
With independent watchdog
MAX
V
DD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
347
405
483
596
108
119
134
183
-
-
-
-
382
476
591
827
-
-
-
-
2374 7132 19259
2795 8332 22151
3215 9665 26746
4232 12128 31763
-
-
-
-
-
-
572
708
609
999
237
361
411
558
2269 6948 12467
2497 7770 14021
2716 8919 15987
3214 9577 17816
2578 7079 12599
2832 7868 14061
2913 8597 16110
3466 10069 18212
31340
40505
45394
50551
31388
39741
44085
48579
Unit nA
Symbol
I DD
(Standby with RTC)
Parameter
Table 79. Current consumption in Standby mode (continued)
Conditions TYP
-
MAX
V
DD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
RTC clocked by LSI, no independent watchdog
RTC clocked by LSI, no independent watchdog with
LPCAL = 1,
ULPEN = 1
Supply current in
Standby mode
(backup registers retained),
RTC enabled
RTC clocked by LSI, with independent watchdog
RTC clocked by LSE bypassed at
32768 Hz
RTC clocked by LSE bypassed at
32768 Hz with
LPCAL = 1,
ULPEN = 1
1.8 V
2.4 V
717
887
971 2924 7693 19714 930 2760 7456 12882
1266 3589 9054 22856 1224 3096 8393 14557
3 V 1113 1584 4206 10666 27521 1303 3509 9212 16779
3.6 V 1394 2059 5515 13394 32693 1828 3889 10504 18898
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
457
582
740
779
1080
1425
3075
4082
5195
8179
9786
11380
20106
23298
28044
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3.6 V
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
766
948
1196
3.6 V 1492
1.8 V 435
2.4 V
3 V
569
768
-
-
-
-
711
954
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2650 7592 19645
3254 8972 22787
1247 3963 10303 27154
3.6 V 1024 1686 5174 13141 32293
1.8 V 166 -
2.4 V
3 V
236
356
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3.6 V
955
575
1905 6884 14210 33407
-
-
-
-
-
847 2549 7430 12888
1267 3171 8250 14679
1561 3610 9492 16773
1896 4136 10423 19143
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
31665
40166
44936
48363
-
-
-
-
-
31689
40296
44760
48559
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unit nA
Symbol
I DD
(Standby with RTC)
(continued)
I DD
(SRAM2)
I DD
(SRAM)
I DD (wakeup from
Standby)
Parameter
Supply current in
Standby mode
(backup registers retained),
RTC enabled
(continued)
RTC clocked by LSE quartz in low drive mode
RTC clocked by LSE quartz in low drive mode with
LPCAL = 1,
ULPEN = 1
Table 79. Current consumption in Standby mode (continued)
Conditions TYP
-
MAX
V
DD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
491
574
696
870
222
250
297
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3.6 V 403 -
Supply current to be added in
Standby mode when Full SRAM2
(64KB) is retained
-
Supply current to be added in
Standby mode when partial
SRAM2 (4 KB) is retained
Supply current during wakeup from Standby mode
-
Wakeup clock is
MSI = 4 MHz
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
1.8 V
2.4 V
3 V
3.6 V
3 V
668
704
739
840
164
201
231
326
1.11
3089 13834 34240 75362 1834 8192 28470 36317 135595
3193 14412 35468 78515 1859 8376 28905 36890 140894
3283 14722 36843 82664 1907 8514 29857 37533 144576
3571 15867 38708 88150 1973 8919 30509 38460 149487
658 3378 9485 23856 518 2685 8359 8164 39054
764
871
3853
4319
10707
12043
26844
31160
585
606
2758
3243
9134
9975
8842
9601
47739
51857
1128 5250 14470 36553 723 3570 10872 10707 55419
-
Unit nA mA
Conditions
Table 80. Current consumption in Shutdown mode
TYP
Symbol Parameter
-
I DD
(Shutdown)
Supply current in
Shutdown mode
(backup registers retained)
RTC disabled
-
I DD
(Shutdown with RTC)
Supply current in
Shutdown mode
(backup registers retained)
RTC enabled
RTC clocked by LSE bypassed at
32768 Hz with
LPCAL = 0
RTC clocked by LSE bypassed at
32768 Hz with
LPCAL = 1
RTC clocked by LSE quartz in low drive mode with
LPCAL = 0
RTC clocked by LSE quartz in low drive mode with
LPCAL = 1
V
DD 25°C
1.8 V 17.0
2.4 V 18.0
3 V 44.0
3.6 V 127.0
1.8 V 307
2.4 V 485
3 V 689
3.6 V 974
1.8 V 116
2.4 V 221
3 V 339
3.6 V 535
1.8 V 405
2.4 V 486
3 V 604
3.6 V 768
1.8 V 207
2.4 V 232
3 V 272
3.6 V 345
55°C
198
269
361
587
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
325
491
656
996
525
746
1015
1435
85°C
1533
1803
2314
3159
105°C 125°C
5195 15336
6166 17522
7212 21381
9534 26115
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1905
2363
2905
5592
6676
7919
15801
18041
22214
4082 10392 26856
1711
2100
2636
3645
5423 15551
6395 17909
7450
9998
21753
26420
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
25°C
99
115
141
196
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
55°C
590
679
800
990
MAX
85°C
3169
3610
4108
4877
105°C 125°C
9252 26038
10477 29468
11860 32843
13734 37480
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unit nA
Symbol Parameter
Table 80. Current consumption in Shutdown mode (continued)
Conditions TYP
-
MAX
V
DD 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
I DD
(wakeup from
Shutdown)
Supply current during wakeup from
Shutdown mode
Wakeup clock is
MSI = 4 MHz
3 V 0.53
-
Unit mA
Symbol Parameter
I DD
(VBAT)
Backup domain supply current
Conditions
Table 81. Current consumption in VBAT mode
TYP
-
MAX
V
BAT 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C 25°C 55°C 85°C 105°C 125°C
Unit
RTC disabled
RTC enabled and clocked by LSE bypassed at
32768 Hz with
LPCAL = 0
RTC enabled and clocked by LSE bypassed at
32768 Hz with
LPCAL=1
RTC enabled and clocked by LSE quartz with
LPCAL = 0
RTC enabled and clocked by LSE quartz with
LPCAL = 1
1.8 V
2.4 V
3.4
3.9
3 V 5.9
3.6 V 13.4
1.8 V 330
2.4 V 446
3 V 632
3.6 V 867
1.8 V 130
2.4 V 183
3 V 288
3.6 V 392
1.8 V 387
2.4 V 461
3 V 568
3.6 V 700
1.8 V 187
2.4 V 202
3 V 229
3.6 V 275
-
-
-
-
381
406
441
518
-
-
-
-
45
55
73
136
307
358
447
786
966 2699
1097 2995
1350 3699
2303 6528
369
528
654
843
1303
1595
727 1119 2045
996 1680 3247 -
-
-
-
692
738
841
1163
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1369
1499
1761
2707
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
nA
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
I/O system current consumption
The current consumption of the I/O system has two components: static and dynamic.
I/O static current consumption
All the I/Os used as inputs with pull-up generate current consumption when the pin is externally held low. The value of this current consumption can be simply computed by using the pull-up/pull-down resistors values given in
Table 102: I/O static characteristics
.
For the output pins, any external pull-down or external load must also be considered to estimate the current consumption.
Additional I/O current consumption is due to I/Os configured as inputs if an intermediate voltage level is externally applied. This current consumption is caused by the input Schmitt trigger circuits used to discriminate the input value. Unless this specific configuration is required by the application, this supply current consumption can be avoided by configuring these I/Os in analog mode. This is notably the case of ADC input pins which should be configured as analog inputs.
Caution: Any floating input pin can also settle to an intermediate voltage level or switch inadvertently, as a result of external electromagnetic noise. To avoid current consumption related to floating pins, they must either be configured in analog mode, or forced internally to a definite digital value. This can be done either by using pull-up/down resistors or by configuring the pins in output mode.
I/O dynamic current consumption
In addition to the internal peripheral current consumption measured previously (see ), the
I/Os used by an application also contribute to the current consumption. When an I/O pin switches, it uses the current from the I/O supply voltage to supply the I/O pin circuitry and to charge/discharge the capacitive load (internal or external) connected to the pin:
I
SW
= V
DDIOx
×
f
SW
×
C where
I
SW
is the current sunk by a switching I/O to charge/discharge the capacitive load
V
DDIOx
is the I/O supply voltage f
SW
is the I/O switching frequency
C is the total capacitance seen by the I/O pin: C = C
INT
+ C
EXT
+ C
S
C
S
is the PCB board capacitance including the pad pin.
The test pin is configured in push-pull output mode and is toggled by software at a fixed frequency.
206/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
AHB
Electrical characteristics
On-chip peripheral current consumption
The current consumption of the on-chip peripherals is given in
under the following conditions:
• All I/O pins are in Analog mode
• The given value is calculated by measuring the difference of the current consumptions:
– when the peripheral is clocked on
– when the peripheral is clocked off
•
Ambient operating temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 24:
• The power consumption of the digital part of the on-chip peripherals is given in
Table 82 . The power consumption of the analog part of the peripherals (where
applicable) is indicated in each related section of the datasheet.
Table 82. Peripheral current consumption
Peripheral
Bus matrix
DMA1
DMA2
DMAMUX1
FLASH
SRAM1
CRC
TSC
GTZC
ICACHE
GPIOA
GPIOB
GPIOC
GPIOD
GPIOE
GPIOF
GPIOG
GPIOH
SRAM2
ADC AHB clock domain
ADC independent clock domain
Range 0
0.21
0.21
0.16
0.14
0.22
0.21
2.34
4.16
0.08
0.76
1.24
0.27
0.27
0.30
0.17
4.09
2.54
2.56
4.96
3.69
1.43
0.27
0.26
0.17
0.18
0.26
0.27
3.08
5.49
0.14
0.99
1.67
0.36
0.38
0.41
0.23
5.47
3.38
3.43
6.64
4.95
1.90
0.31
0.30
0.19
0.21
0.32
0.29
3.32
5.92
0.15
1.05
1.77
0.38
0.38
0.40
0.25
5.85
3.67
3.71
7.11
5.32
2.03
Range 1 Range 2
Low-power run and sleep
0.37
0.26
0.21
0.19
0.31
0.25
2.90
5.11
0.14
0.95
1.49
0.35
1.00
0.32
0.22
5.36
3.16
3.20
6.16
4.59
1.75
Unit
µA/MHz
DS12737 Rev 6 207/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
AHB
(Cont)
APB1
HASH
RNG AHB clock domain
RNG independent clock domain
SDMMC1 AHB clock domain
SDMMC1 independent clock domain
FMC
OSPI1 AHB clock domain
OPSPI1 independent clock domain
ALL AHB peripherals
AHB to APB1 bridge
TIM2
TIM3
TIM4
TIM5
TIM6
TIM7
RTCAPB
WWDG
SPI2
SPI3
USART2 APB clock domain
USART2 independent clock domain
USART3 APB clock domain
USART3 independent clock domain
UART4 APB clock domain
UART4 independent clock domain
UART5 APB clock domain
Table 82. Peripheral current consumption (continued)
Peripheral Range 0
2.73
6.49
2.60
5.26
2.58
3.32
0.52
2.34
2.22
3.14
5.99
47.47
0.43
6.19
5.08
5.02
6.47
1.04
1.16
3.64
2.27
6.12
19.07
6.63
10.39
10.00
0.11
2.96
6.96
2.81
5.59
2.75
3.50
0.58
2.52
2.39
3.40
6.41
47.58
0.41
6.65
5.46
5.38
6.92
1.12
1.24
3.91
2.44
4.55
20.52
4.92
11.17
10.77
0.12
Range 1 Range 2
Low-power run and sleep
2.57
6.09
2.48
4.85
2.45
3.08
0.48
2.25
2.16
3.03
5.53
350.76
0.61
5.81
4.75
4.73
6.08
0.98
0.98
NA
9.90
9.57
1.00
3.44
NA
NA
NA
Unit
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
2.12
4.86
1.99
3.95
1.99
2.50
0.40
1.78
1.69
2.39
4.50
55.06
0.36
4.67
3.82
3.78
4.86
0.79
0.86
NA
7.82
7.61
0.04
2.74
NA
NA
NA
208/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
APB1
(Cont)
APB2
UART5 independent clock domain
I2C1 APB clock domain
I2C1 independent clock domain
I2C2 APB clock domain
I2C2 independent clock domain
I2C3 APB clock domain
I2C3 independent clock domain
CRS
PWR
DAC1
OPAMP
LPTIM1 APB clock domain
LPTIM1 independent clock domain
LPUART1 APB clock domain
LPUART1 independent clock domain
I2C4 APB clock domain
I2C4 independent clock domain
LPTIM2 APB clock domain
LPTIM2 independent clock domain
LPTIM3 APB clock domain
LPTIM3 independent clock domain
FDCAN APB clock domain
FDCAN independent clock domain
USBFS APB clock domain
USBFS independent clock domain
UCPD1
AHB to APB2 bridge
SYSCFG
TIM1
SPI1
TIM8
USART1 APB clock domain
Table 82. Peripheral current consumption (continued)
Peripheral Range 0
0.16
3.51
4.53
2.67
6.64
0.75
9.40
2.69
8.94
3.16
3.31
1.36
3.80
1.02
3.16
7.99
1.54
2.89
0.34
1.10
3.37
1.66
3.43
1.40
3.33
1.14
2.75
0.35
5.59
1.42
3.47
1.32
Range 1
0.22
3.25
6.08
2.46
6.16
0.71
8.74
2.51
8.34
2.92
3.11
1.26
3.58
0.93
2.98
7.41
1.44
2.69
0.36
1.01
3.18
1.54
3.24
1.28
3.11
1.05
2.58
0.30
5.19
1.34
3.22
1.24
Range 2
Low-power run and sleep
NA
NA
(1)
8.43
0.67
8.33
2.43
8.06
3.09
2.90
1.15
3.35
0.94
2.80
6.70
4.05
NA
1.22
2.43
1.00
0.87
3.07
1.61
2.99
1.24
3.06
0.90
2.61
0.50
4.79
1.22
3.12
1.10
Unit
µA/MHz
µA/MHz
3.20
NA
NA
1.84
4.68
0.54
6.57
1.90
6.29
2.23
2.34
0.96
2.66
0.74
2.21
5.56
1.03
2.03
0.23
0.78
2.39
1.19
2.44
0.97
2.37
0.81
1.97
0.22
3.90
1.00
2.46
0.93
DS12737 Rev 6 209/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Table 82. Peripheral current consumption (continued)
Peripheral
APB2
(Cont)
ALL
USART1 independent clock domain
TIM15
TIM16
TIM17
SAI1 APB clock domain
SAI1 independent clock domain
SAI2 APB clock domain
SAI2 independent clock domain
DFSDM1
-
1. The UCPD1 is always clocked by the HSI16.
Range 0
3.04
2.20
3.32
2.14
7.01
4.93
3.27
3.76
8.18
275.73
Range 1
2.84
2.92
3.07
2.94
6.54
4.60
3.05
3.49
7.61
256.25
2.12
2.85
2.30
3
4.91
3.45
2.29
2.62
5.73
188.42
Range 2
Low-power run and sleep
0.50
2.5
2.99
3
6.01
4.45
2.83
3.40
7.42
233
Unit
µA/MHz
210/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
5.3.7
-
Sleep
Stop 0
Stop 1
Wakeup time from low-power modes and voltage scaling transition times
The wakeup times given in
Table 83 are the latency between the event and the execution of
the first user instruction.
The device goes in low-power mode after the WFE (wait for event) instruction.
Parameter
Table 83. Low-power mode wakeup timings
(1)
Conditions Typ
Wakeup time from Sleep mode to Run mode
Wakeup time from Lowpower sleep mode to Lowpower run mode
-
Sleep Power Down
(SLEEP_PD=1 in FLASH_ACR) and with clock
MSI = 2 MHz
Flash
SRAM1
Flash
SRAM1
Flash
SRAM1
Range 1
Range 2
Range 1
Range 2
Range 1
Range 2
Range 1
Range 2
Low Power
Run (LPR=1)
14
14
MSI48
HSI16
MSI24
5.83
5.23
18.48
HSI16 17.56
MSI4 23.36
MSI48 1.79
HSI16
MSI24
HSI16
2.79
2.43
2.80
MSI4 9.66
MSI48 9.74
HSI16 9.22
MSI24
HSI16
21.84
20.98
MSI4 25.48
MSI48
HSI16
MSI24
5.58
6.68
5.69
HSI16 6.18
MSI4 11.04
81.2
MSI2
17.8
Max
17
17
Unit
Number of
CPU cycles
µs
10.88
10.22
9.67
22.63
21.81
26.34
6.26
5.46
18.96
17.94
24.59
2.16
3.01
2.82
3.03
5.95
7.06
6.24
6.88
11.99
82.5
19
DS12737 Rev 6 211/340
307
Electrical characteristics
-
Stop 2
Standby
Table 83. Low-power mode wakeup timings (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Typ Max
Flash
SRAM1
Flash
Flash with
SRAM2
Range 1
Range 2
Range 1
Range 2
Range 2
Range 2
Shutdown Flash Range 2
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
MSI48
HSI16
MSI24
HSI16
11.20
10.35
23.76
22.24
MSI4 27.81
MSI48 6.19
HSI16
MSI24
7.33
6.31
HSI16 6.89
MSI4 11.69
MSI8
MSI4
52.5
52.58
MSI8 52.5
MSI4 52.60
MSI4 276.48
7.22
12.36
55.73
55.78
55.74
55.73
292.42
11.64
10.77
24.15
22.62
28.46
6.61
7.75
6.64
STM32L552xx
Unit
µs
Symbol
Table 84. Regulator modes transition times (1)
Parameter Conditions t t
WULPRUN
VOST
Wakeup time from Low- power run mode to Run mode (2)
Code run with MSI 2 MHz
Regulator transition time from
Range 2 to Range 1 or
Range 1 to Range 2
(3)
Code run with MSI 24 MHz
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Time until REGLPF flag is cleared in PWR_SR2.
3. Time until VOSF flag is cleared in PWR_SR2.
Typ Max Unit
5 7
μ s
20 40
Symbol
Table 85. Wakeup time using USART/LPUART (1)
Parameter t t
WUUSART
WULPUART
Wakeup time needed to calculate the maximum USART/LPUART baudrate allowing to wakeup up from stop mode when
USART/LPUART clock source is
HSI
1. Guaranteed by design.
Conditions
Stop mode 0
Stop mode 1/2
Typ Max Unit
1.7
8.5
μ s
212/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
High-speed external user clock generated from an external source
In bypass mode the HSE oscillator is switched off and the input pin is a standard GPIO.
The external clock signal has to respect the I/O characteristics in Section 5.3.15
. However,
Symbol
Table 86. High-speed external user clock characteristics (1)
Parameter Conditions Min f
HSE_ext
User external clock source frequency
Voltage scaling
Range 0 and 1
Voltage scaling
Range 2
-
t t
V
V
HSEH
HSEL w(HSEH) w(HSEL)
OSC_IN input pin high level voltage
OSC_IN input pin low level voltage
-
-
OSC_IN high or low time
Voltage scaling
Range 0 and 1
Voltage scaling
Range 2
1. Guaranteed by design.
0.7 V
DDIOx
V
SS
7
18
Typ
8
8
-
-
-
-
Max
48
26
V
DDIOx
0.3 V
DDIOx
-
-
Unit
MHz
V ns
Figure 33. High-speed external clock source AC timing diagram tw(HSEH)
VHSEH
VHSEL
90%
10% tr(HSE)
THSE tf(HSE) tw(HSEL) t
MS19214V2
DS12737 Rev 6 213/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Low-speed external user clock generated from an external source
In bypass mode the LSE oscillator is switched off and the input pin is a standard GPIO.
The external clock signal has to respect the I/O characteristics in Section 5.3.15
. However,
the recommended clock input waveform is shown in Figure 34 .
Symbol
Table 87. Low-speed external user clock characteristics (1)
Parameter f
LSE_ext
V
LSEH
User external clock source frequency
OSC32_IN input pin high level voltage
V
LSEL
OSC32_IN input pin low level voltage t w(LSEH) t w(LSEL)
OSC32_IN high or low time
1. Guaranteed by design.
Conditions
-
-
-
-
Min
-
0.7 V
DDIOx
V
SS
250
Typ
32.768
-
-
-
Max
1000
V
DDIOx
0.3 V
DDIOx
-
Unit kHz
V ns
Figure 34. Low-speed external clock source AC timing diagram tw(LSEH)
VLSEH
VLSEL
90%
10% tr(LSE)
TLSE tf(LSE) tw(LSEL) t
MS19215V2
214/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
High-speed external clock generated from a crystal/ceramic resonator
The high-speed external (HSE) clock can be supplied with a 4 to 48 MHz crystal/ceramic resonator oscillator. All the information given in this paragraph are based on design simulation results obtained with typical external components specified in
application, the resonator and the load capacitors have to be placed as close as possible to the oscillator pins in order to minimize output distortion and startup stabilization time. Refer to the crystal resonator manufacturer for more details on the resonator characteristics
(frequency, package, accuracy).
Symbol
Table 88. HSE oscillator characteristics (1)
Parameter Conditions
(2)
Min Typ Max Unit
I f
OSC_IN
R
F
DD(HSE)
Oscillator frequency
Feedback resistor
HSE current consumption
-
-
During startup
(3)
V
DD
= 3 V,
Rm = 30 Ω ,
CL = 10 pF@8 MHz
V
DD
= 3 V,
Rm = 45 Ω ,
CL = 10 pF@8 MHz
V
DD
= 3 V,
Rm = 30 Ω ,
CL = 5 pF@48 MHz
V
DD
= 3 V,
Rm = 30 Ω ,
CL = 10 pF@48 MHz
4
-
-
-
-
-
-
8
200
-
0.44
0.45
0.68
0.94
48
-
5.5
-
-
-
-
MHz k Ω mA
V
DD
= 3 V,
Rm = 30 Ω ,
CL = 20 pF@48 MHz
1.77
-
G m
Maximum critical crystal transconductance
Startup 1.5
mA/V t
SU(HSE)
(4)
Startup time V
DD
is stabilized 2 ms
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Resonator characteristics given by the crystal/ceramic resonator manufacturer.
3. This consumption level occurs during the first 2/3 of the t
SU(HSE) startup time
4. t
SU(HSE)
is the startup time measured from the moment it is enabled (by software) to a stabilized 8 MHz oscillation is reached. This value is measured for a standard crystal resonator and it can vary significantly with the crystal manufacturer
For C
L1
and C
L2
, it is recommended to use high-quality external ceramic capacitors in the
5 pF to 20 pF range (typ.), designed for high-frequency applications, and selected to match
the requirements of the crystal or resonator (see Figure 35
). C
L1
and C
L2 are usually the same size. The crystal manufacturer typically specifies a load capacitance which is the series combination of C
L1
and C
L2
. PCB and MCU pin capacitance must be included (10 pF can be used as a rough estimate of the combined pin and board capacitance) when sizing
C
L1
and C
L2
.
DS12737 Rev 6 215/340
307
Electrical characteristics
Note:
STM32L552xx
For information on selecting the crystal, refer to the application note AN2867 “Oscillator design guide for ST microcontrollers” available from the ST website www.st.com
.
Figure 35. Typical application with an 8 MHz crystal
Resonator with integrated capacitors
C
L1
OSC_IN f
HSE
8 MHz resonator
R
EXT
(1) OSC_OUT
R
F
Bias controlled gain
C
L2
MS19876V1
1. R
EXT
value depends on the crystal characteristics.
Low-speed external clock generated from a crystal resonator
The low-speed external (LSE) clock can be supplied with a 32.768 kHz crystal resonator oscillator. All the information given in this paragraph are based on design simulation results obtained with typical external components specified in
Table 89 . In the application, the
resonator and the load capacitors have to be placed as close as possible to the oscillator pins in order to minimize output distortion and startup stabilization time. Refer to the crystal resonator manufacturer for more details on the resonator characteristics (frequency, package, accuracy).
216/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
Note:
Electrical characteristics
Symbol
Table 89. LSE oscillator characteristics (f
LSE
= 32.768 kHz) (1)
Parameter Conditions
(2)
Min Typ Max Unit
I
DD(LSE)
LSE current consumption
LSEDRV[1:0] = 00
Low drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 01
Medium low drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 10
Medium high drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 11
High drive capability
-
-
-
250
315
500
630 -
-
-
nA
LSEDRV[1:0] = 00
Low drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 01
Medium low drive capability
-
-
-
-
0.5
0.75
Gm critmax
Maximum critical crystal gm
1.7
µA/V
LSEDRV[1:0] = 10
Medium high drive capability
LSEDRV[1:0] = 11
High drive capability
2.7
t
SU(LSE)
(3)
Startup time V
DD
is stabilized 2 -
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Refer to the note and caution paragraphs below the table, and to the application note AN2867 “Oscillator design guide for ST microcontrollers”.
3. t
SU(LSE)
is the startup time measured from the moment it is enabled (by software) to a stabilized
32.768 kHz oscillation is reached. This value is measured for a standard crystal and it can vary significantly with the crystal manufacturer s
For information on selecting the crystal, refer to the application note AN2867 “Oscillator design guide for ST microcontrollers” available from the ST website www.st.com
.
Figure 36. Typical application with a 32.768 kHz crystal
Resonator with integrated capacitors
C
L1
OSC32_IN f
LSE
32.768 kHz resonator
Drive programmable amplifier
OSC32_OUT
C
L2
Note:
MS30253V2
An external resistor is not required between OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT and it is forbidden to add one.
DS12737 Rev 6 217/340
307
Electrical characteristics
5.3.9 Internal clock source characteristics
STM32L552xx
The parameters given in
Table 90 are derived from tests performed under ambient
temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 27: General operating conditions
. The provided curves are characterization results, not tested in production.
High-speed internal (HSI16) RC oscillator
Symbol
Table 90. HSI16 oscillator characteristics (1)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
DuCy(HSI16)
(2) t
∆
I
∆
Temp
VDD t su stab
DD f
HSI16
TRIM
(HSI16)
(HSI16)
(HSI16)
(HSI16)
HSI16 Frequency
HSI16 user trimming step
V
DD
=3.0 V, T
A
=30 °C 15.88
Trimming code is not a multiple of 64
0.2
Trimming code is a multiple of 64
-
-4
45 Duty Cycle
HSI16 oscillator frequency drift over temperature
T
A
= 0 to 85 °C
T
A
= -40 to 125 °C
HSI16 oscillator frequency drift over V
DD
HSI16 oscillator start-up time
V
DD
=1.62 V to 3.6 V
-
-1
-2
-0.1
-
HSI16 oscillator stabilization time
HSI16 oscillator power consumption
-
-
-
-
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Guaranteed by design.
0.3
-6
-
-
-
-
-
0.8
3
16.08 MHz
0.4
-8
55
1
1.5
0.05
1.2
5
%
%
μ s
μ s
155 190 μ A
%
%
%
218/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
MHz
16.4
16.3
16.2
16.1
16
15.9
15.8
15.7
15.6
-40 -20
Electrical characteristics
Figure 37. HSI16 frequency versus temperature
+2 %
+1.5 %
+1 %
0
Mean
20
-1 %
-1.5 %
-2 %
40 min
60 80 max
100 120 °C
MSv39299V2
DS12737 Rev 6 219/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Multi-speed internal (MSI) RC oscillator
Symbol f
MSI
∆
TEMP
(MSI)
Parameter
MSI frequency after factory calibration, done at V
DD
T
A
=3 V and
=30 °C
MSI oscillator frequency drift over temperature
MSI mode
PLL mode
XTAL=
32.768 kHz
Range 0
Range 1
Range 2
Range 3
Range 4
Range 5
Range 6
Range 7
Range 8
Range 9
Range 10
Range 11
Range 0
Range 1
Range 2
Range 3
Range 4
Range 5
Range 6
Range 7
Range 8
Range 9
Range 10
Range 11
T
A
= -0 to 85 °C
MSI mode
T
A
= -40 to 125 °C
Table 91. MSI oscillator characteristics
(1)
Conditions Min
-
-
-
-
-
-
98.7
197.4
394.8
7896
0.987
1.974
3.948
7.896
15.79
23.69
31.58
47.38
-
-
-
-3.5
-
-
-
-8
Typ
98.304
196.608
393.216
786.432
1.016
1.999
4
8
1
2
16
24
32
48
100
200
400
800
3.998
7.995
15.991
23.986
32.014
48.005
-
-
Max Unit
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
101.3
202.6
405.2
810.4
kHz
1.013
2.026
4.052
8.104
MHz
16.21
24.31
32.42
48.62
kHz
MHz
%
6
220/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
Symbol
Table 91. MSI oscillator characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min
∆
∆
VDD
F
(MSI)
(2)
CC jitter(MSI)
(4)
P jitter(MSI)
MSI oscillator frequency drift over V
DD
(reference is
3 V)
MSI mode
Range 0 to 3
Range 4 to 7
V
DD
=1.62 V to 3.6 V
V
DD
=2.4 V to 3.6 V
V
DD
=1.62 V to 3.6 V
V
DD
=2.4 V to 3.6 V
Range 8 to 11
V
DD
=1.62 V to 3.6 V
V
DD
=2.4 V to 3.6 V
T
A
= -40 to 85 °C Frequency variation in sampling mode
(3)
MSI mode
T
A
= -40 to 125 °C
RMS cycle-tocycle jitter
PLL mode Range 11
RMS Period jitter PLL mode Range 11 -
t t
SU
(MSI)
STAB
MSI oscillator start-up time
Range 0
Range 1
Range 2
Range 3
MSI oscillator stabilization time
Range 4 to 7
Range 8 to 11
PLL mode
Range 11
10 % of final frequency
5 % of final frequency
1 % of final frequency
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-1.2
-0.5
-2.5
-0.8
-5
-1.6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Electrical characteristics
-
-
-
1
2
-
-
Typ
-
60
50
10
5
4
3
3
2.5
0.25
0.5
-
Max Unit
0.5
0.7
%
1
2
4
%
-
-
20
10
8
7
6
6
0.5
ps ps us
1.25
ms
2.5
DS12737 Rev 6 221/340
307
Electrical characteristics
Symbol
Table 91. MSI oscillator characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min
I
DD
MSI oscillator power consumption
MSI and
PLL mode
Range 0
Range 1
Range 2
Range 3
Range 4
Range 5
Range 6
Range 7
Range 8
Range 9
Range 10
Range 11
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. This is a deviation for an individual part once the initial frequency has been measured.
3. Sampling mode means Low-power run/Low-power sleep modes with Temperature sensor disable.
4. Guaranteed by design.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Typ
1.9
4.7
6.5
11
0.6
0.8
1.2
18.5
62
85
110
155
STM32L552xx
Max Unit
2.5
6
9
15
1
1.2
1.7
25
80
110
130
190
µA
Figure 38. Typical current consumption versus MSI frequency
222/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
High-speed internal 48 MHz (HSI48) RC oscillator
Symbol
Table 92. HSI48 oscillator characteristics
(1)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit f
HSI48
TRIM
HSI48 Frequency
HSI48 user trimming step
V
DD
=3.0V, T
A
=30°C
-
-
-
USER TRIM
COVERAGE
ACC
D t
HSI48_REL
VDD su
(HSI48)
(HSI48)
HSI48 user trimming coverage
DuCy(HSI48) Duty Cycle
±32 steps
-
±3
(3)
45
Accuracy of the HSI48 oscillator over temperature
(factory calibrated)
HSI48 oscillator frequency drift with V
DD
V
DD
T
A
= 3.0 V to 3.6 V,
= –15 to 85 °C
V
DD
T
A
= 1.65 V to 3.6 V,
= –40 to 125 °C
V
DD
= 3 V to 3.6 V
V
DD
= 1.65 V to 3.6 V -
-
-
-
HSI48 oscillator start-up time
-
I
DD
N
P
(HSI48)
T
T
jitter
jitter
HSI48 oscillator power consumption
Next transition jitter
Accumulated jitter on 28 cycles
(4)
Paired transition jitter
Accumulated jitter on 56
-
-
-
-
-
-
48
0.11
±3.5
-
-
-
(2)
0.025
0.05
1. V
DD
= 3 V, T
A
= –40 to 125°C unless otherwise specified.
2. Guaranteed by design.
3. Guaranteed by characterization results.
4. Jitter measurement are performed without clock source activated in parallel.
+/-0.15
+/-0.25
-
0.18
MHz
%
±3
-
-
-
±4.5
0.05
0.1
380
%
%
%
%
μ
μ s
A ns ns
DS12737 Rev 6 223/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Figure 39. HSI48 frequency versus temperature
2
0
-2
-4
6
%
4
-6
-50 -30 -10
Avg
10 30 min
50 70
Low-speed internal (LSI) RC oscillator
Symbol
Table 93. LSI oscillator characteristics (1)
Parameter Conditions t t
STAB
I
SU
DD f
LSI
(LSI)
(2)
LSI Frequency
V
DD
T
A
= 3.0 V,
= 30 °C
V
DD
T
A
= 1.62 to 3.6 V,
= -40 to 125 °C
LSI oscillator start-up time
-
-
LSI oscillator stabilization time
5% of final frequency
LSI oscillator power consumption
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Guaranteed by design.
Min
31.04
29.5
-
-
-
90 max
110 130
°C
MSv40989V1
Typ
-
-
80
125
110
Max Unit
32.96
34
130
180
180 kHz
μ s
μ s nA
224/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
The parameters given in
Table 94 are derived from tests performed under temperature and
V
DD
supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 27: General operating conditions .
Symbol
Table 94. PLL, PLLSAI1, PLLSAI2 characteristics
(1)
Parameter
PLL input clock
(2)
Conditions
-
Min
2.66
Typ Max Unit
16 MHz f f
PLL_IN
PLL_P_OUT
PLL input clock duty cycle
PLL multiplier output clock P
45
Voltage scaling Range 1 2.0645
Voltage scaling Range 0 2.0645
Voltage scaling Range 2 2.0645
f
PLL_Q_OUT
PLL multiplier output clock Q
Voltage scaling Range 1
Voltage scaling Range 0
Voltage scaling Range 2
Voltage scaling Range 1 f
PLL_R_OUT
PLL multiplier output clock R Voltage scaling Range 0
Voltage scaling Range 2
Voltage scaling Range 1
8
8
8
8
8
8
64 f
VCO_OUT
PLL VCO output t
LOCK
Jitter
PLL lock time
RMS cycle-to-cycle jitter
RMS period jitter
Voltage scaling Range 2
-
System clock 80 MHz
64
-
-
I
DD
(PLL)
PLL power consumption on
V
DD
VCO freq = 64 MHz
VCO freq = 96 MHz
VCO freq = 192 MHz
VCO freq = 344 MHz -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
15
40
80
110
26
80
55
80
110
26
110
26
344
128
40
-
30 -
150 200
200 260
300 380
520 650
%
MHz
μ s
±ps
μ A
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Take care of using the appropriate division factor M to obtain the specified PLL input clock values. The M factor is shared between the 3 PLLs.
DS12737 Rev 6 225/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx t
Symbol t prog prog_row t prog_page
Table 95. Flash memory characteristics (1)
Parameter
64-bit programming time
One row (64 double word) programming time
One page (4 Kbytes) programming time
Conditions
-
Normal programming
Fast programming
Normal programming
Fast programming
Typ
81.69
2.61
NA
20.91
NA t
ERASE
Page (4 Kbytes) erase time
22.02
t prog_bank
One bank (1 Mbyte) programming time
Normal programming
Fast programming
2.68
NA t
ME
Mass erase time
(one or two banks)
22.13
I
DD
Average consumption from V
DD
Maximum current (peak)
Write mode
Erase mode
Write mode
Erase mode
3.1
3.1
NA
NA
1. Guaranteed by design.
Symbol
Table 96. Flash memory endurance and data retention
Parameter Conditions
N t
END
RET
Endurance
Data retention
T
A
= –40 to +105 °C
1 kcycle (2) at T
A
= 85 °C
A
= 105 °C
A
= 125 °C
10 kcycles
A
= 55 °C
10 kcycles
A
= 85 °C
10 kcycles
A
= 105 °C
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Cycling performed over the whole temperature range.
Min (1)
30
15
10
10
30
15
7
Unit kcycles
Years
Max Unit
83.35
µs
2.67
NA
21.34
NA ms
24.47
2.73
NA s
24.59
ms
NA
NA
NA
NA mA
226/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Susceptibility tests are performed on a sample basis during device characterization.
Functional EMS (electromagnetic susceptibility)
While a simple application is executed on the device (toggling 2 LEDs through I/O ports). the device is stressed by two electromagnetic events until a failure occurs. The failure is indicated by the LEDs:
• Electrostatic discharge (ESD) (positive and negative) is applied to all device pins until a functional disturbance occurs. This test is compliant with the IEC 61000-4-2 standard.
• FTB : A Burst of Fast Transient voltage (positive and negative) is applied to V
V
SS
through a 100 pF capacitor, until a functional disturbance occurs. This test is compliant with the IEC 61000-4-4 standard.
DD
and
A device reset allows normal operations to be resumed.
The test results are given in Table 97
. They are based on the EMS levels and classes defined in application note AN1709.
Symbol
Table 97. EMS characteristics
Parameter Conditions
Level/
Class
V
FESD
V
EFTB
Voltage limits to be applied on any I/O pin to induce a functional disturbance
Fast transient voltage burst limits to be applied through 100 pF on V
DD
and V pins to induce a functional disturbance
SS f
V
DD
= 3.3 V, T
A
HCLK
= +25 °C,
= 110 MHz, conforming to IEC 61000-4-2 f
V
DD
= 3.3 V, T
A
HCLK
= +25 °C,
= 110 MHz, conforming to IEC 61000-4-4
3B
5A
Designing hardened software to avoid noise problems
EMC characterization and optimization are performed at component level with a typical application environment and simplified MCU software. It should be noted that good EMC performance is highly dependent on the user application and the software in particular.
Therefore it is recommended that the user applies EMC software optimization and prequalification tests in relation with the EMC level requested for his application.
Software recommendations
The software flowchart must include the management of runaway conditions such as:
• Corrupted program counter
• Unexpected reset
• Critical Data corruption (control registers...)
DS12737 Rev 6 227/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Prequalification trials
Most of the common failures (unexpected reset and program counter corruption) can be reproduced by manually forcing a low state on the NRST pin or the Oscillator pins for 1 second.
To complete these trials, ESD stress can be applied directly on the device, over the range of specification values. When unexpected behavior is detected, the software can be hardened to prevent unrecoverable errors occurring (see application note AN1015).
Electromagnetic Interference (EMI)
The electromagnetic field emitted by the device are monitored while a simple application is executed (toggling 2 LEDs through the I/O ports). This emission test is compliant with
IEC 61967-2 standard which specifies the test board and the pin loading.
Symbol Parameter
S
EMI
Peak level
Table 98. EMI characteristics
Conditions
V
DD
= 3.6 V,
T
A =
25°C,
LQFP144 package compliant with IEC
61967-2
Monitored frequency band
0.1 MHz to 30 MHz
30 MHz to 130 MHz
130 MHz to 1 GHz
1 GHz to 2 GHz
EMI Level
Max vs
[f
HSE
/f
HCLK
]
8 MHz / 110 MHz
16
11
4
0
3.5
Unit dB μ V
-
Based on three different tests (ESD, LU) using specific measurement methods, the device is stressed in order to determine its performance in terms of electrical sensitivity.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
Electrostatic discharges (a positive then a negative pulse separated by 1 second) are applied to the pins of each sample according to each pin combination. The sample size depends on the number of supply pins in the device (3 parts × (n+1) supply pins). This test conforms to the ANSI/JEDEC standard.
Table 99. ESD absolute maximum ratings
Symbol Ratings Conditions Class
Maximum value
(1)
Unit
V
ESD(HBM)
Electrostatic discharge voltage (human body model)
V
ESD(CDM)
Electrostatic discharge voltage (charge device model)
T
A
= +25 °C, conforming to
ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC JS-001
T
A
= +25 °C, conforming to
ANSI/ESDA/JEDEC
JS-002
LQFP144, LQFP100,
WLCSP81
Other packages
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2
C1
C2a
2000
250
500
V
228/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Static latch-up
Two complementary static tests are required on three parts to assess the latch-up performance:
• A supply overvoltage is applied to each power supply pin.
• A current injection is applied to each input, output and configurable I/O pin.
These tests are compliant with EIA/JESD 78E IC latch-up standard.
Symbol
LU
Parameter
Table 100. Electrical sensitivities
Conditions
Static latch-up class T
A
= +105 °C conforming to JESD78E
Class
Class II level A
As a general rule, current injection to the I/O pins, due to external voltage below V
SS above V
DDIOx product operation. However, in order to give an indication of the robustness of the
or
(for standard, 3.3 V-capable I/O pins) should be avoided during normal microcontroller in cases when abnormal injection accidentally happens, susceptibility tests are performed on a sample basis during device characterization.
Functional susceptibility to I/O current injection
While a simple application is executed on the device, the device is stressed by injecting current into the I/O pins programmed in floating input mode. While current is injected into the I/O pin, one at a time, the device is checked for functional failures.
The failure is indicated by an out of range parameter: ADC error above a certain limit (higher than 5 LSB TUE), out of conventional limits of induced leakage current on adjacent pins (out of the -5 µA/+0 µA range) or other functional failure (for example reset occurrence or oscillator frequency deviation).
The characterization results are given in
.
Negative induced leakage current is caused by negative injection and positive induced leakage current is caused by positive injection.
Symbol
Table 101. I/O current injection susceptibility
Functional susceptibility
Description
Negative injection
Positive injection
Unit
I
INJ
(1)
Injected current on all pins except TT_a, PB0, PB15,
PE9, PG0
Injected current on pins PB0, PB15, PE9, PG0
Injected current on TT_a pins
1. Guaranteed by characterization.
-5
0
-5
NA
NA
0 mA
DS12737 Rev 6 229/340
307
Sym bol
General input/output characteristics
in Table 27: General operating conditions
. All I/Os are designed as CMOS- and TTL-compliant.
Parameter
V
IL
(1)
I/O input low level voltage
V
I/O input high level voltage
All IOs except FT_c
FT_c
V
Input hysteresis
All IOs except FT_c
FT_c
TT_xx, FT_xx and
NRST
FT_sx
Table 102. I/O static characteristics
Conditions
1.62 V < V
DDIOx
< 3.6 V
1.62 V < V
DDIOx
< 3.6 V
1.08 V < V
DDIOx
< 1.62 V
1.62 V < V
DDIOx
< 3.6 V
1.62 V < V
DDIOx
< 3.6 V
1.08 V < V
DDIOx
< 1.62 V
1.62 V < V
DDIOx
< 3.6 V
1.62 V < V
DDIOx
< 3.6 V
1.08 V < V
DDIOx
< 1.62 V
1.62 V < V
DDIOx
< 3.6 V
1.08 V < V
DDIOx
< 1.62 V
1.62 V < V
DDIOx
< 3.6 V
1.08 V < V
DDIOx
< 1.62 V
Min Typ Max Unit
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.7×V
0.49×V
DDIOX
+0.26
0.61×V
DDIOX
+0.05
0.7×V
0.7×V
200
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.3×V
DDIOx
(2)
0.39×V
DDIOx
0.43×V
DDIOx
-0.1
0.3×V
0.25×V
0.2×V
-
-
-
5
5
-
V
V mV
150 -
Table 102. I/O static characteristics (continued)
Sym bol
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
I lkg
Input leakage current
FT_xx
FT_u
TT_xx
(3)
OPAMPx_VINM(x=1,2)
FT_c
FT_d
0 < V
IN
≤ Max(V
DDXXX
)
(4)(5)
Max(V
DDXXX
) ≤ V
IN
≤ Max(V
DDXXX
Max(V
DDXXX
) + 1 V < V
IN
≤
0 <V
IN
≤ Max(V
DDXXX
)
Max(V
DDXXX
) ≤ V
IN
≤ Max(V
DDXXX
) +1 V
Max(V
DDXXX
) +1 V < VIN ≤
V
IN
≤ Max(V
DDXXX
)
Max(V
DDXXX
) ≤ V
IN
< 3.6 V
-
0 <V
IN
≤ Max(V
DDXXX
)
Max(V
DDXXX
) < V
IN
≤
0 <V
IN
≤ Max(V
DDXXX
)
Max(V
DDXXX
) < V
IN
≤ 5.5 V
V
IN
= V
SS
V
IN
= V
DDIOx
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
±100
650
200
±150
2500
(6)
250
±150
(8)
2000
3000
4500
9000
R
PU
R
PD
C
IO
Weak pull-up equivalent resistor
Weak pull-down equivalent resistor
I/O pin capacitance
25
25
-
40
40
5
55
55
-
1. Refer to
Figure 40: I/O input characteristics
.
2. Guaranteed by design.
3. All FT_xx IO except FT_u and FT_c.
4. This value represents the pad leakage of the IO itself. The total product pad leakage is provided by this formula: I applied on the pad] × I lkg
(Max).
Total_Ileak_max
= 10 μ A + [number of IOs where V
IN
is
5. Max(V
DDXXX
) is the maximum value of all the I/O supplies. Refer to Table: Legend/Abbreviations used in the pinout table.
6. To sustain a voltage higher than MIN(V
DD
, V
DDA
, V
DDIO2
and V
DDUSB
) +0.3 V, the internal Pull-up and Pull-Down resistors must be disabled.
7. Pull-up and pull-down resistors are designed with a true resistance in series with a switchable PMOS/NMOS. This PMOS/NMOS contribution to the series resistance is minimal (~10% order).
8. Refer to I bias
in
Table 119: OPAMP characteristics for the values of the OPAMP dedicated input leakage current.
nA k Ω k Ω pF
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
All I/Os are CMOS- and TTL-compliant (no software configuration required). Their characteristics cover more than the strict CMOS-technology or TTL parameters. The
coverage of these requirements is shown in Figure 40
for standard I/Os, and in
for
5 V tolerant I/Os.
Figure 40. I/O input characteristics
Vil – Vih all IO
TTL requirement Vih min = 2V
min = 0
.7xV
DDIO x
DDIOx
+0.2
6 for V
DDIOx
>1.6
2
DDIOx
<1.62 or
0.49xV
Teste d in production CMOS requirement Vih on Vi h min = 0.
lation V il max
61xV
DDIOx
=0.43xV
DDIOx
+0.05
for 1.08<V
-0.1 for 1.08
<V DDIOx
<1.62 or 0.39xV
ax = 0.3xVdd
DDIOx
-0.06 for V
DDIO x
>1.62
TTL requirement Vil max = 0.8V
Based on simu uirement Vil m
Tested in produ ction CMOS req
MSv62973V1
Output driving current
The GPIOs (general purpose input/outputs) can sink or source up to ±8 mA, and sink or source up to ± 20 mA (with a relaxed V
OL
/V
OH
).
In the user application, the number of I/O pins which can drive current must be limited to respect the absolute maximum rating specified in
:
• The sum of the currents sourced by all the I/Os on V
DDIOx, consumption of the MCU sourced on V
DD,
Σ I
VDD
(see Table 24: Voltage characteristics ).
plus the maximum cannot exceed the absolute maximum rating
• The sum of the currents sunk by all the I/Os on V
SS
, plus the maximum consumption of the MCU sunk on V
SS
, cannot exceed the absolute maximum rating
Table 24: Voltage characteristics
).
Σ I
VSS
(see
Output voltage levels
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in the table below are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 27: General operating conditions . All I/Os are CMOS- and TTL-compliant (FT OR TT
unless otherwise specified).
232/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
Table 103. Output voltage characteristics (1)
Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
OL
OH
OL
(3)
OH
OL
OH
OL
OH
Output low level voltage for an I/O pin
Output high level voltage for an I/O pin
CMOS port
|I
|I
V
IO
IO
|
DDIOx
(2)
= 2 mA for FT_c
| = 8 mA for other I/Os
≥ 2.7 V
Output low level voltage for an I/O pin
Output high level voltage for an I/O pin
TTL port
|I
|I
V
IO
IO
|
DDIOx
= 2 mA for FT_c
|= 8 mA for other I/Os
≥ 2.7 V
Output low level voltage for an I/O pin
Output high level voltage for an I/O pin
All I/Os except FT_c
|I
V
IO
| = 20 mA
DDIOx
≥ 2.7 V
Output low level voltage for an I/O pin
Output high level voltage for an I/O pin
|I
IO
|I
IO
| = 1 mA for FT_c
| = 4 mA for other I/Os
1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
V
V
V
-
DDIOx
-
2.4
-
DDIOx
-
DDIOx
-0.4
-1.3
-0.45
0.4
-
-
0.4
1.3
-
-
0.4
V
V
V
OL
OH
Output low level voltage for an I/O pin
Output high level voltage for an I/O pin
|I
IO
|I
IO
| = 1 mA for FT_c
| = 2 mA for other I/Os
1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
< 1.62 V
0.65
ₓ
-
V
DDIOx
0.35
V
ₓ
DDIOx
V
Output low level voltage for an FT I/O pin in FM+ mode
(FT I/O with "f" option)
|I
IO
| = 20 mA
V
DDIOx
≥ 2.7 V
|I
IO
| = 10 mA
1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
|I
IO
| = 2 mA
1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
< 1.62 V
-
-
0.4
0.4
0.4
1. The I
IO
current sourced or sunk by the device must always respect the absolute maximum rating specified in
, and the sum of respect the absolute maximum ratings the currents sourced or sunk by all the I/Os (I/O ports and control pins) must always
Σ I
IO
.
2. TTL and CMOS outputs are compatible with JEDEC standards JESD36 and JESD52.
3. Guaranteed by design.
Input/output AC characteristics
The definition and values of input/output AC characteristics are given in
and
, respectively.
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 27: General operating conditions
.
DS12737 Rev 6 233/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Table 104. I/O AC characteristics (All I/Os except FT_c) (1)(2)
Speed Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max
00
01
Fmax
Tr/Tf
Fmax
Tr/Tf
Maximum frequency
Output rise and fall time
Maximum frequency
Output rise and fall time
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=10 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=10 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=10 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=10 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=10 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=10 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=10 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=10 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=10 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=10 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=10 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=10 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
140
17
37
110
25
10
1.5
0.1
25
52
5
1
0.1
10
1
9
16
40
4.5
1
50
15
9
21
Unit
MHz ns
MHz ns
234/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Table 104. I/O AC characteristics (All I/Os except FT_c) (1)(2) (continued)
Speed Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit
10
11
Fm+
Fmax
Tr/Tf
Fmax
Tr/Tf
Fmax
Tf
Maximum frequency
Output rise and fall time
Maximum frequency
Output rise and fall time
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=10 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=10 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=10 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=10 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=10 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=10 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=30 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=30 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=30 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=10 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=10 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=10 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
C=30 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=30 pF, 1.62 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=30 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 1.62 V
Maximum frequency
Output fall time
(4)
C=50 pF, 1.6 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
-
1
5
1. The I/O speed is configured using the OSPEEDRy[1:0] bits. The Fm+ mode is configured in the
SYSCFG_CFGR1 register. Refer to the RM0438 reference manual for a description of GPIO Port configuration register.
2. Guaranteed by design.
3. This value represents the I/O capability but the maximum system frequency is limited to 110 MHz.
4. The fall time is defined between 70% and 30% of the output waveform accordingly to I 2 C specification.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
110
50
10
180
(3)
75
10
28
2.5
5
12
3.3
6
16
37.5
5
5.8
11
50
25
5
100
MHz ns
MHz ns
MHz ns
DS12737 Rev 6 235/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Speed Symbol
Table 105. FT_c I/O AC characteristics (1)(2)
Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit
0
1
Fmax
Tr/Tf
Fmax
Tr/Tf
Maximum frequency
Output rise and fall time
Maximum frequency
Output rise and fall time
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 1.6 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 1.6 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 1.6 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 2.7 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V
C=50 pF, 1.6 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 2.7 V
C=50 pF, 1.08 V ≤ V
DDIOx
≤ 3.6 V -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
1
0.1
170
330
3300
10
5
0.7
35
65
400
1. The I/O speed is configured using the OSPEEDRy[0] bit. Refer to the RM0438 reference manual for a description of GPIO Port configuration register.
2. Guaranteed by design.
MHz ns
MHz ns
Figure 41. I/O AC characteristics definition
90% 10%
50% 50%
10% 90% t r(IO)out t f(IO)out
T when loaded by the specified capacitance.
MS32132V2
1. Refer to Table 104: I/O AC characteristics (All I/Os except FT_c)
.
5.3.16 NRST pin characteristics
The NRST pin input driver uses the CMOS technology. It is connected to a permanent pullup resistor, R
PU
.
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in the table below are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature and supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 27: General operating conditions .
236/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
Table 106. NRST pin characteristics (1)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
V
IL(NRST)
V
IH(NRST)
V hys(NRST)
R
PU
V
F(NRST)
V
NF(NRST)
NRST input low level voltage
NRST input high level voltage
NRST Schmitt trigger voltage hysteresis
Weak pull-up equivalent resistor
(2)
NRST input filtered pulse
NRST input not filtered pulse
V
IN
= V
SS
-
-
-
-
1.71 V ≤ V
DD
≤ 3.6 V
0.7
ₓ V
DDIOx
-
-
25
-
350
-
-
200
40
-
-
0.3
ₓ V
DDIOx
-
-
55
70
-
V mV k Ω ns ns
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. The pull-up is designed with a true resistance in series with a switchable PMOS. This PMOS contribution to the series resistance is minimal (~10% order)
.
Figure 42. Recommended NRST pin protection
External reset circuit
(1) V
DD
R
PU
NRST
(2)
Filter
Internal reset
0.1 μF
MS19878V3
1. The reset network protects the device against parasitic resets.
2. The user must ensure that the level on the NRST pin can go below the V
IL(NRST)
max level specified in
Table 106: NRST pin characteristics
. Otherwise the reset is not taken into account by the device.
3. The external capacitor on NRST must be placed as close as possible to the device.
5.3.17 Extended interrupt and event controller input (EXTI) characteristics
The pulse on the interrupt input must have a minimal length in order to guarantee that it is detected by the event controller.
Table 107. EXTI input characteristics
(1)
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
PLEC
Pulse length to event controller
1. Guaranteed by design.
20 ns
DS12737 Rev 6 237/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
5.3.18 Analog switches booster
Symbol
Table 108. Analog switches booster characteristics (1)
Parameter
V
DD t
SU(BOOST)
Supply voltage
Booster startup time
I
DD(BOOST)
Booster consumption for
1.62 V ≤ V
DD
≤ 2.0 V
Booster consumption for
2.0 V ≤ V
DD
≤ 2.7 V
Booster consumption for
2.7 V ≤ V
DD
≤ 3 .6 V
1. Guaranteed by design.
Min
1.62
-
-
-
-
Typ
-
-
-
-
-
Max
3.6
240
250
500
900
Unit
V
µs
µA
238/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Note:
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in
Table 109 are preliminary values
derived from tests performed under ambient temperature, f
PCLK frequency and V voltage conditions summarized in
Table 27: General operating conditions .
DDA
supply
It is recommended to perform a calibration after each power-up.
Symbol
V
DDA
V
REF+
V
REFf
ADC f s f
TRIG
V
AIN
(3)
R
AIN
C
ADC
Table 109. ADC characteristics
(1) (2)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ
Analog supply voltage
Positive reference voltage
Negative reference voltage
V
V
DDA
DDA
≥ 2 V
< 2 V
-
-
ADC clock frequency
Sampling rate for FAST channels
Sampling rate for SLOW channels
External trigger frequency
Range 0 and 1
Range 2
Resolution = 12 bits
Resolution = 10 bits
Resolution = 8 bits
Resolution = 6 bits
Resolution = 12 bits
Resolution = 10 bits
Resolution = 8 bits
Resolution = 6 bits f
ADC
= 80 MHz
Resolution = 12 bits
Resolution = 12 bits
Conversion voltage range(2)
External input impedance
Internal sample and hold capacitor
-
-
-
1.62
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
-
-
V
DDA
V
SSA
-
-
-
-
-
-
5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Max
3.6
V
DDA
80
26
5.33
6.15
7.27
8.88
4.21
4.71
5.33
6.15
5.33
15
V
REF+
50
-
Unit
V
V
V
V
MHz
Msps
MHz
1/f
ADC
V k Ω pF t
STAB t
CAL
Power-up time -
Calibration time f
ADC
= 80 MHz
-
1
1.45
116 conversi on cycle
µs
1/f
ADC
DS12737 Rev 6 239/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Symbol
Table 109. ADC characteristics (1) (2) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit t t t
LATR
LATRINJ t s
ADCVREG_STU
P
Trigger conversion latency Regular and injected channels without conversion abort
CKMODE = 00
CKMODE = 01
CKMODE = 10
CKMODE = 11
Trigger conversion latency Injected channels aborting a regular conversion
CKMODE = 00
CKMODE = 01
CKMODE = 10
CKMODE = 11
Sampling time f
ADC
= 80 MHz
-
ADC voltage regulator startup time
-
Total conversion time
(including sampling time) f
ADC
= 80 MHz
Resolution = 12 bits
Resolution = 12 bits
1.5
-
-
2.5
-
-
-
-
0.03125
2.5
-
0.1875
2
-
-
-
3
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
2.5
2.0
2.25
2.125
3.5
3.0
3.25
3.125
8.00625
640.5
20
8.1625
1/f
1/f
1/f
ADC
ADC
µs
ADC
µs
µs
I
I
I t
CONV
DDA
(ADC)
DDV_S
DDV_D
(ADC)
(ADC)
ADC consumption from the V
DDA supply
ADC consumption from the V
REF+ single ended mode
ADC consumption from the V
REF+ differential mode fs = 5 Msps fs = 1 Msps fs = 10 ksps fs = 5 Msps fs = 1 Msps fs = 10 ksps fs = 5 Msps fs = 1 Msps fs = 10 ksps ts + 12.5 cycles for successive approximation
= 15 to 653
730 830
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
160
16
130
30
0.6
260
60
1.3
220
50
160
40
2
310
70
3
1/f
ADC
µA
µA
µA
1. Guaranteed by design
2. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enable when V
SYSCFG_CFGR1 when V
DDA
< 2.4V). It is disable when V
< 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the
DDA
≥ 2.4 V.
3.
V
REF+
can be internally connected to V the package.
DDA
and V
REF-
can be internally connected to V
Refer to Section 4: Pinouts and pin description for further details.
SSA
, depending on
240/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
The maximum value of R
AIN
can be found in Table 110: Maximum ADC RAIN
.
Resolution
Table 110. Maximum ADC R
AIN
(1)(2)
Sampling cycle
@80 MHz
Sampling time
[ns] @80 MHz
R
AIN
max ( Ω )
Fast channels
(3)
12 bits
10 bits
8 bits
6 bits
92.5
247.5
640.5
2.5
6.5
12.5
640.5
2.5
6.5
12.5
24.5
47.5
24.5
47.5
92.5
247.5
640.5
640.5
2.5
6.5
12.5
24.5
47.5
92.5
247.5
2.5
6.5
12.5
24.5
47.5
92.5
247.5
8006.75
31.25
81.25
156.25
306.25
593.75
1156.25
3093.75
8006.75
31.25
81.25
156.25
8006.75
31.25
81.25
156.25
306.25
593.75
1156.25
3093.75
31.25
81.25
156.25
306.25
593.75
1156.25
3093.75
306.25
593.75
1156.25
3093.75
8006.75
6800
15000
50000
220
560
1200
47000
180
470
1000
1800
2700
39000
120
390
820
1500
2200
5600
12000
100
330
680
1500
2200
4700
12000
2700
3900
8200
18000
50000
5600
12000
50000
N/A
330
1000
39000
N/A
270
680
1500
2200
33000
N/A
180
560
1200
1800
4700
10000
N/A
100
470
1200
1800
3900
10000
2200
3300
6800
15000
50000
(4)
DS12737 Rev 6 241/340
307
Electrical characteristics
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enable when V
SYSCFG_CFGR1 when V
DDA
< 2.4V). It is disable when V
< 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the
DDA
≥ 2.4 V.
3. Fast channels are: PC0, PC1, PC2, PC3, PA0.
4. Slow channels are: all ADC inputs except the fast channels.
STM32L552xx
242/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Table 111. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 1 (1)(2)(3)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
ET
EO
EG
ED
EL
ENOB
SINAD
SNR
Total unadjusted error
Offset error
Gain error
Differential linearity error
Integral linearity error
ADC clock frequency ≤
80 MHz,
Sampling rate ≤ 5.33 Msps,
V
DDA
= VREF+ = 3 V,
TA = 25 °C
(ADC clock frequency ≤
58 MHz for LQFP144)
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Effective number of bits
Signal-tonoise and distortion ratio
Signal-tonoise ratio
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
1
1
1
3.5
3.5
2
1 2
1.5
2.5
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
1.5
1
1
2.5
2
2
Fast channel (max speed) 10.4 10.5
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10.4 10.5
-
Fast channel (max speed) 10.8 10.9
-
4 5
4 5
3.5
4.5
3.5
4.5
1 2.5
1 2.5
1.5
2.5
1.5
2.5
2.5
4.5
2.5
4.5
2.5
3.5
2.5
3.5
Slow channel (max speed) 10.8 10.9
-
Fast channel (max speed) 64.4 65 -
Slow channel (max speed) 64.4 65 -
Fast channel (max speed) 66.8 67.4
-
Slow channel (max speed) 66.8 67.4
-
Fast channel (max speed) 65 66 -
Slow channel (max speed) 65 66
Fast channel (max speed) 67 68
Slow channel (max speed) 67 68
-
-
-
LSB bits dB
DS12737 Rev 6 243/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Table 111. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 1 (1)(2)(3) (continued)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
THD
Total harmonic distortion
ADC clock frequency ≤
80 MHz,
Sampling rate ≤ 5.33 Msps,
V
DDA
= V
REF+
= 3 V,
TA = 25 °C
(ADC clock frequency ≤
58 MHz for LQFP144)
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed)
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
-74 -73
-74 -73
-79 -76
-79 -76 dB
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
3. ADC accuracy vs. negative Injection Current: Injecting negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided as this significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is recommended to add a
Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative current.
4. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enable when V
V
DDA
< 2.4 V). It is disable when V
DDA
DDA
< 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
≥ 2.4 V. No oversampling.
244/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Table 112. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 2 (1)(2)(3)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
ET
EO
EG
ED
EL
ENOB
SINAD
SNR
Total unadjusted error
Offset error
Gain error
Effective number of bits
Signal-tonoise and distortion ratio
Signal-tonoise ratio
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Differential linearity error
Integral linearity error
ADC clock frequency ≤
80 MHz,
Sampling rate ≤ 5.33 Msps,
2 V ≤ V
DDA
(ADC clock frequency ≤
58 MHz for LQFP144)
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) 1 3.5
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed)
Slow channel (max speed)
Fast channel (max speed) -
-
-
1
1
1
3.5
2
2
2.5
4.5
2.5
4.5
1 3
Slow channel (max speed) 1 2.5
Fast channel (max speed) 10 10.5
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10 10.5
-
Fast channel (max speed) 10.7 10.9
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10.7 10.9
-
Fast channel (max speed) 62 65 -
4 6.5
4 6.5
3.5
5.5
3.5
5.5
1 4.5
1 5
1.5
3
1.5
3
2.5
6
2.5
6
2.5
3.5
2.5
3.5
Slow channel (max speed) 62 65
Fast channel (max speed) 66 67.4
-
-
Slow channel (max speed) 66 67.4
-
Fast channel (max speed) 64 66
Slow channel (max speed) 64 66
Fast channel (max speed) 66.5 68
Slow channel (max speed) 66.5 68
-
-
-
-
LSB bits dB
DS12737 Rev 6 245/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Table 112. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 2 (1)(2)(3) (continued)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
THD
Total harmonic distortion
ADC clock frequency ≤
80 MHz,
Sampling rate ≤ 5.33 Msps,
2 V ≤ V
DDA
(ADC clock frequency ≤
58 MHz for LQFP144)
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed)
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
-74 -65
-74 -67
-79 -70
-79 -71 dB
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
3. ADC accuracy vs. negative Injection Current: Injecting negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided as this significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is recommended to add a
Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative current.
4. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enable when V
V
DDA
< 2.4 V). It is disable when V
DDA
DDA
< 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
≥ 2.4 V. No oversampling.
246/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Table 113. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 3 (1)(2)(3)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
ET
EO
EG
ED
EL
ENOB
SINAD
SNR
Total unadjusted error
Offset error
Gain error
Effective number of bits
Signal-tonoise and distortion ratio
Signal-tonoise ratio
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Differential linearity error
Integral linearity error
ADC clock frequency ≤
80 MHz,
Sampling rate ≤ 5.33 Msps,
1.65 V ≤ V
DDA
3.6 V,
= V
REF+
≤
Voltage scaling Range 1
(ADC clock frequency ≤
58 MHz for LQFP144)
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) 1 3.5
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed)
Slow channel (max speed)
Fast channel (max speed) -
-
-
1
1
1
3.5
2
2
2.5
4.5
2.5
4.5
2 2.5
Slow channel (max speed) 2 2.5
Fast channel (max speed) 10 10.4
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10 10.4
-
Fast channel (max speed) 10.6 10.7
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10.6 10.7
-
Fast channel (max speed) 62 64 -
5.5
7.5
4.5
6.5
4.5
7.5
4.5
5.5
2 5
2.5
5
2 3.5
2.5
3
4.5
7
3.5
6
3.5
4
3.5
5
Slow channel (max speed) 62 64
Fast channel (max speed) 65 66
Slow channel (max speed) 65 66
Fast channel (max speed) 63 65
Slow channel (max speed) 63 65
Fast channel (max speed) 66 67
Slow channel (max speed) 66 67
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
LSB bits dB
DS12737 Rev 6 247/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Table 113. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 3 (1)(2)(3) (continued)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
THD
Total harmonic distortion
ADC clock frequency ≤
80 MHz,
Sampling rate ≤ 5.33 Msps,
1.65 V ≤ V
DDA
3.6 V,
= V
REF+
≤
Voltage scaling Range 1
(ADC clock frequency ≤
58 MHz for LQFP144)
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed)
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
-69 -67
-71 -67
-72 -71
-72 -71 dB
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
3. ADC accuracy vs. negative Injection Current: Injecting negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided as this significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is recommended to add a
Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative current.
4. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enable when V
V
DDA
< 2.4 V). It is disable when V
DDA
DDA
< 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
≥ 2.4 V. No oversampling.
248/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Table 114. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 4 (1)(2)(3)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
ET
EO
EG
ED
EL
ENOB
SINAD
SNR
Total unadjusted error
Offset error
Gain error
Differential linearity error
Integral linearity error
ADC clock frequency ≤
26 MHz,
1.65 V ≤ V
DDA
3.6 V,
= VREF+ ≤
Voltage scaling Range 2
Effective number of bits
Signal-tonoise and distortion ratio
Signal-tonoise ratio
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) 1 1.5
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed)
Slow channel (max speed)
Fast channel (max speed) -
-
-
1
1
1
1.5
1.2
1.2
2.5
3
2.5
3
2 2.5
Slow channel (max speed) 2 2.5
Fast channel (max speed) 10.2 10.5
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10.2 10.5
-
Fast channel (max speed) 10.6 10.7
-
Slow channel (max speed) 10.6 10.7
-
Fast channel (max speed) 63 65 -
5 5.4
4
4
5
5
3.5
4.5
2 4
2 4
2 3.5
3
3
2 3.5
4 4.5
4 4.5
4
4
Slow channel (max speed) 63 65
Fast channel (max speed) 65 66
Slow channel (max speed) 65 66
Fast channel (max speed) 64 65
Slow channel (max speed) 64 65
Fast channel (max speed) 66 67
Slow channel (max speed) 66 67
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
LSB bits dB
DS12737 Rev 6 249/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Table 114. ADC accuracy - limited test conditions 4 (1)(2)(3) (continued)
Symbol
Parameter Conditions
(4)
Min Typ Max Unit
THD
Total harmonic distortion
ADC clock frequency
26 MHz,
1.65 V ≤ V
DDA
3.6 V,
≤
= VREF+ ≤
Voltage scaling Range 2
Single ended
Differential
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
Fast channel (max speed) -
Slow channel (max speed) -
-71 -69
-71 -69
-73 -72
-73 -72 dB
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. ADC DC accuracy values are measured after internal calibration.
3. ADC accuracy vs. negative Injection Current: Injecting negative current on any analog input pins should be avoided as this significantly reduces the accuracy of the conversion being performed on another analog input. It is recommended to add a
Schottky diode (pin to ground) to analog pins which may potentially inject negative current.
4. The I/O analog switch voltage booster is enable when V
V
DDA
< 2.4 V). It is disable when V
DDA
DDA
< 2.4 V (BOOSTEN = 1 in the SYSCFG_CFGR1 when
≥ 2.4 V. No oversampling.
250/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Figure 43. ADC accuracy characteristics
7
2
1
4
3
6
5
0
V
SSA
4095
4094
4093
E O
E
T
E
L
1 LSB
IDEAL
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
(2)
E D
(3)
(1)
E G
4093 4094 4095 4096
(1) Example of an actual transfer curve
(2) The ideal transfer curve
(3) End point correlation line
E
T
= total unajusted error : maximum deviation
between the actual and ideal transfer curves.
E
O
= offset error : maximum deviation
between the first actual transition and
the first ideal one.
E
G
= gain error : deviation between the last
ideal transition and the last actual one.
E
D
= differential linearity error : maximum
deviation between actual steps and the ideal ones.
E
L
= integral linearity error : maximum deviation
between any actual transition and the end point
correlation line.
V
DDA
MS19880V2
Figure 44. Typical connection diagram using the ADC
V
DDA
V
T
V
AIN
R
AIN
(1)
AINx
C parasitic
(2)
V
T
I lkg
(3)
Sample and hold ADC converter
R
ADC
12-bit converter
C
ADC
MS33900V5
1. Refer to Table 109: ADC characteristics for the values of R
AIN
and C
ADC
.
2. C parasitic
represents the capacitance of the PCB (dependent on soldering and PCB layout quality) plus the
Table 102: I/O static characteristics
for the value of the pad capacitance). A high
C parasitic
value downgrades the conversion accuracy. To remedy this, f
ADC
should be reduced.
3. Refer to Table 102: I/O static characteristics for the values of I
lkg
.
General PCB design guidelines
Power supply decoupling should be performed as shown in the corresponding power supply scheme. The 10 nF capacitor should be ceramic (good quality) and it should be placed as close as possible to the chip.
DS12737 Rev 6 251/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Symbol
V
DDA
V
REF+
Parameter
Table 115. DAC characteristics (1)
Analog supply voltage for
DAC ON
Conditions Min
DAC output buffer OFF, DAC_OUT pin not connected (internal connection only)
1.71
Other modes 1.80
Positive reference voltage
DAC output buffer OFF, DAC_OUT pin not connected (internal connection only)
Other modes
1.71
1.80
V
R
R
REF-
R
R
L
O
BON
BOFF
Negative reference voltage -
Resistive load
Output Impedance
Output impedance sample and hold mode, output buffer ON
Output impedance sample and hold mode, output buffer OFF
Capacitive load
DAC output buffer ON connected to V
SSA connected to V
DDA
DAC output buffer OFF
V
DD
= 2.7 V
V
DD
= 2.0 V
V
DD
= 2.7 V
V
DD
= 2.0 V
DAC output buffer ON
Sample and hold mode
C
L
C
SH
V
DAC_OUT t
SETTLING t
WAKEUP
(2)
PSRR
Voltage on DAC_OUT output
DAC output buffer ON
DAC output buffer OFF
±0.5 LSB
Settling time (full scale: for a 12-bit code transition between the lowest and the highest input codes when
DAC_OUT reaches final value ±0.5LSB, ±1 LSB,
±2 LSB, ±4 LSB, ±8 LSB)
Normal mode
DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF,
RL ≥ 5 k Ω
±1 LSB
±2 LSB
±4 LSB
±8 LSB
Normal mode DAC output buffer
OFF, ±1LSB, CL = 10 pF
Wakeup time from off state
(setting the ENx bit in the
DAC Control register) until final value ±1 LSB
V
DDA
supply rejection ratio
Normal mode DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 k Ω
Normal mode DAC output buffer
OFF, CL ≤ 10 pF
Normal mode DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL = 5 k Ω , DC
0.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
-
-
-
5
25
9.6
-
-
-
-
Typ Max Unit
-
3.6
-
-
V
DDA
-
-
1.7
1.6
1.55
1.48
1.4
V
SSA
-
-
11.7
-
-
-
-
-
0.1
-
-
-
13.8
2
3.5
16.5
18.0
50
1
V
REF+
– 0.2
V
REF+
3
2.9
2.85
2.8
2.75
2 2.5
V k Ω k Ω k Ω k Ω pF
µF
V
µs
4.2
2
-80
7.5
5
-28
µs dB
252/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
T
W_to_W t
SAMP
I leak
CI int t
TRIM
V offset
I
DDA
(DAC)
Table 115. DAC characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min
Minimal time between two consecutive writes into the
DAC_DORx register to guarantee a correct
DAC_OUT for a small variation of the input code
(1 LSB)
DAC_MCR:MODEx[2:0] =
000 or 001
DAC_MCR:MODEx[2:0] =
010 or 011
Sampling time in sample and hold mode (code transition between the lowest input code and the highest input code when
DACOUT reaches final value ±1LSB)
Output leakage current
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 k Ω
CL ≤ 10 pF
DAC_OUT pin connected
DAC output buffer
ON, C
SH
= 100 nF
DAC output buffer
OFF, C
SH
= 100 nF
DAC_OUT pin not connected
(internal connection only)
DAC output buffer
OFF
Sample and hold mode,
DAC_OUT pin connected
Internal sample and hold capacitor
-
Middle code offset trim time DAC output buffer ON
Middle code offset for 1 trim code step
V
REF+
= 3.6 V
V
REF+
= 1.8 V
DAC output buffer ON
No load, middle code (0x800)
No load, worst code
(0xF1C)
DAC consumption from
V
DDA
DAC output buffer OFF
No load, middle code (0x800)
1
1.4
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
5.2
50
-
-
Sample and hold mode, C
SH
100 nF
=
-
Typ
-
0.7
10.5
2
-
7
-
1500
750
315
450
Max
-
3.5
18
3.5
-
(3)
670
0.2
315 ₓ
Ton/(Ton
+Toff)
(4)
670 ₓ
Ton/(Ton
+Toff)
8.8
-
-
-
500
Unit
µs ms
µs nA pF
µs
µV
µA
DS12737 Rev 6 253/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Symbol
I
DDV
(DAC)
Table 115. DAC characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min
DAC output buffer ON
DAC output buffer OFF
No load, middle code (0x800)
No load, worst code
(0xF1C)
No load, middle code (0x800)
-
-
-
DAC consumption from
V
REF+
Sample and hold mode, buffer ON,
C
SH
= 100 nF, worst case
-
Typ
185
340
155
Max
240
400
205
185 ₓ
Ton/(Ton
+Toff)
400 ₓ
Ton/(Ton
+Toff)
Unit
µA
Sample and hold mode, buffer OFF,
C
SH
= 100 nF, worst case
-
155 ₓ
Ton/(Ton
+Toff)
205 ₓ
Ton/(Ton
+Toff)
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. In buffered mode, the output can overshoot above the final value for low input code (starting from min value).
3. Refer to Table 102: I/O static characteristics
.
4. Ton is the Refresh phase duration. Toff is the Hold phase duration. Refer to RM0351 reference manual for more details.
Figure 45. 12-bit buffered / non-buffered DAC
Buffered/non-buffered DAC
Buffer
(1)
R
LOAD
12-bit digital to analog converter
DACx_OUT
C
LOAD ai17157d
1. The DAC integrates an output buffer that can be used to reduce the output impedance and to drive external loads directly without the use of an external operational amplifier. The buffer can be bypassed by configuring the BOFFx bit in the DAC_CR register.
254/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
DNL
-
INL
.
Parameter
Table 116. DAC accuracy ranges 0/1 (1)
Conditions
Differential non linearity
(2) monotonicity
Integral non linearity
(3)
DAC output buffer ON
DAC output buffer OFF
10 bits
DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 k Ω
DAC output buffer OFF
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL
Min
-
-
-
-
Typ
-
guaranteed
Max
±2
±2
-
±4
±4
±12
Offset
Offset1
Offset error at code 0x800
DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 k Ω
Offset error at code 0x001
(4)
DAC output buffer OFF
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL
DAC output buffer OFF
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL
V
V
REF+
REF+
= 3.6 V
= 1.8 V
OffsetCal
Gain
TUE
TUECal
SNR
THD
Offset Error at code 0x800 after calibration
DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 k Ω
V
REF+
= 3.6 V
V
REF+
= 1.8 V
Gain error
Total unadjusted error
(5)
DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 k Ω
DAC output buffer OFF
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL
DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 k Ω
DAC output buffer OFF
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL
Total unadjusted error after calibration
DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 k Ω
Signal-to-noise ratio
Total harmonic distortion
DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 k Ω
1 kHz, BW 500 kHz
DAC output buffer OFF
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL, 1 kHz
BW 500 kHz
DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 k Ω , 1 kHz
DAC output buffer OFF
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL, 1 kHz
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
71.2
71.6
-78
-79
±25
±8
±5
±5
±7
±0.5
±0.5
±30
±12
±23
-
-
-
-
Unit
LSB
%
LSB
LSB dB dB
DS12737 Rev 6 255/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Symbol Parameter
Table 116. DAC accuracy ranges 0/1 (1) (continued)
Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
SINAD
ENOB
Signal-to-noise and distortion ratio
Effective number of bits
DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 k Ω , 1 kHz
DAC output buffer OFF
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL, 1 kHz
DAC output buffer ON
CL ≤ 50 pF, RL ≥ 5 k Ω , 1 kHz
DAC output buffer OFF
CL ≤ 50 pF, no RL, 1 kHz
-
-
-
70.4
71
11.4
11.5
-
-
-
dB bits
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Difference between two consecutive codes - 1 LSB.
3. Difference between measured value at Code i and the value at Code i on a line drawn between Code 0 and last Code 4095.
4. Difference between the value measured at Code (0x001) and the ideal value.
5. Difference between ideal slope of the transfer function and measured slope computed from code 0x000 and 0xFFF when buffer is OFF, and from code giving 0.2 V and (V
REF+
– 0.2) V when buffer is ON.
256/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol Parameter
Table 117. VREFBUF characteristics (1)
Conditions
V
V
REFBUF_
OUT
∆ V
REFOUT_
VD D
I
I
I
DDA
TRIM
CL esr load line_reg load_reg
Analog supply voltage
Voltage reference output
Normal mode
Degraded mode
(2)
I
Normal mode load
=100 µA/T=30°C
Degraded mode
V
RS
= 0
V
RS
= 1
V
RS
= 0
V
RS
= 1
V
RS
= 0
V
RS
= 1
V
RS
= 0
V
RS
= 1
Voltage reference output spread over the main supply range
Trim step resolution
Load capacitor
Normal mode
-
-
VRS=0
VRS=1
-
-
Equivalent
Serial Resistor of Cload
Static load current
-
-
-
Line regulation 2.8 V ≤ V
DDA
≤ 3.6 V
I load
= 500 µA
I load
= 4 mA
Load regulation
500 μ A ≤ I load
≤ 4 mA Normal mode
Min
2.4
2.8
1.65
1.65
2.044
2.496
V
DDA
-250 mV
V
DDA
-250 mV
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.5
-
-
±0.05
1
Typ
2.048
2.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
100
50
T
Coeff
PSRR t
START
Temperature coefficient
-40 °C < TJ < +125 °C
0 °C < TJ < +50 °C
Power supply rejection
Start-up time
DC
100 kHz
CL = 0.5 µF (3)
CL = 1.1 µF
CL = 1.5 µF
-
-
40
25
-
-
-
-
-
55
40
300
500
650
Max
2.052
2.504
V
DDA
V
DDA
3.6
3.6
2.4
2.8
5
4
±0.1
1.5
2
Unit
V mV mV
%
µF
Ω
4
2000
500 mA ppm/V
500 ppm/mA
T coeff_ vrefint +
50
T coeff_ vrefint
+
50
-
-
350
650
800 ppm/ °C dB
µs
DS12737 Rev 6 257/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Symbol
I
INRUSH
Parameter
Table 117. VREFBUF characteristics (1) (continued)
Conditions Min Typ
Control of maximum DC current drive on VREFBUF_
OUT during start-up phase
(4)
8
Max
-
Unit mA
I
DDA
(VREF
BUF)
VREFBUF consumption from V
DDA
I load
= 0 µA
I load
= 500 µA
I load
= 4 mA -
-
16
18
35
25
30
50
µA
1. Guaranteed by design and characterization result, unless otherwise specified.
2. In degraded mode, the voltage reference buffer can not maintain accurately the output voltage which follows (V voltage).
DDA
- drop
3. The capacitive load must include a 100 nF capacitor in order to cut-off the high frequency noise.
4. To correctly control the VREFBUF inrush current during start-up phase and scaling change, the V the range [2.4 V to 3.6 V] and [2.8 V to 3.6 V] respectively for V
RS
= 0 and V
RS
= 1.
DDA
voltage should be in
Figure 46. VREFBUF in case VRS = 0
V
2.06
2.055
2.05
2.045
2.04
2.035
2.03
2.025
-40 -20 0 20
Mean
40
Min
60
Max
80 100 120 °C
MSv62522V1
258/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
Figure 47. VREFBUF in case VRS = 1
Electrical characteristics
V
2.51
2.505
2.5
2.495
2.49
2.485
2.48
2.475
-40 -20 0 20
Mean
40
Min
60
Max
80 100 120 °C
MSv62523V1
DS12737 Rev 6 259/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Symbol Parameter
Table 118. COMP characteristics (1)
Conditions
V
DDA
V
IN
Analog supply voltage
Comparator input voltage range
Scaler input voltage
-
-
V
BG
(2)
V
SC
Scaler offset voltage
-
-
BRG_EN=0 (bridge disable)
I
DDA
(SCALER)
Scaler static consumption from V
DDA t
START_SCALER
Scaler startup time t
START
V t
D
(3) offset
BRG_EN=1 (bridge enable)
-
Comparator startup time to reach propagation delay specification
High-speed mode
V
DDA
≥ 2.7 V
V
DDA
< 2.7 V
Medium mode
V
DDA
≥ 2.7 V
V
DDA
< 2.7 V
Ultra-low-power mode
Propagation delay for
200 mV step with 100 mV overdrive
Comparator offset error
High-speed mode
V
DDA
≥ 2.7 V
V
DDA
< 2.7 V
V
DDA
≥ 2.7 V
Medium mode
V
DDA
< 2.7 V
Ultra-low-power mode
Full common mode range
-
V hys
Comparator hysteresis
No hysteresis
Low hysteresis
Medium hysteresis
High hysteresis -
-
-
-
Min Typ Max Unit
1.62
3.6
V 0 V
DDA
-
-
55
65
0.55
0.65
5
0.8
100
-
-
-
V
REFINT
±5
200
±10
300
1
200
5
7
15
25
80
80
100
0.9
1
12
±5 ±20
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
µs ns
µs mV mV nA
µA
µs
15
27
0
8
-
-
-
mV
260/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
I
DDA
(COMP)
Table 118. COMP characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
400 600
Ultra-lowpower mode
Comparator consumption from V
DDA
Medium mode
High-speed mode
Static -
With 50 kHz
±100 mV overdrive square signal
-
Static -
With 50 kHz
±100 mV overdrive square signal
-
Static -
With 50 kHz
±100 mV overdrive square signal
-
1200
5
6
70
75
7
-
-
-
100 nA
µA
I bias
Comparator input bias current
-
1. Guaranteed by design, unless otherwise specified.
2. Refer to Table 32: Embedded internal voltage reference
.
3. Guaranteed by characterization results.
4. Mostly I/O leakage when used in analog mode. Refer to I lkg
parameter in Table 102: I/O static characteristics .
-
(4) nA
Symbol
V
DDA
CMIR
VI
OFFSET
∆ VI
OFFSET
Parameter
Table 119. OPAMP characteristics (1)
Conditions
Analog supply voltage
Common mode input range
-
-
Input offset voltage
Input offset voltage drift
25 °C, No Load on output.
All voltage/Temp.
Normal mode
Low-power mode
TRIMOFFSETP
TRIMLPOFFSETP
TRIMOFFSETN
TRIMLPOFFSETN
Offset trim step at low common input voltage
(0.1 ₓ V
DDA
)
Offset trim step at high common input voltage
(0.9 ₓ V
DDA
)
-
-
Min
1.8
-
-
0
-
-
-
-
Typ
-
Max
3.6
Unit
V
-
-
-
±5
±10
V
DDA
±1.5
±3
-
-
V mV
μ V/°C
0.8
1
1.1
1.35
mV
DS12737 Rev 6 261/340
307
Electrical characteristics
Symbol
I
LOAD
I
LOAD_PGA
R
LOAD
R
LOAD_PGA
C
LOAD
CMRR
PSRR
GBW
SR
(2)
AO
V
OHSAT
V
OLSAT
φ m
STM32L552xx
Table 119. OPAMP characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min
Drive current
Drive current in
PGA mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
V
DDA
≥ 2 V
V
DDA
≥ 2 V
-
-
-
-
Resistive load
(connected to
VSSA or to
VDDA)
Normal mode
Low-power mode
V
DDA
< 2 V
4
20
Typ
-
-
-
-
-
-
Max
500
100
450
50
-
-
Unit
µA
Resistive load in PGA mode
(connected to
VSSA or to
V
DDA
)
Capacitive load
Power supply rejection ratio
Low saturation voltage
Phase margin
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Common mode rejection ratio
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Gain Bandwidth
Product
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Slew rate
(from 10 and
90% of output voltage)
Open loop gain
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
High saturation voltage
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
V
DDA
< 2 V
4.5
40 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-85
-90
50
-
-
C
LOAD
R
LOAD
≤ 50 pf,
≥ 4 k Ω DC
C
LOAD
R
LOAD
≤ 50 pf,
≥ 20 k Ω DC
V
DDA
≥ 2.4 V
(OPA_RANGE = 1)
V
V
V
DDA
DDA
DDA
< 2.4 V
(OPA_RANGE = 0)
≥ 2.4 V
< 2.4 V
70
72
I
55
45
I load
= max or R load min Input at V
DDA
.
=
V
DDA
100
-
V
DDA
50
load
= max or R load min Input at 0.
=
-
-
-
-
85
90 -
-
-
-
-
-
550 1600 2200
100 420 600
250
40
700
180
950
280
700
180
300
80 -
-
-
-
110
110 -
-
-
-
-
-
74
66
-
-
100
50
-
k Ω pF dB dB kHz
V/ms dB mV
°
262/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
GM t
WAKEUP
I bias
PGA gain
Table 119. OPAMP characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min
Gain margin
Wake up time from OFF state.
OPAMP input bias current
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode
C
LOAD
R
LOAD
≤
≥ follower
50 pf,
4 k Ω configuration
C
LOAD
R
LOAD
≤
≥ follower
50 pf,
20 k Ω configuration
General purpose input (all packages except UFBGA132)
Dedicated input
(UFBGA132)
T
J
≤ 75 °C
T
J
≤ 85 °C
T
J
≤ 105 °C
T
J
≤ 125 °C
-
-
-
-
-
Non inverting gain value
PGA Gain = 2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
R network
R2/R1 internal resistance values in PGA mode
(4)
PGA Gain = 4
PGA Gain = 8
PGA Gain = 16
Delta R
Resistance variation (R1 or
R2)
PGA gain error PGA gain error
Gain = 2
-
-
-
-
-
-15
-1
-
PGA BW
PGA bandwidth for different non inverting gain
Gain = 4
Gain = 8
Gain = 16 -
-
-
-
-
-
Typ
13
20
5
10
-
-
GBW/
2
GBW/
4
GBW/
8
GBW/
16
-
8
16
80/80
120/
40
140/
20
150/
10
-
-
-
-
2
4
Max
-
-
10
30
(3)
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
15
1
3
8
15
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unit dB
µs nA
k Ω /k Ω
%
%
MHz
DS12737 Rev 6 263/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Symbol
Table 119. OPAMP characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit en
Voltage noise density
Normal mode
Low-power mode
Normal mode
Low-power mode at 1 kHz, Output loaded with 4 k Ω at 1 kHz, Output loaded with 20 k Ω at 10 kHz, Output loaded with 4 k Ω at 10 kHz, Output loaded with 20 k Ω
-
-
-
500
600
180
290 -
-
-
nV/ √
I
DDA
(OPAMP)
OPAMP consumption from V
DDA
Normal mode
Low-power mode no Load, quiescent mode
-
120
45
260
100
1. Guaranteed by design, unless otherwise specified.
2. Guaranteed by characterization results.
3. Mostly I/O leakage, when used in analog mode. Refer to I lkg
parameter in
Table 102: I/O static characteristics .
4. R2 is the internal resistance between OPAMP output and OPAMP inverting input. R1 is the internal resistance between
OPAMP inverting input and ground. The PGA gain =1+R2/R1
µA
Hz
264/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
R
BC
Electrical characteristics
5.3.24 Temperature sensor characteristics
Symbol
T
L
(1)
Avg_Slope
(2)
V
30 t
START
(TS_BUF)
I t t
S_temp
DD
Table 120. TS characteristics
Parameter
V
TS
linearity with temperature
Average slope
Voltage at 30°C (±5 °C)
(3)
Sensor Buffer Start-up time in continuous mode
(4)
Start-up time when entering in continuous mode
ADC sampling time when reading the temperature
Temperature sensor consumption from V
DD when selected by ADC
,
Min
-
2.3
0.742
-
-
-
5
Typ
±1
2.5
0.76
8
70
-
4.7
Max
±2
2.7
0.785
15
120
-
7
Unit
°C mV/°C
V
µs
µs
µs
µA
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Guaranteed by characterization results.
3. Measured at V
DDA
= 3.0 V ±10 mV. The V
30
ADC conversion result is stored in the TS_CAL1 byte. Refer to
Table 14: Temperature sensor calibration values
.
4. Continuous mode means Run/Sleep modes, or temperature sensor enable in Low-power run/Low-power sleep modes.
5.3.25 V
BAT monitoring characteristics
Symbol
Table 121. V
BAT
monitoring characteristics
(1)
Parameter
R
Q
Er
(2)
Resistor bridge for V
BAT
Ratio on V
BAT
measurement
Error on Q t
ADC sampling time when reading the VBAT
1. 1.55 V < V
BAT
< 3.6 V
2. Guaranteed by design.
Min
-10
12
-
-
Typ
-
-
39
3
Max
10
-
-
-
Unit k Ω
-
%
µs
Symbol
Table 122. V
BAT
charging characteristics
Parameter Conditions Min Typ
Battery charging resistor
VBRS = 0
VBRS = 1 -
5
1.5
Max
-
-
Unit k Ω
DS12737 Rev 6 265/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
5.3.26 Temperature and V
DD
thresholds monitoring
Temperature and upper V
DD detailed in the table below:
voltage monitoring characteristics for tamper detection are
Symbol
Table 123. Temp and V
DD
monitoring characteristics
Parameter
TEMP
TEMP
VDD high low high
TPWM on
High temperature threshold monitoring
Low temperature threshold monitoring
High VDD supply monitoring
Minimum PWM ON time in case of periodic monitoring
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Guaranteed by design.
Conditions
-
-
-
-
Min
115
-45
3.6
-
Typ
123
(1)
3.65
400
(2)
Max
130
-30
3.7
-
Unit
°C
V
μ s
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 124
for DFSDM are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature, f
APB2
frequency and V
conditions summarized in Table 27: General operating conditions
.
DD
supply voltage
• Output speed is set to OSPEEDRy[1:0] = 10
• Capacitive load C = 30 pF
• Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.5 x V
DD
Refer to Section 5.3.15: I/O port characteristics
for more details on the input/output alternate function characteristics (DFSDM1_CKINy, DFSDM1_DATINy, DFSDM1_CKOUT for
DFSDM).
266/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol Parameter
Table 124. DFSDM measured timing 1.71 to 3.6 V (1)
Conditions f
DFSDMCLK f f
CKIN
(1/T
DuCy
CKIN
CKOUT
)
CKOUT
DFSDM clock
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
Input clock frequency
SPI mode (SITP[1:0]=0,1),
External clock mode
(SPICKSEL[1:0]=0),
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
SPI mode (SITP[1:0]=0,1),
External clock mode
(SPICKSEL[1:0]=0),
2.7 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
SPI mode (SITP[1:0]=0,1),
Internal clock mode
(SPICKSEL[1:0] ≠ 0),
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
SPI mode (SITP[1:0]=0,1),
Internal clock mode
(SPICKSEL[1:0] ≠ 0),
2.7 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
Output clock frequency
Output clock frequency duty cycle
1.71 < V
1.71 < V
DD
DD
< 3.6 V
< 3.6 V
T t t wh(CKIN) wl(CKIN) t t su h
Manchester
Input clock high and low time
Data input setup time
Data input hold time
Manchester data period
(recovered clock period)
SPI mode (SITP[1:0]=0,1),
External clock mode
(SPICKSEL[1:0]=0),
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
SPI mode (SITP[1:0]=0,1),
External clock mode
(SPICKSEL[1:0]=0),
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
SPI mode (SITP[1:0]=0,1),
External clock mode
(SPICKSEL[1:0]=0),
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
Manchester mode
(SITP[1:0]=2,3),
Internal clock mode
(SPICKSEL[1:0] ≠ 0),
1.71 < V
DD
< 3.6 V
1. Data based on characterization results, not tested in production.
Min
-
-
-
-
-
-
45
TCKIN/2-0.5
3
2.5
(CKOUTDIV
+1) *
T
DFSDMCLK
Typ
T
CKIN
/2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
50
Max f
SYSCLK
20
20
20
20
20
55
-
-
-
(2*CKOUTDI
V) *
T
DFSDMCLK
Unit
MHz
% ns
DS12737 Rev 6 267/340
307
Electrical characteristics
Figure 16: DFSDM timing diagram
W
ZO
W
ZK
W
U
63,&.6(/
W
VX
W
K
6,73
W
VX
W
K
6,73
W
I
63,&.6(/
63,&.6(/
63,&.6(/
6,73
6,73
6,73
6,73
5HFRYHUHGFORFN
5HFRYHUHGGDWD
W
VX
W
K
W
ZO
W
ZK
W
VX
W
K
W
U
W
I
STM32L552xx
06Y9
The parameters given in the following tables are guaranteed by design.
Refer to Section 5.3.15: I/O port characteristics for details on the input/output alternate
function characteristics (output compare, input capture, external clock, PWM output).
268/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol Parameter
Table 125. TIMx (1) characteristics
Conditions Min Max Unit t res(TIM)
Timer resolution time
f
TIMxCLK
= 110 MHz
-
1
8.33
0
-
f
TIMxCLK
/2
55 t
TIMxCLK ns
MHz t f
EXT
Res
TIM
COUNTER
Timer external clock frequency on CH1 to
CH4
Timer resolution
16-bit counter clock period f
TIMxCLK
= 110 MHz
TIMx (except TIM2 and TIM5)
TIM2 and TIM5
f
TIMxCLK
= 110 MHz
-
0
-
-
1
0.009
t
MAX_COUNT
Maximum possible count with 32-bit counter f
TIMxCLK
= 110 MHz -
1. TIMx
, is used as a general term in which x stands for 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,15,16 or 17.
MHz
16 bit
32
65536
595.78
t
TIMxCLK
µs
65536 × 65536 t
TIMxCLK
39.045
s
Table 126. IWDG min/max timeout period at 32 kHz (LSI) (1)
Prescaler divider PR[2:0] bits
Min timeout RL[11:0]=
0x000
Max timeout RL[11:0]=
0xFFF
Unit
/4
/8
/16
/32
/64
/128
/256
0
1
2
3
4
5
6 or 7
0.125
0.250
0.500
1.0
2.0
4.0
8.0
512
1024
2048
4096
8192
16384
32768 ms
1. The exact timings still depend on the phasing of the APB interface clock versus the LSI clock so that there is always a full RC period of uncertainty.
Prescaler
Table 127. WWDG min/max timeout value at 110 MHz (PCLK)
WDGTB Min timeout value Max timeout value
1
2
4
8
0
1
2
3
0.037
0.074
0.149
0.298
2.368
4.736
9.536
19.072
Unit ms
DS12737 Rev 6 269/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
5.3.29 Communication interfaces characteristics
I
2
C interface characteristics
The I2C interface meets the timings requirements of the I 2 C-bus specification and user manual rev. 03 for:
• Standard-mode (Sm): with a bit rate up to 100 kbit/s
• Fast-mode (Fm): with a bit rate up to 400 kbit/s
• Fast-mode Plus (Fm+): with a bit rate up to 1 Mbit/s.
The I2C timings requirements are guaranteed by design when the I2C peripheral is properly configured (refer to RM0351 reference manual).
The SDA and SCL I/O requirements are met with the following restrictions: the SDA and
SCL I/O pins are not “true” open-drain. When configured as open-drain, the PMOS connected between the I/O pin and V
DDIOx
is disabled, but is still present. Only FT_f I/O pins support Fm+ low level output current maximum requirement. Refer to
Section 5.3.15: I/O port characteristics for the I2C I/Os characteristics.
All I2C SDA and SCL I/Os embed an analog filter. Refer to Table 128 below for the analog
filter characteristics:
Symbol
Table 128. I2C analog filter characteristics
(1)
Parameter t
AF
Maximum pulse width of spikes that are suppressed by the analog filter
1. Guaranteed by design.
2. Spikes with widths below t
AF(min) are filtered.
3. Spikes with widths above t
AF(max)
are not filtered
Min
50
(2)
Max
260
(3)
Unit ns
270/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
SPI characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in
for SPI are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature, f
PCLKx frequency and supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 27: General operating conditions .
• Output speed is set to OSPEEDRy[1:0] = 11
• Capacitive load C = 30 pF
• Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.5V
DD
Refer to Section 5.3.15: I/O port characteristics
for more details on the input/output alternate function characteristics (NSS, SCK, MOSI, MISO for SPI).
Symbol fSCK
1/tc(SCK) tsu(NSS) th(NSS) tw(SCKH) tw(SCKL)
Parameter
Table 129. SPI characteristics
(1)
Conditions
Master mode
2.7<VDD<3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
Master mode
1.71<VDD<3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
Master transmitter mode
1.71<VDD<3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
SPI clock frequency
Slave receiver mode 1.71<VDD<3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
Slave mode transmitter/full duplex
2.7<VDD<3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
Slave mode transmitter/full duplex
1.71<VDD<3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
Slave mode transmitter/full duplex
1.71<VDD<3.6
Voltage range 2
Slave mode transmitter/full duplex
1.08<VDD<1.32
(3)
NSS setup time Slave mode, SPI presc = 2
NSS hold time Slave mode, SPI presc = 2
SCK high and low time
Master mode
Min
-
4×Tpclk
2TTpclk
Typ
-
-
-
Max
(2)
55
44
55
55
36
23
20
12
-
-
Tpclk-1 Tpclk Tpclk+1
Unit
MHz
-
DS12737 Rev 6 271/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Symbol Parameter
Table 129. SPI characteristics (1) (continued)
Conditions Min Typ Max (2) Unit tsu(MI) tsu(SI) th(MI) th(SI) ta(SO) tdis(SO)
Data input setup time
Master mode
Slave mode
Data input hold time
Master mode
Slave mode
Data output access time
Slave mode
Data output disable time
Slave mode
2
1.5
7.5
3
9
9
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
34
16 tv(SO)
Data output valid time
Slave mode 2.7<VDD<3.6V
Voltage ranges 0/1
Slave mode 1.71<VDD<3.6V
Voltage ranges 0/1
Slave mode 1.71<VDD<3.6V
Voltage range 2
1.08<VDD<1.32V
Master mode
-
-
-
9
9
11.5
28.5
13.75
21.5
24.5
40.5
ns tv(MO) 0 1 th(SO)
Data output hold time
Slave mode
1.71<VDD<3.6V
1.08<VDD<1.32V
7.5
21 -
-
-
th(MO) Master mode 0 -
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Maximum frequency in Slave transmitter mode is determined by the sum of tv(SO) and tsu(MI) which has to fit into SCK low or high phase preceding the SCK sampling edge. This value can be achieved when the SPI communicates with a master having tsu(MI) = 0 while Duty(SCK) = 50%.
3. SPI mapped on GPIOG port which is supplied by VDDIO2 specified down to 1.08 V. SPI is tested in this voltage.
272/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Figure 48. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 0
NSS input t w(SCKH) t c(SCK)
CPHA=0
CPOL=0
CPHA=0
CPOL=1 t a(SO)
MISO output t su(NSS) t w(SCKL)
First bit OUT t h(SI) t v(SO) t su(SI)
MOSI input First bit IN t h(SO)
Next bits OUT
Next bits IN t r(SCK) t h(NSS) t f(SCK)
Last bit OUT t dis(SO)
Last bit IN
MSv41658V1
Figure 49. SPI timing diagram - slave mode and CPHA = 1
NSS input t su(NSS) t w(SCKH) t c(SCK) t f(SCK) t h(NSS)
CPHA=1
CPOL=0
CPHA=1
CPOL=1
MISO output
MOSI input t a(SO) t w(SCKL) t v(SO)
First bit OUT t su(SI) t h(SI)
First bit IN t h(SO)
Next bits OUT
Next bits IN t r(SCK) t dis(SO)
Last bit OUT
Last bit IN
MSv41659V1
1. Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.3 V
DD
and 0.7 V
DD
.
DS12737 Rev 6 273/340
307
Electrical characteristics
Figure 50. SPI timing diagram - master mode
NSS input
High
CPHA= 0
CPOL=0
CPHA= 0
CPOL=1 tc(SCK)
STM32L552xx
CPHA=1
CPOL=0
CPHA=1
CPOL=1
MISO
INP UT
MOSI
OUTPUT tsu(MI) tw(SCKH) tw(SCKL)
MSB IN th(MI)
MSB OUT tv(MO)
BIT6 IN
B I T1 OUT th(MO) tr(SCK) tf(SCK)
LSB IN
LSB OUT ai14136c
1. Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.3 V
DD
and 0.7 V
DD
.
SAI characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in
for SAI are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature, f
PCLKx
frequency and V
DD
supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 27: General operating conditions
, with the following configuration:
• Output speed is set to OSPEEDRy[1:0] = 10
• Capacitive load C = 30 pF
• Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.5V
DD
Refer to Section 5.3.15: I/O port characteristics
for more details on the input/output alternate function characteristics (CK,SD,FS).
274/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
Table 130. SAI characteristics (1)
Symbol Parameter Conditions f
MCK f
CK
SAI Main clock output -
Master Transmitter
2.7<=VDD<=3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
SAI clock frequency
(2)
Master Transmitter
1.71<=VDD<=3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
Master Receiver
Voltage ranges 0/1
Slave Transmitter
2.7<=VDD<=3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
Slave Transmitter
1.71<=VDD<=3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
Slave Receiver
Voltage ranges 0/1
Voltage range 2
Electrical characteristics
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
50
23.5
16
16
26
20
50
13
MHz
DS12737 Rev 6 275/340
307
Electrical characteristics
Table 130. SAI characteristics (1) (continued)
Symbol Parameter Conditions t v(FS)
FS valid time
Master mode
2.7<=VDD<=3.6
Master mode
1.71<=VDD<=3.6
t t t t t t t t h(FS) su(FS) h(FS) su(SD_A_MR) su(SD_B_SR) h(SD_A_MR) h(SD_B_SR) v(SD_B_ST)
FS hold time
FS setup time
Master mode
Slave mode
FS hold time Slave mode
Master receiver
Data input setup time
Slave receiver
Master receiver
Data input hold time
Slave receiver
Slave transmitter (after enable edge)
2.7<=VDD<=3.6
Data output valid time
Slave transmitter (after enable edge)
1.71<=VDD<=3.6
Data output hold time Slave transmitter (after enable edge) t h(SD_B_ST) t v(SD_A_MT)
Data output valid time
Master transmitter (after enable edge)
2.7<=VDD<=3.6
Master transmitter (after enable edge)
1.71<=VDD<=3.6
t h(SD_A_MT)
Data output hold time Master transmitter (after enable edge)
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. 2.APB clock frequency must be at least twice SAI clock frequency.
Figure 51. SAI master timing waveforms
1/fSCK
-
-
1.5
5
0
10
1.5
2.5
1
-
-
9
-
10
-
STM32L552xx
25
-
17
25
-
21
25
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
19 ns
SAI_SCK_X th(FS)
SAI_FS_X
(output)
SAI_SD_X
(transmit) tv(FS)
SAI_SD_X
(receive) tsu(SD_MR) tv(SD_MT)
Slot n th(SD_MR)
Slot n+2
Slot n th(SD_MT)
MS32771V1
276/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Figure 52. SAI slave timing waveforms
1/fSCK
SAI_SCK_X tw(CKH_X) tw(CKL_X) th(FS)
SAI_FS_X
(input)
SAI_SD_X
(transmit) tsu(FS) tsu(SD_SR) tv(SD_ST)
Slot n th(SD_SR)
Slot n
Slot n+2 th(SD_ST)
SAI_SD_X
(receive)
MS32772V1
Symbol f
SCK
CAN (controller area network) interface
Refer to Section 5.3.15: I/O port characteristics
for more details on the input/output alternate function characteristics (FDCAN_TX and FDCAN_RX).
USART characteristics
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in
Table 131 for USART are derived from
tests performed under the ambient temperature, fPCLKx frequency and VDD supply voltage
conditions summarized in Table 27: General operating conditions
, with the following configuration:
• Output speed is set to OSPEEDRy[1:0] = 11
• Capacitive load C=30pF
• Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.5VDD
Refer to Section 5.3.15: I/O port characteristics
for more details on the input/output alternate function characteristics (NSS, CK, TX, RX for USART).
Parameter
Table 131. USART characteristics
(1)
Conditions Min
SPI clock frequency
Master mode
1.71<VDD<3.6
Slave receiver mode
1.71<VDD<3.6
Slave mode transmitter
2.7<VDD<3.6
Slave mode transmitter
1.71<VDD<3.6
-
-
-
-
Typ
-
-
-
-
Max
13
36
19
26
Unit
MHz
DS12737 Rev 6 277/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Symbol
Table 131. USART characteristics (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions tsu(NSS) th(NSS) tw(SCKH) tw(SCKL) tsu(MI) tsu(SI) th(MI) th(SI) tv(SO) tv(MO) th(SO) th(MO)
NSS setup time
NSS hold time
SCK high and low time
Data input setup time
Data input hold time
Data output valid time
Data output hold time
Slave mode
Slave mode
Master mode
Master mode
Slave mode
Master mode
Slave mode
Slave mode
2.7<VDD<3.6V
Slave mode
1.71<VDD<3.6V
Master mode
Slave mode
1.71<VDD<3.6V
Master mode
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
Min
Tker +4
1
Max
-
-
1/fsck/2-1 1/fsck/2 1/fsck/2+1
22.5
1
0
3
-
-
-
12
1
Typ
-
-
-
-
-
-
14.5
14.5
1.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
19
26
3
-
-
Unit
ns
Figure 53. USART master mode timing diagram tc(SCK)
CPHA=0
CPOL=0
CPHA=0
CPOL=1
CPHA=1
CPOL=0
CPHA=1
CPOL=1
RX
TX t su(RX)
LSB t w(SCKH) t w(SCKL)
LSB t h(RX) t v(TX) t h(TX) t r(SCK) t f(SCK)
MSB
MSB
MSv64015V1
278/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
NSS input
Electrical characteristics
Figure 54. USART slave mode timing diagram
SCK input
MISO
OUTPUT
MOSI
INPUT
(SI)
MSB OUT
MSB IN
(SI)
BIT6 OUT
BIT1 IN
LSB OUT
LSB IN
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in
for the FMC interface are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature, f
HCLK and V
DD with the following configuration:
frequency
supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 27: General operating conditions ,
• Output speed is set to OSPEEDRy[1:0] = 11
• Capacitive load C = 30 pF
• Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.5 x V
DD
Refer to Section 5.3.15: I/O port characteristics for more details on the input/output
characteristics.
Asynchronous waveforms and timings
through Figure 58 represent asynchronous waveforms and
through
provide the corresponding timings. The results shown in these tables are obtained with the following FMC configuration:
• AddressSetupTime (ADDSET) = 0x1
• AddressHoldTime (ADDHLD) = 0x1
• DataHoldTime = 0x1
• ByteLaneSetup (NBLSET) = 0x1
• DataSetupTime (DATAST) = 0x1 (except for asynchronous NWAIT mode,
DataSetupTime = 0x5)
• DataHoldTime (DATAHLD) = 0x1 (1THCLK for read operations and 2THCLK for write operations)
• BusTurnAroundDuration = 0x0
• Capacitive load CL = 30 pF
In all timing tables, the THCLK is the HCLK clock period.
DS12737 Rev 6 279/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Figure 55. Asynchronous non-multiplexed SRAM/PSRAM/NOR read waveforms t w(NE)
FMC_NE t v(NOE_NE) t w(NOE) t h(NE_NOE)
FMC_NOE
FMC_NWE
FMC_A[25:0] t v(A_NE) t v(BL_NE)
Address t h(A_NOE) t h(BL_NOE)
FMC_NBL[1:0] t h(Data_NE) t h(Data_NOE)
FMC_D[15:0] t su(Data_NOE) t su(Data_NE)
Data t v(NADV_NE) t w(NADV)
FMC_NADV (1)
FMC_NWAIT th(NE_NWAIT) tsu(NWAIT_NE)
MS32753V1
280/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Table 132. Asynchronous non-multiplexed SRAM/PSRAM/NOR read timings (1)
Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit
3 THCLK+1 tw(NE) tv(NOE_NE) tw(NOE) th(NE_NOE) tv(A_NE) th(A_NOE) tsu(Data_NE) tsu(Data_NOE) th(Data_NOE) th(Data_NE) tv(NADV_NE) tw(NADV)
FMC_NE low time
FMC_NEx low to
FMC_NOE low
FMC_NOE low time
FMC_NOE high to
FMC_NE high hold time
FMC_NEx low to
FMC_A valid
Address hold time after
FMC_NOE high
Data to FMC_NEx high setup time
Data to FMC_NOEx high setup time
Data hold time after
FMC_NOE high
Data hold time after
FMC_NEx high
FMC_NEx low to
FMC_NADV low
FMC_NADV low time
3THCLK– 0.5
0
2THCLK -0.5
THCLK
-
-
2THCLK-1
THCLK +14
14
-
0
0
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
1
2THCLK + 1
-
1
-
-
-
-
-
0
THCLK+1.5
ns
Table 133. Asynchronous non-multiplexed SRAM/PSRAM/NOR read-NWAIT timings
(1)
Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit tw(NE) FMC_NE low time tw(NOE) FMC_NWE low time tw(NWAIT) FMC_NWAIT low time tsu(NWAIT_NE) FMC_NWAIT valid before FMC_NEx high
8THCLK-0.5
8THCLK+1
7THCLK -0.5 7THCLK +0.5
THCLK -
5THCLK
+12.5
ns th(NE_NWAIT)
FMC_NEx hold time after FMC_NWAIT invalid
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
4THCLK+12 -
DS12737 Rev 6 281/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Figure 56. Asynchronous non-multiplexed SRAM/PSRAM/NOR write waveforms tw(NE)
FMC_NEx
FMC_NOE
FMC_NWE
FMC_A[25:0]
FMC_NBL[1:0]
FMC_D[15:0] tv(NWE_NE) tw(NWE) tv(A_NE) tv(BL_NE) tv(Data_NE) th(A_NWE)
Address th(BL_NWE)
NBL th(Data_NWE)
Data t v(NADV_NE) tw(NADV) t h(NE_NWE)
FMC_NADV (1)
FMC_NWAIT th(NE_NWAIT) tsu(NWAIT_NE)
MS32754V1
Table 134. Asynchronous non-multiplexed SRAM/PSRAM/NOR write timings
(1)
Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit
Ns tw(NE) tv(NWE_NE) tw(NWE)
FMC_NE low time
FMC_NEx low to FMC_NWE low
4THCLK-0.5
4THCLK+1
THCLK-0.5
THCLK +1
THCLK-0.5
THCLK+1 th(NE_NWE) tv(A_NE) th(A_NWE) tv(BL_NE)
FMC_NWE low time
FMC_NWE high to FMC_NE high hold time
FMC_NEx low to FMC_A valid
Address hold time after FMC_NWE high
FMC_NEx low to FMC_BL valid
2THCLK-0.5
-
2THCLK-1
th(BL_NWE) FMC_BL hold time after FMC_NWE high 2THCLK-0.5
tv(Data_NE) FMC_NEx low to Data valid -
-
0
-
THCLK
-
THCLK+3 th(Data_NWE) tv(NADV_NE)
Data hold time after FMC_NWE high
FMC_NEx low to FMC_NADV low tw(NADV) FMC_NADV low time
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
2THCLK+1
-
-
-
1
THCLK+ 1.5
-
282/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Table 135. Asynchronous non-multiplexed SRAM/PSRAM/NOR write-NWAIT timings (1)
Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit tw(NE) tw(NWE)
FMC_NE low time
FMC_NWE low time
9THCLK-0.5
9THCLK+1.5
6THCLK-0.5
6THCLK+1 tsu(NWAIT_
NE)
FMC_NWAIT valid before FMC_NEx high 7THCLK+13 th(NE_NWA
IT)
FMC_NEx hold time after FMC_NWAIT invalid 5THCLK+13 -
-
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
ns
Figure 57. Asynchronous multiplexed PSRAM/NOR read waveforms tw(NE)
FMC_ NE tv(NOE_NE) t h(NE_NOE)
FMC_NOE tw(NOE)
FMC_NWE tv(A_NE) th(A_NOE)
FMC_ A[25:16]
Address tv(BL_NE) th(BL_NOE)
FMC_ NBL[1:0] NBL th(Data_NE)
FMC_ AD[15:0] t v(NADV_NE) t v(A_NE)
Address th(AD_NADV) tw(NADV) tsu(Data_NE) tsu(Data_NOE)
Data th(Data_NOE)
FMC_NADV
FMC_NWAIT th(NE_NWAIT) tsu(NWAIT_NE)
MS32755V1
DS12737 Rev 6 283/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Table 136. Asynchronous multiplexed PSRAM/NOR read timings (1)
Symbol Parameter Min Max tw(NE) FMC_NE low time tv(NOE_NE) FMC_NEx low to FMC_NOE low tw(NOE) FMC_NOE low time
4THCLK-0.5
2THCLK -0.5
THCLK-0.5
4THCLK
+1
2THCLK
+1
THCLK+
0.5 th(NE_NOE)
FMC_NOE high to FMC_NE high hold time tv(A_NE) FMC_NEx low to FMC_A valid tv(NADV_NE) FMC_NEx low to FMC_NADV low tw(NADV) FMC_NADV low time
THCLK-1
-
0.5
THCLK
-
3
1.5
THCLK+
1.5
th(AD_NADV) th(A_NOE)
FMC_AD(address) valid hold time after FMC_NADV high)
Address hold time after
FMC_NOE high tsu(Data_NE) Data to FMC_NEx high setup time tsu(Data_NOE) th(Data_NE) th(Data_NOE)
Data to FMC_NOE high setup time
Data hold time after FMC_NEx high
Data hold time after FMC_NOE high
THCLK-3
Address holded until next
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
read operation
THCLK+14
14
0
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
Unit
Ns
Table 137. Asynchronous multiplexed PSRAM/NOR read-NWAIT timings (1)
Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit tw(NE) tw(NOE)
FMC_NE low time
FMC_NOE low time
8THCLK-0.5
9THCLK+1
5THCLK -0.5 6THCLK +1
tsu(NWAIT_NE) FMC_NWAIT valid before FMC_NEx high 5THCLK+12 th(NE_NWAIT)
FMC_NEx hold time after FMC_NWAIT invalid
4THCLK+11 -
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
Ns
284/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Figure 58. Asynchronous multiplexed PSRAM/NOR write waveforms tw(NE)
FMC_ NEx
FMC_NOE
FMC_NWE
FMC_ A[25:16]
FMC_ NBL[1:0]
FMC_ AD[15:0] t v(NADV_NE) tv(NWE_NE) tw(NWE) tv(A_NE) tv(BL_NE) t v(A_NE)
Address th(A_NWE)
Address th(BL_NWE)
NBL tv(Data_NADV)
Data th(AD_NADV) tw(NADV) t h(NE_NWE) th(Data_NWE)
FMC_NADV
FMC_NWAIT th(NE_NWAIT) tsu(NWAIT_NE)
MS32756V1
DS12737 Rev 6 285/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Table 138. Asynchronous multiplexed PSRAM/NOR write timings (1)
Symbol Parameter Min Max tw(NE) tv(NWE_NE) tw(NWE) th(NE_NWE) tv(A_NE) tv(NADV_NE) tw(NADV) th(AD_NADV)
FMC_NE low time
FMC_NEx low to FMC_NWE low
FMC_NWE low time
FMC_NWE high to FMC_NE high hold time
FMC_NEx low to FMC_A valid
FMC_NEx low to FMC_NADV low
FMC_NADV low time
FMC_AD(adress) valid hold time after
FMC_NADV high)
5THCLK-0.5 5THCLK+1
THCLK– 0.5 THCLK+ 1
2THCLK-0.5
2THCLK+0.
5
2THCLK-0.5
-
-
3
0 1
THCLK+0.5 THCLK+1.5
THCLK-3 th(A_NWE) Address hold time after FMC_NWE high th(BL_NWE) tv(BL_NE)
FMC_BL hold time after FMC_NWE high
FMC_NEx low to FMC_BL valid tv(Data_NADV) th(Data_NWE)
FMC_NADV high to Data valid
Data hold time after FMC_NWE high
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
Address holded until next write operation
2THCLK-0.5
-
-
2THCLK+0.5
-
-
THCLK
THCLK+2
-
Unit ns
Table 139. Asynchronous multiplexed PSRAM/NOR write-NWAIT timings
(1)
Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit tw(NE) FMC_NE low time 10THCLK-0.5 10THCLK+1 tw(NWE) FMC_NWE low time 7THCLK-0.5
7THCLK+0.5
tsu(NWAIT_NE) FMC_NWAIT valid before FMC_NEx high 7THCLK+11.5
th(NE_NWAIT)
FMC_NEx hold time after FMC_NWAIT invalid
5THCLK+12.5
-
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
ns
Synchronous waveforms and timings
Figure 59
Figure 62
represent synchronous waveforms and Table 140
provide the corresponding timings. The results shown in these tables are obtained with the following FMC configuration:
• BurstAccessMode = FMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable
• MemoryType = FMC_MemoryType_CRAM
• WriteBurst = FMC_WriteBurst_Enable
• CLKDivision = 1
• DataLatency = 1 for NOR Flash; DataLatency = 0 for PSRAM
286/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
In all timing tables, the T
HCLK
is the HCLK clock period.
• Maximum FMC_CLK =55MHz for CLKDIV=0x1 and 42MHz CLKDIV=0x0 for
2.7V<VDD<3.6V
• Maximum FMC_CLK =55MHz for CLKDIV=0x1 and 26MHz CLKDIV=0x0 for
1.71V<VDD<1.9V with CL=20pF
Figure 59. Synchronous multiplexed NOR/PSRAM read timings tw(CLK) tw(CLK)
BUSTURN = 0
FMC_CLK
Data latency = 0 td(CLKL-NExL) td(CLKH-NExH)
FMC_NEx t d(CLKL-NADVL)
FMC_NADV td(CLKL-NADVH) td(CLKL-AV) td(CLKH-AIV)
FMC_A[25:16] td(CLKL-NOEL) td(CLKH-NOEH)
FMC_NOE td(CLKL-ADV)
FMC_AD[15:0] td(CLKL-ADIV) tsu(ADV-CLKH)
AD[15:0] tsu(NWAITV-CLKH)
D1 th(CLKH-ADV) tsu(ADV-CLKH)
D2 th(CLKH-NWAITV) th(CLKH-ADV)
FMC_NWAIT
(WAITCFG = 1b,
WAITPOL + 0b)
FMC_NWAIT
(WAITCFG = 0b,
WAITPOL + 0b) tsu(NWAITV-CLKH) tsu(NWAITV-CLKH) th(CLKH-NWAITV) th(CLKH-NWAITV)
MS32757V1
DS12737 Rev 6 287/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Table 140. Synchronous multiplexed NOR/PSRAM read timings (1)(2)
Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit tw(CLK) FMC_CLK period R*THCLK-0.5
) td(CLKL-NExL) FMC_CLK low to FMC_NEx low (x=0..2) td(CLKH_NExH) FMC_CLK high to FMC_NEx high (x= 0…2) R*THCLK/2+1
td(CLKL-NADVL) FMC_CLK low to FMC_NADV low td(CLKL-NADVH) td(CLKL-AV) td(CLKH-AIV)
FMC_CLK low to FMC_NADV high
FMC_CLK low to FMC_Ax valid (x=16…25)
FMC_CLK high to FMC_Ax invalid
(x=16…25)
2
-
td(CLKL-NOEL) td(CLKH-NOEH) td(CLKL-ADV) td(CLKL-ADIV) tsu(ADV-CLKH) th(CLKH-ADV)
FMC_CLK low to FMC_NOE low
FMC_CLK high to FMC_NOE high
FMC_CLK low to FMC_AD[15:0] valid
FMC_CLK low to FMC_AD[15:0] invalid
FMC_A/D[15:0] valid data before FMC_CLK high
FMC_A/D[15:0] valid data after FMC_CLK high
-
R*THCLK/2+1
-
0
2
4 tsu(NWAIT-
CLKH) th(CLKH-NWAIT)
FMC_NWAIT valid before FMC_CLK high
FMC_NWAIT valid after FMC_CLK high
1.5
4
-
2.5
-
2.5
-
5.5
3
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
ns
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
2. Clock ratio R = (HCLK period /FMC_CLK period).
288/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Figure 60. Synchronous multiplexed PSRAM write timings
W
Z&/.
W
Z&/.
%867851
)0&B&/.
W
G&/./1([/
'DWDODWHQF\
W
G&/.+1([+
)0&B1([
W
G&/./1$'9/
)0&B1$'9
W
G&/./1$'9+
W
G&/./$9
W
G&/.+$,9
)0&B$>@
W
G&/./1:(/
W
G&/.+1:(+
)0&B1:(
W
G&/./'DWD
W
G&/./$'9
)0&B$'>@
W
G&/./$',9
W
G&/./'DWD
$'>@ ' '
)0&B1:$,7
:$,7&)* E
:$,732/E
)0&B1%/
W
VX1:$,79&/.+
W
K&/.+1:$,79
W
G&/.+1%/+
06Y9
DS12737 Rev 6 289/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Table 141. Synchronous multiplexed PSRAM write timings (1)(2)
Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit tw(CLK) FMC_CLK period, VDD range= 2.7 to 3.6 V R*THCLK-0.5
td(CLKL-NExL) FMC_CLK low to FMC_NEx low (x=0..2) td(CLKH-NExH) FMC_CLK high to FMC_NEx high (x= 0…2)
td(CLKL-NADVL) FMC_CLK low to FMC_NADV low td(CLKL-NADVH) td(CLKL-AV) td(CLKH-AIV)
FMC_CLK low to FMC_NADV high
FMC_CLK low to FMC_Ax valid (x=16…25)
FMC_CLK high to FMC_Ax invalid
(x=16…25)
2
-
td(CLKL-NWEL) td(CLKH-NWEH) td(CLKL-ADV) td(CLKL-ADIV) td(CLKL-DATA) td(CLKL-NBLL) td(CLKH-NBLH)
FMC_CLK low to FMC_NWE low
FMC_CLK high to FMC_NWE high
FMC_CLK low to to FMC_AD[15:0] valid
FMC_CLK low to FMC_AD[15:0] invalid
FMC_A/D[15:0] valid data after FMC_CLK low
FMC_CLK low to FMC_NBL low
FMC_CLK high to FMC_NBL high tsu(NWAIT-CLKH) FMC_NWAIT valid before FMC_CLK high th(CLKH-NWAIT) FMC_NWAIT valid after FMC_CLK high
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
2. Clock ratio R = (HCLK period /FMC_CLK period).
-
-
0
-
1
1.5
4
-
2.5
-
2.5
-
5.75
-
-
-
-
-
3
-
2
-
3.5
ns
290/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Figure 61. Synchronous non-multiplexed NOR/PSRAM read timings tw(CLK) tw(CLK)
FMC_CLK td(CLKL-NExL)
FMC_NEx td(CLKL-NADVL)
Data latency = 0 td(CLKL-NADVH) td(CLKH-NExH)
FMC_NADV td(CLKL-AV) td(CLKH-AIV)
FMC_A[25:0] td(CLKL-NOEL) td(CLKH-NOEH)
FMC_NOE
FMC_D[15:0] tsu(DV-CLKH) tsu(NWAITV-CLKH)
D1 th(CLKH-DV) tsu(DV-CLKH)
D2 th(CLKH-NWAITV) th(CLKH-DV)
FMC_NWAIT
(WAITCFG = 1b,
WAITPOL + 0b)
FMC_NWAIT
(WAITCFG = 0b,
WAITPOL + 0b) tsu(NWAITV-CLKH) t h(CLKH-NWAITV) tsu(NWAITV-CLKH) th(CLKH-NWAITV)
MS32759V1
DS12737 Rev 6 291/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Table 142. Synchronous non-multiplexed NOR/PSRAM read timings (1)(2)
Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit tw(CLK) FMC_CLK period R*THCLK-0.5
td(CLKL-NExL) FMC_CLK low to FMC_NEx low (x=0..2) td(CLKH-NExH) FMC_CLK high to FMC_NEx high (x= 0…2) R*THCLK/2+1
td(CLKL-NADVL) FMC_CLK low to FMC_NADV low td(CLKL-NADVH) td(CLKL-AV) td(CLKH-AIV)
FMC_CLK low to FMC_NADV high
FMC_CLK low to FMC_Ax valid (x=0…25)
FMC_CLK high to FMC_Ax invalid
(x=0…25)
2
-
-
R*THCLK/2+1
td(CLKL-NOEL) td(CLKH-NOEH) tsu(DV-CLKH) th(CLKH-DV)
FMC_CLK low to FMC_NOE low
FMC_CLK high to FMC_NOE high
FMC_D[15:0] valid data before FMC_CLK high
FMC_D[15:0] valid data after FMC_CLK high tsu(NWAIT-
CLKH)
FMC_NWAIT valid before FMC_CLK high th(CLKH-NWAIT) FMC_NWAIT valid after FMC_CLK high
2
4
1.5
4
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
2. Clock ratio R = (HCLK period /FMC_CLK period).
-
2.5
-
2.5
-
5.5
2
-
-
-
-
-
ns
292/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Figure 62. Synchronous non-multiplexed PSRAM write timings
W
Z&/.
W
Z&/.
)0&B&/.
W
G&/./1([/
)0&B1([
'DWDODWHQF\
W
G&/.+1([+
W
G&/./1$'9/
)0&B1$'9
W
G&/./1$'9+
W
G&/./$9
W
G&/.+$,9
)0&B$>@
W
G&/./1:(/
W
G&/.+1:(+
)0&B1:(
)0&B'>@
W
G&/./'DWD
'
W
G&/./'DWD
'
)0&B1:$,7
:$,7&)* E:$,732/E
)0&B1%/
W
VX1:$,79&/.+
W
G&/.+1%/+
W
K&/.+1:$,79
06Y9
DS12737 Rev 6 293/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Table 143. Synchronous non-multiplexed PSRAM write timings (1)(2)
Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit tw(CLK) td(CLKL-NExL) td(CLKH-NExH)
FMC_CLK period
FMC_CLK low to FMC_NEx low (x=0..2)
FMC_CLK high to FMC_NEx high (x=
0…2) td(CLKL-NADVL) td(CLKL-NADVH) td(CLKL-AV) td(CLKH-AIV)
FMC_CLK low to FMC_NADV low
FMC_CLK low to FMC_NADV high
FMC_CLK low to FMC_Ax valid (x=0…25)
FMC_CLK high to FMC_Ax invalid
(x=0…25)
FMC_CLK low to FMC_NWE low
FMC_CLK high to FMC_NWE high td(CLKL-NWEL) td(CLKH-NWEH) td(CLKL-Data)
FMC_D[15:0] valid data after FMC_CLK low
FMC_CLK low to FMC_NBL low td(CLKL-NBLL) td(CLKH-NBLH) FMC_CLK high to FMC_NBL high tsu(NWAIT-CLKH) FMC_NWAIT valid before FMC_CLK high th(CLKH-NWAIT) FMC_NWAIT valid after FMC_CLK high
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
2. Clock ratio R = (HCLK period /FMC_CLK period).
R*THCLK-0.5
-
-
2
-
-
-
1
1.5
4
-
-
-
-
-
2.5
2.5
-
5.5
-
-
2
-
3.5
ns
NAND controller waveforms and timings
Figure 63
Figure 66
represent synchronous waveforms, and
and
provide the corresponding timings. The results shown in these tables are obtained with the following FMC configuration:
• COM.FMC_SetupTime = 0x01
• COM.FMC_WaitSetupTime = 0x03
• COM.FMC_HoldSetupTime = 0x02
• COM.FMC_HiZSetupTime = 0x01
• ATT.FMC_SetupTime = 0x01
• ATT.FMC_WaitSetupTime = 0x03
• ATT.FMC_HoldSetupTime = 0x02
• ATT.FMC_HiZSetupTime = 0x01
• Bank = FMC_Bank_NAND
• MemoryDataWidth = FMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b
• ECC = FMC_ECC_Enable
• ECCPageSize = FMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes
• TCLRSetupTime = 0
• TARSetupTime = 0
294/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
In all timing tables, the T
HCLK
is the HCLK clock period.
Figure 63. NAND controller waveforms for read access
FMC_NCEx
ALE (FMC_A17)
CLE (FMC_A16)
FMC_NWE t d(NCE-NOE) t h(NOE-ALE)
FMC_NOE (NRE) t su(D-NOE) t h(NOE-D)
FMC_D[15:0]
MSv38003V1
FMC_NCEx
Figure 64. NAND controller waveforms for write access
ALE (FMC_A17)
CLE (FMC_A16) t d(NCE-NWE)
FMC_NWE t h(NWE-ALE)
FMC_NOE (NRE)
FMC_D[15:0] t v(NWE-D) t h(NWE-D)
MSv38004V1
DS12737 Rev 6 295/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Figure 65. NAND controller waveforms for common memory read access
FMC_NCEx
ALE (FMC_A17)
CLE (FMC_A16) t d(NCE-NOE) t h(NOE-ALE)
FMC_NWE t w(NOE)
FMC_NOE t su(D-NOE) t h(NOE-D)
FMC_D[15:0]
MSv38005V1
Figure 66. NAND controller waveforms for common memory write access
FMC_NCEx
ALE (FMC_A17)
CLE (FMC_A16) t d(NCE-NWE)
FMC_NWE t w(NWE) t h(NOE-ALE)
FMC_NOE t d(D-NWE) t v(NWE-D) t h(NWE-D)
FMC_D[15:0]
MSv38006V1
Table 144. Switching characteristics for NAND Flash read cycles
(1)
Symbol Parameter Min Max
Tw(N0E)
Tsu(D-NOE)
FMC_NOE low width
FMC_D[15-0] valid data before FMC_NOE high
Th(NOE-D) FMC_D[15-0] valid data after FMC_NOE high
Td(ALE-NOE) FMC_ALE valid before FMC_NOE low
Th(NOE-ALE) FMC_NWE high to FMC_ALE invalid
4THCLK - 0.5 4THCLK+0.5
14
0
-
3THCLK-0.5
-
3THCLK-1
-
-
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
Unit ns
296/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Table 145. Switching characteristics for NAND Flash write cycles (1)
Symbol Parameter Min Max
Tw(NWE)
Tv(NWE-D)
FMC_NWE low width
FMC_NWE low to FMC_D[15-0] valid
Th(NWE-D)
Td(D-NWE)
FMC_NWE high to FMC_D[15-0] invalid
FMC_D[15-0] valid before FMC_NWE high
Td(ALE_NWE) FMC_ALE valid before FMC_NWE low
Th(NWE-ALE) FMC_NWE high to FMC_ALE invalid
1. Guaranteed by characterization results, not tested in production.
4THCLK - 0.5
4THCLK+0.5
0 -
2THCLK -
5THCLK - 1
-
3THCLK-0.5
3THCLK-1
-
-
Unit ns
DS12737 Rev 6 297/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Symbol
F(CLK) tw(CKH) tw(CKL) tw(CKH) tw(CKL)
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in Table 146 ,
OCTOSPI are derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature, f
AHB
frequency and V
DD
supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 27: General operating conditions ,
with the following configuration:
• Output speed is set to OSPEEDRy[1:0] = 11
• For DTR(with DQS)/HyperBus the delay resister is set to DLYCFGR[3:0]=4
Refer to Section 5.3.15: I/O port characteristics
for more details on the input/output alternate function characteristics.
The following table summarizes the parameters measured in SDR mode.
Table 146. OCTOSPI (1) characteristics in SDR mode (2)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
OCTOSPI clock frequency
1.71<V
DD
<3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
20 pF
2.7<V
DD
<3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
20pF
1.71<V
DD
<3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
15pF
1.71<V
DD
<3.6
Voltage range 2
CL=20pF
OCTOSPI clock high and low time
PRESCALER[7:0] = n = 0,1,3,5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
54
90
56
26
MHz
OCTOSPI clock high and low time
Odd division
PRESCALER[7:0] = n = 2,4,6,8 ts(IN) th(IN)
Data input setup time
Data input hold time tv(OUT) Data output valid time th(OUT) Data output hold time
Voltage ranges 0/1
Voltage range 2
Voltage ranges 0/1
Voltage range 2
Voltage ranges 0/1
Voltage range 2
Voltage ranges 0/1
Voltage range 2
1. Values in the table applies to octal and quad SPI mode.
2. Guaranteed by characterization results.
t(CK)/2 - 0.5
t(CK)/2 -0.5
(n/2)×t(CK)/
(n+1)- 0.5
(n/2+1)×t(CK)/
(n+1) -0.5
1.5
2
4
5.25
-
-
-0.5
-0.75
-
-
-
-
0.5
0.5
-
-
-
t(CK)/2 t(CK)/2
(n/2)×t(CK)
/(n+1)
(n/2+1)× t(CK)/(n+1)
-
-
2
1.5
-
-
-
ns
298/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
The following table summarizes the parameters measured in DTR mode (no DQS).
Symbol
Table 147. OCTOSPI (1) characteristics in DTR mode (no DQS) (2)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max
F(CLK) tw(CKH) tw(CKL) tw(CKH) tw(CKL) tsr(IN), tsf(IN) thr(IN),thf(IN) tvr(OUT), tvf(OUT) thr(OUT), thf(OUT)
OCTOSPI clock frequency
1.71<V
DD
<3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
20 pF
2.7<V
DD
<3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
20 pF
1.71<V
DD
<3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
15 pF
1.71<V
DD
<3.6
Voltage range 2
-
-
-
-
OCTOSPI clock high and low time
OCTOSPI clock high and low time
Odd division
Data input setup time
PRESCALER[7:0] = n = 0,1,3,5
PRESCALER[7:0] = n = 2,4,6,8
Voltage ranges 0/1
Voltage range 2
Data input hold time
Data output valid time
Voltage ranges 0/1
Voltage range 2
DHQC=0
Voltage ranges
0/1
DHQC=1
Pres=1,2
…
Data output hold time
Voltage range 2
DHQC=0
DHQC=0
Voltage ranges
0/1
DHQC=1
Pres=1,2
…
Voltage range 2
DHQC=0 t(CK)/2
-0.5
t(CK)/2
-0.5
(n/2)×t(CK)/(n+1)-
0.5
(n/2+1)×t(CK)/
(n+1) -0.5
2.5
1.5
3
4
-
-
-
5
Tpclk/4
-0.25
8
1. Values in the table applies to octal and quad SPI mode.
2. Guaranteed by characterization results.
56
60
60
26 t(CK)/2+0.5
t(CK)/2+0.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
5.5
Tpclk
/4
+0.5
(n/2)×t(CK)/(n+1)+
0.5
(n/2+1)×t(CK)/
(n+1)+0.5
-
-
-
-
7.25
Tpclk/4
+2
8
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
10
-
-
-
Unit
MHz ns
DS12737 Rev 6 299/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
The following table summarizes the parameters measured in DTR mode (with DQS) /
HyperBus.
Table 148. OCTOSPI characteristics in DTR mode (with DQS) (1) /Octal and HyperBus
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit
F(CLK)
OCTOSPI clock frequency
1.71<V
DD
<3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
20 pF
2.7<V
DD
<3.6
Voltage ranges 0/1
20 pF
1.71<V
DD
<3.6
Voltage range 2
20 pF
-
-
-
-
-
58
(2)
MHz tw(CKH) tw(CKL) tw(CKH) tw(CKL)
OCTOSPI clock high and low time
Even division
t(CK)/2
-1 t(CK)/2
-0.5
(n/2)×t(CK)/(n+1)
-0.5
(n/2+1)×t(CK)/
(n+1) - 0.5
-
-
-
t(CK)/2
+0.5
t(CK)/2+0.5
(n/2)×t(CK)/(n+1)
+0.5
(n/2+1)*×(CK)/
(n+1)+0.5
ns tv(CK) th(CK)
V ODr( CK)
(3)
V ODf(
OCTOSPI clock high and low time
Odd division
Clock valid time
Clock hold time
CK,CK# crossing level on CK rising edge
CK,CK# crossing level on CK falling edge
V
DD
=1v8
V
DD
=1v8
-
-
-
t(CK)/2
-0.5
832
840 -
-
-
t(CK) + 2
-
1050
1071 mV
300/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Table 148. OCTOSPI characteristics in DTR mode (with DQS) (1) /Octal and HyperBus (continued)
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit tw(CS) tv(DQ) tv(DS) th(DS) tv(RWDS)
Chip select high time
Data input valid time
Data strobe input valid time
Data strobe input hold time
Data strobe output valid time
-
-
-
3×t(CK)
0
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
3×t(CK) tsr(DQ),tsf(DQ)
Data input setup time
Voltage ranges 0/1
Voltage range 2 thr(DQ),thf(DQ)
Data input hold time
Voltage ranges 0/1
Voltage range 2 tvr(OUT), tvf(OUT) thr(OUT), thf(OUT)
Data output valid time
Data output hold time
DHQC=
0
Voltage ranges 0/1
Voltage range 2
DHQC=0
DHQC=
1
Pres=1,
2…
DHQC=
0
Voltage ranges 0/1
DHQC=
1
Pres=1,
2…
Voltage range 2
DHQC=0
-0.75
-2.25
3.75
4.75
-
-
-
3.25
Tpclk/4
-0.25
6.5
-
-
-
-
5.75
Tpclk/4
+0.75
8
-
-
t(CK)/2
-5.75
(4) t(CK)/2
-8
-
-
7.75
Tpclk/4
+2.5
11
-
-
ns
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Maximum frequency values are given for a RWDS to DQ skew of maximum +/-1.0 ns.
3. (PA3/PF11), (PF10/PB12), (PF10/PB5), (PE10/PF11), (PA3/PE9) and (PE10/PB5) clk/clk# pair usage is recommended in order to respect HyperMemory AC differential crossing voltage margins.
4. Data input setup time maximum does not take into account the data level switching duration.
DS12737 Rev 6 301/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx t r(CK)
Figure 67. OCTOSPI timing diagram - SDR mode t
(CK) t w(CKH) t w(CKL) t f(CK)
Clock
Data output t v(OUT)
D0 t h(OUT)
D2
Data input
D0 t s(IN)
D1 t h(IN)
D1 D2
MSv36878V1 t r(CLK)
Figure 68. OCTOSPI timing diagram - DDR mode t
(CLK) t w(CLKH) t w(CLKL) t f(CLK)
Clock
Data output
Data input t r(CK) t f(CK#) t vf(OUT) t hr(OUT)
IO0
IO0
IO1 t sf(IN) t hf(IN)
IO1
IO2 t vr(OUT) t hf(OUT)
IO2
IO3
IO3
IO4 t sr(IN) t hr(IN)
IO5
IO4 IO5
MSv36879V3
Figure 69. OCTOSPI HyperBus clock t
(CK) t
(CK#) t w(CKH) t w(CK#L) t w(CKL) t w(CK#H) t f(CK) t r(CK#)
CK#
CK
V
OD(CK)
MSv47732V1
302/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Figure 70. OCTOSPI HyperBus read t w(CS)
CS# t v(CK)
ACC
= Initial Access t h(CK)
CK, CK# t v(RWDS) t v(DS) t h(DS)
RWDS
DQ[7:0] t v(OUT) t h(OUT)
47:40 39:32 31:24 23:16 15:8 7:0
Latency Count
Command-Address
Host drives DQ[7:0] and Memory drives RWDS t v(DQ) t s(DQ) t h(DQ)
Dn
A
Dn
B
Dn+1
A
Dn+1
B
Memory drives DQ[7:0] and RWDS
MSv47733V1
Figure 71. OCTOSPI HyperBus read with double latency
CS# t
RWR
=Read Write Recovery Additional Latency
CK, CK# t
CKDS
RWDS High = 2x Latency Count
Low = 1x Latency Count
DQ[7:0] 47:40 39:32 31:24 23:16 15:8 7:0
Command-Address
Host drives DQ[7:0] and Memory drives RWDS t
ACC
= Access
Dn
A
RWDS and Data are edge aligned
Dn
B
Dn+1
A
Dn+1
B
Memory drives DQ[7:0] and RWDS
MSv49351V1
Figure 72. OCTOSPI HyperBus write t w(CS)
CS#
Read Write Recovery t v(CK)
Access Latency t h(CK)
CK, CK# t v(OUT) t h(OUT)
RWDS
DQ[7:0] t v(RWDS) High = 2x Latency Count
Low = 1x Latency Count
Latency Count t v(OUT) t h(OUT)
47:40 39:32 31:24 23:16 15:8 7:0
Command-Address
Host drives DQ[7:0] and Memory drives RWDS t v(OUT) t h(OUT)
Dn
A
Dn
B
Dn+1
A
Dn+1
B
Host drives DQ[7:0] and RWDS
MSv47734V1
DS12737 Rev 6 303/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
Delay block
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in
Table 149 for delay block are derived
from tests performed under the ambient temperature, fPCLKx frequency and VDD supply voltage conditions summarized in
Table 27: General operating conditions with the
configuration shown in the figure below.
Table 149. Dynamics characteristics: delay block characteristics
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max t init t
∆
Initial delay
Unit delay -
1175
250
1375
500
1450
750
Unit ps
304/340
Unless otherwise specified, the parameters given in
derived from tests performed under the ambient temperature, fPCLKx frequency and VDD
supply voltage conditions summarized in Table 27: General operating conditions
with the following configuration:
• Output speed is set to OSPEEDRy[1:0] = 11
• Capacitive load C = 30 pF
• Measurement points are done at CMOS levels: 0.5V
DD
Refer to Section 5.3.15: I/O port characteristics for more details on the input/output
characteristics.
Table 150. Dynamics characteristics: SD / eMMC characteristics,
VDD=2.7V to 3.6 V (1)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Symbol tISUD tIHD
Input setup time SD
Input hold time SD -
2.5
1 -
-
-
-
Unit fPP
tW(CKL) tW(CKH)
Clock frequency in data transfer mode
SDIO_CK/fPCLK2 frequency ratio
Clock low time
Clock high time
-
fpp =52MHz fpp =52MHz
0
-
8.5
8.5
-
-
9.5
9.5
70
8/3
-
tISU tIHD
CMD, D inputs (referenced to CK) in eMMC legacy/SDR/DDR and SD HS/SDR
(2)
mode
Input setup time HS
Input hold time HS
-
-
2.5
1
-
-
-
-
CMD, D outputs (referenced to CK) in eMMC legacy/SDR/DDR and SD HS/SDR
/DDR
tOV tOH
Output valid time HS
Output hold time HS -
-
4.5
5
-
6
-
MHz
ns ns ns
CMD, D inputs (referenced to CK) in SD default mode ns
DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
Symbol
Table 150. Dynamics characteristics: SD / eMMC characteristics,
VDD=2.7V to 3.6 V (1) (continued)
Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max tOVD tOHD
CMD, D outputs (referenced to CK) in SD default mode
Output valid default time SD
Output hold default time SD
-
-
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. For SD 1.8 V support, an external voltage converter is needed.
-
0.5
1
-
2.5
-
Unit ns
Table 151. Dynamics characteristics: eMMC characteristics VDD=1.71 V to 1.9 V
(1)(2)
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit fPP
tW(CKL) tW(CKH)
Clock frequency in data transfer mode
SDIO_CK/fPCLK2 frequency ratio
Clock low time
Clock high time
0
fpp =52 MHz 8.5
fpp =52 MHz 8.5
-
-
9.5
9.5
52
8/3
-
-
MHz
ns tISU tIH
CMD, D inputs (referenced to CK) in eMMC mode
Input setup time HS
Input hold time HS -
2.5
2 tOV tOH
CMD, D outputs (referenced to CK) in eMMC mode
Output valid time HS
Output hold time HS
1. Guaranteed by characterization results.
2. Cload=20 pF.
-
-
-
4
5.5
-
-
-
6.5
-
-
ns ns
DS12737 Rev 6 305/340
307
Electrical characteristics STM32L552xx
See the different SDMMC diagrams in Figure 73 , Figure 74
and
below.
Figure 73. SDIO high-speed mode
306/340
Figure 74. SD default mode
CK
D, CMD
(output) tOVD tOHD
Clock
Data output
Data input t r(CLK) ai14888
Figure 75. DDR mode t
(CLK) t w(CLKH) t w(CLKL) t f(CLK) t vf(OUT) t hr(OUT)
IO0
IO0
IO1 t sf(IN) t hf(IN)
IO1
IO2 t vr(OUT) t hf(OUT)
IO2
IO3
IO3
IO4 t sr(IN) t hr(IN)
IO5
IO4 IO5
MSv36879V3
DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Electrical characteristics
UCPD controller complies with USB Type-C Rev 1.2 and USB Power Delivery Rev 3.0 specifications.
Symbol
V
DD
Table 152. UCPD characteristics
Parameter Conditions Min
UCPD operating supply voltage
Sink mode only 3.0
Sink and source mode 3.135
Typ
3.3
3.3
Max
3.6
3.465
Unit
V
DS12737 Rev 6 307/340
307
Package information STM32L552xx
6.1
In order to meet environmental requirements, ST offers these devices in different grades of
ECOPACK packages, depending on their level of environmental compliance. ECOPACK specifications, grade definitions and product status are available at: www.st.com
.
ECOPACK is an ST trademark.
LQFP48 package information
LQFP48 is a 48-pin, 7 x 7 mm, low-profile quad flat package.
Figure 76. LQFP48 outline
SEATING
PLANE
C ccc C b
37
36
D
D1
D3
25
24
0.25 mm
GAUGE PLANE
K
L1
L
308/340
48
PIN 1
IDENTIFICATION
1
13
12 e
1. Drawing is not to scale.
Symbol
A
A1
A2
Min
-
0.050
1.350
Table 153. LQFP48 mechanical data millimeters
Typ
-
-
1.400
Max
1.600
0.150
1.450
Min
-
0.0020
0.0531
inches
(1)
Typ
-
-
0.0551
5B_ME_V2
Max
0.0630
0.0059
0.0571
DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Package information
Table 153. LQFP48 mechanical data (continued) millimeters inches (1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min
D1
D3
E
E1 b c
D
0.170
0.090
8.800
6.800
-
8.800
6.800
0.220
-
9.000
7.000
5.500
9.000
7.000
0.270
0.200
9.200
7.200
-
9.200
7.200
E3 e
L
L1
-
-
0.450
-
5.500
0.500
0.600
1.000
-
-
0.750
-
-
-
0.0177
k ccc
0°
-
3.5°
-
7°
0.080
0°
-
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
0.0067
0.0035
0.3465
0.2677
-
0.3465
0.2677
Typ
0.2165
0.0197
0.0236
0.0394
3.5°
-
0.0087
-
0.3543
0.2756
0.2165
0.3543
0.2756
Figure 77. LQFP48 recommended footprint
0.50
1.20
Max
-
-
0.0295
-
7°
0.0031
0.0106
0.0079
0.3622
0.2835
-
0.3622
0.2835
0.30
37
36 25
24
0.20
7.30
9.70
5.80
7.30
48
1 12
13
1.20
5.80
9.70
ai14911d
1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.
DS12737 Rev 6 309/340
333
Package information STM32L552xx
Device marking for LQFP48
The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which also depend on supply chain operations, are not indicated below.
Figure 78. Example of LQFP48 package marking (package top view)
Product identification
(1)
STM32L552
CET6P
Y WW
Date code
Pin 1 identifier R
Revision code
MSv60472V2
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
310/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
6.2
Package information
UFQFPN48 package information
UFQFPN48 is a 48-lead, 7 x 7 mm, 0.5 mm pitch, ultra thin fine pitch quad flat package.
Figure 79. UFQFPN48 outline
Pin 1 identifier laser marking area
D
E E
T
D
Y e b
Detail Y ddd
A
A1
Seating plane
Exposed pad area
D2
1
C 0.500x45° pin1 corner
48
Detail Z
L
R 0.125 typ.
E2
1
48
Z
A0B9_ME_V3
1. Drawing is not to scale.
2. All leads/pads should also be soldered to the PCB to improve the lead/pad solder joint life.
3. There is an exposed die pad on the underside of the UFQFPN package. It is recommended to connect and solder this back-side pad to PCB ground.
Table 154. UFQFPN48 mechanical data millimeters inches
(1)
Symbol
E
D2
E2
A
A1
D
Min
0.500
0.000
6.900
6.900
5.500
5.500
Typ
0.550
0.020
7.000
7.000
5.600
5.600
Max
0.600
0.050
7.100
7.100
5.700
5.700
Min
0.0197
0.0000
0.2717
0.2717
0.2165
0.2165
Typ
0.0217
0.0008
0.2756
0.2756
0.2205
0.2205
Max
0.0236
0.0020
0.2795
0.2795
0.2244
0.2244
DS12737 Rev 6 311/340
333
Package information
Table 154. UFQFPN48 mechanical data (continued) millimeters inches (1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min
L
T b e ddd
0.300
-
0.200
-
-
0.400
0.152
0.250
0.500
-
0.500
-
0.300
-
0.080
0.0118
-
0.0079
-
-
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
Typ
0.0157
0.0060
0.0098
0.0197
-
Figure 80. UFQFPN48 recommended footprint
STM32L552xx
Max
0.0197
-
0.0118
-
0.0031
7.30
6.20
1
48 37
36
7.30
6.20
0.20
5.60
5.80
5.60
0.30
12
13
0.50
24
25
0.75
0.55
5.80
A0B9_FP_V2
1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.
Device marking for UFQFPN48 (7 x 7)
The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which also depend on supply chain operations, are not indicated below.
312/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Package information
Figure 81. Example of UFQFPN48 package marking (package top view)
Product identification
(1)
STM32L552
CEU6P
Y WW
Date code
Pin 1 identifier R
Revision code
MSv60473V2
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
DS12737 Rev 6 313/340
333
Package information
6.3 LQFP64 package information
LQFP64 is a 64-pin, 10 x 10 mm, low-profile quad flat package.
SEATING PLANE
C
Figure 82. LQFP64 outline b
49 ccc C
D
D1
D3
48 33
32
STM32L552xx
L1
L
0.25 mm
GAUGE PLANE
K
314/340
64
PIN 1
IDENTIFICATION
1 e
16
17
Symbol
D
D1 b c
A
A1
A2
D3
E
E1
1. Drawing is not to scale.
Min
-
-
-
-
0.050
1.350
0.170
0.090
-
-
Table 155. LQFP64 mechanical data millimeters inches
(1)
Typ
-
-
1.400
0.220
-
12.000
10.000
7.500
12.000
10.000
Max
1.600
0.150
1.450
0.270
0.200
-
-
-
-
-
Min
-
0.0020
0.0531
0.0067
0.0035
-
-
-
-
-
Typ
-
-
0.0551
0.0087
-
0.4724
0.3937
0.2953
0.4724
0.3937
5W_ME_V3
Max
0.0630
0.0059
0.0571
0.0106
0.0079
-
-
-
-
-
DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Package information
Table 155. LQFP64 mechanical data (continued) millimeters inches (1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min
L
L1 ccc
E3 e
K
-
-
0°
0.450
-
-
7.500
0.500
3.5°
0.600
1.000
-
-
-
7°
0.750
-
0.080
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
-
-
0°
0.0177
-
-
Typ
0.2953
0.0197
3.5°
0.0236
0.0394
-
Figure 83. LQFP64 recommended footprint
Max
-
-
7°
0.0295
-
0.0031
48 33
0.3
49
0.5
32
12.7
10.3
10.3
64 17
1.2
1 16
7.8
12.7
ai14909c
1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.
Device marking for LQFP64 (10 x 10)
The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which also depend on supply chain operations, are not indicated below.
DS12737 Rev 6 315/340
333
Package information STM32L552xx
Figure 84. Example of LQFP64 package marking (package top view)
Product identification
(1)
STM32L552
RET6P
Y WW
Date code
Pin 1 identifier R
Revision code
MSv60474V2
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
316/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
6.4
Package information
WLCSP81 package information
WLCSP81 is a 81-ball, 4.36 x 4.07 mm, 0.4 mm pitch, wafer level chip scale package.
Figure 85. WLCSP81 outline bbb Z
A1
G
F e1
A1 BALL LOCATION
(4x) aaa
DETAIL A e2 E e e
BOTTOM VIEW
D
TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW
A
A2
A3
A2
BUMP b eee Z
FRONT VIEW
Z b(81x) ccc Z X Y ddd Z
SEATING PLANE
DETAIL A
ROTATED 90
B01H_WLCSP81_ME_V1
1. Drawing is not to scale.
2. Dimension is measured at the maximum bump diameter parallel to primary datum Z.
3. Primary datum Z and seating plane are defined by the spherical crowns of the bump.
4. Bump position designation per JESD 95-1, SPP-010.
Table 156. WLCSP81 mechanical data millimeters inches
(1)
Symbol
A
(2)
A1
A2
A3
(3) b
D
E
Min
-
0.22
4.33
4.05
-
-
-
Typ
-
0.18
0.38
0.025
0.25
4.36
4.07
Max
0.59
-
-
-
0.28
4.39
4.09
Min
-
-
-
-
0.009
0.170
0.159
Typ
-
0.007
0.015
0.001
0.010
0.172
0.160
Max
0.023
-
-
-
0.011
0.173
0.161
DS12737 Rev 6 317/340
333
Package information STM32L552xx
Table 156. WLCSP81 mechanical data (continued) millimeters inches (1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min Typ Max e e1 e2
F
(4)
G
aaa bbb ccc ddd eee
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.40
3.20
3.20
0.580
0.435
0.10
0.10
0.10
0.05
0.05
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.016
0.126
0.126
0.023
0.017
0.004
0.004
0.004
0.002
0.002
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
2. The maximum total package height is calculated by the RSS method (Root Sum Square) using nominal and tolerances values of A1 and A2.
3. Back side coating. Nominal dimension is rounded to the 3rd decimal place resulting from process capability.
4. Calculated dimensions are rounded to the 3rd decimal place.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Figure 86. WLCSP 81 recommended footprint
1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.
Dpad
Dsm
BGA_WLCSP_FT_V1
318/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Package information
Table 157. WLCSP81 recommended PCB design rules
Dimension Recommended values
Pitch
Dpad
Dsm
Stencil opening
Stencil thickness
0.4 mm
0,225 mm
0.290 mm typ. (depends on soldermask registration tolerance)
0.250 mm
0.100 mm
Device marking for WLCSP81
The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus ball A1 identifier location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which also depend on supply chain operations, are not indicated below.
Figure 87. Example of WLCSP81 package marking (package top view)
Product identification
(1)
L552ME6P
Date code
Y WW R
Additional information
MSv60475V2
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
DS12737 Rev 6 319/340
333
Package information STM32L552xx
LQFP100 is a 100-pin, 14 x 14 mm low-profile quad flat package.
Figure 88. LQFP100 outline
SEATING PLANE
C c ccc C
D
D1
D3
76
75 51
50
0.25 mm
GAUGE PLANE
L1
L K
320/340
100
PIN 1
IDENTIFICATION
1 25
26 e c
D
D1
D3
E
A
A1
A2 b
1. Drawing is not to scale.
Symbol
Min
-
0.050
1.350
0.170
0.090
15.800
13.800
-
15.800
Table 158. LQPF100 mechanical data millimeters inches
(1)
Typ
-
-
1.400
0.220
-
16.000
14.000
12.000
16.000
Max
1.600
0.150
1.450
0.270
0.200
16.200
14.200
-
16.200
Min
-
0.0020
0.0531
0.0067
0.0035
0.6220
0.5433
-
0.6220
Typ
-
-
0.0551
0.0087
-
0.6299
0.5512
0.4724
0.6299
1L_ME_V5
Max
0.0630
0.0059
0.0571
0.0106
0.0079
0.6378
0.5591
-
0.6378
DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Package information
Table 158. LQPF100 mechanical data (continued) millimeters inches (1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min
L
L1 k ccc
E1
E3 e
13.800
-
-
0.450
-
0.0°
-
14.000
12.000
0.500
0.600
1.000
3.5°
-
14.200
-
-
0.750
-
7.0°
0.080
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
0.5433
-
-
0.0177
-
0.0°
-
Typ
0.5512
0.4724
0.0197
0.0236
0.0394
3.5°
-
Figure 89. LQFP100 recommended footprint
75 51
76 50
0.5
0.3
16.7
14.3
Max
0.5591
-
-
0.0295
-
7.0°
0.0031
100 26
1.2
1 25
12.3
16.7
ai14906c
1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.
Device marking for LQFP100
The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which also depend on supply chain operations, are not indicated below.
DS12737 Rev 6 321/340
333
Package information STM32L552xx
Figure 90. Example of LQFP100 package marking (package top view)
Product identification
(1)
STM32L552
VET6Q
YWW
R
Date code
Pin 1 identifier
MSv60476V2
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
322/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
6.6
Package information
UFBGA132 package information
UFBGA132 is a 132-pin, 7 x 7 mm, ultra thin fine pitch ball grid array package.
e
E1
Figure 91. UFBGA132 outline
A1 ball identifier
B
Z
A
E
Z
A
D1 D e
12
BOTTOM VIEW
M
1
Øb (132 balls)
Ø eee M C A B
Ø fff M C
TOP VIEW
A4 ddd C
A2 A3 b A1 A
SEATING
PLANE
1. Drawing is not to scale.
Table 159. UFBGA132 mechanical data millimeters
Symbol
Min
D1
E
E1 e
A
A1
A2 -
-
-
A3 -
A4 b
D
0.240
6.850
-
6.850
-
-
Typ
-
-
0.450
0.130
0.320
0.290
7.000
5.500
7.000
5.500
0.500
Max
0.600
0.110
-
-
-
0.340
7.150
-
7.150
-
-
Min
-
-
-
-
-
0.0094
0.2697
-
0.2697
-
inches
(1)
Typ
-
-
0.0177
0.0051
0.0114
0.2756
0.2165
0.2756
0.2165
0.0197
UFBGA132_A0G8_ME_V2
Max
0.0236
0.0043
-
-
0.0134
0.2815
-
0.2815
-
-
DS12737 Rev 6 323/340
333
Package information
Table 159. UFBGA132 mechanical data (continued) millimeters inches (1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max
Z ddd eee fff -
-
-
0.750
0.080
0.150
0.050
-
-
-
-
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
Min
-
-
-
-
Typ
0.0295
0.0031
0.0059
0.0020
Figure 92. UFBGA132 recommended footprint
STM32L552xx
Max
-
-
-
-
Dpad
Dsm
324/340
UFBGA132_A0G8_FP_V1
Pitch
Dpad
Dsm
Table 160. UFBGA132 recommended PCB design rules (0.5 mm pitch BGA)
Dimension Recommended values
Stencil opening
Stencil thickness
Pad trace width
Ball diameter
0.5 mm
0.280 mm
0.370 mm typ. (depends on the soldermask registration tolerance)
0.280 mm
Between 0.100 mm and 0.125 mm
0.100 mm
0.280 mm
DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Package information
Device marking for UFBGA132 (7 x 7)
The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus ball A1 identifier location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which also depend on supply chain operations, are not indicated below.
Figure 93. Example of UFBGA132 package marking (package top view)
Product identification
(1)
STM32L
552QEI6Q
Y WW
R
Date code
Additional information
MSv60480V2
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
DS12737 Rev 6 325/340
333
Package information
LQFP144 is a 144-pin, 20 x 20 mm low-profile quad flat package.
Figure 94. LQFP144 outline
SEATING
PLANE
C
STM32L552xx c ccc C
D
D1
D3
0.25 mm
GAUGE PLANE
L1
L
K
109
108 73
72
144
PIN 1
IDENTIFICATION
1
1. Drawing is not to scale. e
36
37
1A_ME_V4
326/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
Table 161. LQFP144 mechanical data millimeters inches
(1)
Symbol
Min Typ Max Min e
L
L1
D3
E
E1
E3 k ccc
D
D1 b c
A
A1
A2
-
0.050
1.350
0.170
0.090
21.800
19.800
-
21.800
19.800
-
-
0.450
-
0°
-
-
-
1.400
0.220
-
22.000
20.000
17.500
22.000
20.000
17.500
0.500
0.600
1.000
3.5°
-
1.600
0.150
1.450
0.270
0.200
22.200
20.200
-
22.200
20.200
-
-
0.750
-
7°
0.080
1. Values in inches are converted from mm and rounded to 4 decimal digits.
-
0.8583
0.7795
-
-
0.0177
-
0°
-
-
0.0020
0.0531
0.0067
0.0035
0.8583
0.7795
Typ
0.6890
0.8661
0.7874
0.6890
0.0197
0.0236
0.0394
3.5°
-
-
-
0.0551
0.0087
-
0.8661
0.7874
Package information
Max
-
0.8740
0.7953
-
-
0.0295
-
7°
0.0031
0.0630
0.0059
0.0571
0.0106
0.0079
0.8740
0.7953
DS12737 Rev 6 327/340
333
Package information STM32L552xx
109
Figure 95. LQFP144 recommended footprint
108 73
1.35
0.35
72
0.5
19.9
17.85
22.6
144 37
1 36
19.9
22.6
ai14905e
1. Dimensions are expressed in millimeters.
Device marking for LQFP144
The following figure gives an example of topside marking orientation versus pin 1 identifier location.
The printed markings may differ depending on the supply chain.
Other optional marking or inset/upset marks, which also depend on supply chain operations, are not indicated below.
328/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Package information
Figure 96. Example of LQFP144 package marking (package top view)
Product identification
(1)
STM32L552ZET6Q
R
Additional information
Date code
Y WW
Pin 1 identifier
MSv60479V2
1. Parts marked as ES or E or accompanied by an Engineering Sample notification letter are not yet qualified and therefore not approved for use in production. ST is not responsible for any consequences resulting from such use. In no event will ST be liable for the customer using any of these engineering samples in production. ST’s Quality department must be contacted prior to any decision to use these engineering samples to run a qualification activity.
DS12737 Rev 6 329/340
333
Package information STM32L552xx
The maximum chip-junction temperature, T
J using the following equation:
max, in degrees Celsius, may be calculated
T
J
max = T
A
max + (P
D
max x Θ
JA
)
Where:
• T
A
max is the maximum ambient temperature in °C,
• Θ
JA
is the package junction-to-ambient thermal resistance, in °C/W,
• P
D
max is the sum of P
INT
max and P
I/O max (P
D
max = P
INT
max + P
I/O max),
• P
INT
max is the product of I
DD and internal power.
V
DD
, expressed in Watts. This is the maximum chip
P
I/O
max represents the maximum power dissipation on output pins where:
P
I/O
max = Σ (V
OL
× I
OL
) + Σ ((V
DDIOx
– V
OH
) × I
OH
), taking into account the actual V
OL application.
/ I
OL
and V
OH
/ I
OH of the I/Os at low and high level in the
Symbol
Θ
JA
Table 162. Package thermal characteristics
Parameter Value
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
LQFP144 20 x 20 mm
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
LQFP100 - 14 × 14 mm
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
LQFP64 10 x 10 mm
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
LQFP48 7 x 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
UFQFPN48 7 x 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
UFBGA132 7 x 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-ambient
WLCSP81 4.36 x 4.07 mm
47.4
49.3
50.7
52.3
25.6
39.6
45
Unit
°C/W
330/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Package information
Symbol
Θ
Θ
JC
JB
Table 162. Package thermal characteristics (continued)
Parameter Value
Thermal resistance junction-case
LQFP144 20 x 20 mm
Thermal resistance junction-case
LQFP100 - 14 × 14 mm
Thermal resistance junction-case
LQFP64 10 x 10 mm
Thermal resistance junction-case
LQFP48 7 x 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-case
UFQFPN48 7 x 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-case
UFBGA132 7 x 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-case
WLCSP81 4.36 x 4.07 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
LQFP144 20 x 20 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
LQFP100 - 14 × 14 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
LQFP64 10 x 10 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
LQFP48 7 x 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
UFQFPN48 7 x 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
UFBGA132 7 x 7 mm
Thermal resistance junction-board
WLCSP81 4.36 x 4.07 mm
13.5
14
14.2
14.4
1.5
38.1
1.5
43.3
41.5
39.5
37.4
13.5
13.2
27
Unit
°C/W
°C/W
6.8.2
JESD51-2 Integrated Circuits Thermal Test Method Environment Conditions - Natural
Convection (Still Air). Available from www.jedec.org
Selecting the product temperature range
When ordering the microcontroller, the temperature range is specified in the ordering
information scheme shown in Section 7: Ordering information .
Each temperature range suffix corresponds to a specific guaranteed ambient temperature at maximum dissipation and, to a specific maximum junction temperature.
DS12737 Rev 6 331/340
333
Package information
Note:
STM32L552xx
As applications do not commonly use the STM32L552xx at maximum dissipation, it is useful to calculate the exact power consumption and junction temperature to determine which temperature range is best suited to the application.
The following examples show how to calculate the temperature range needed for a given application.
Example 1: High-performance application
Assuming the following application conditions:
Maximum ambient temperature T
Amax
I
DDmax
= 50 mA, V
DD
= 82 °C (measured according to JESD51-2),
= 3.5 V, maximum 20 I/Os used at the same time in output at low level with I
OL
= 8 mA, V
OL
= 0.4 V and maximum 8 I/Os used at the same time in output at low level with I
OL
= 20 mA, V
OL
= 1.3 V
P
INTmax =
50 mA × 3.5 V= 175 mW
P
IOmax =
20 × 8 mA × 0.4 V + 8 × 20 mA × 1.3 V = 272 mW
This gives: P
INTmax
= 175 mW and P
IOmax
= 272 mW:
P
Dmax =
175
+
272 = 447 mW
Using the values obtained in T
Jmax
is calculated as follows:
– For LQFP100, 49.3°C/W
T
Jmax
= 82 °C + (49.3°C/W × 447 mW) = 82 °C + 22.04 °C = 104.04 °C
This is within the range of the suffix 6 version parts (–40 < T
J
< 105 °C) see
In this case, parts must be ordered at least with the temperature range suffix 6 (see
Section 7: Ordering information
).
With this given P
Dmax
we can find the TAmax allowed for a given device temperature range
(order code suffix 6 or 7).
Suffix 6: T
Amax
= T
Jmax
- ( 49.3
°C/W × 447 mW) = 105 - 22.03
= 82.97 °C
Suffix 3: T
Amax
= T
Jmax
- ( 49.3
°C/W × 447 mW) = 130 - 22.03
= 107.97 °C
Example 2: High-temperature application
Using the same rules, it is possible to address applications that run at high ambient temperatures with a low dissipation, as long as junction temperature T
J specified range.
remains within the
Assuming the following application conditions:
Maximum ambient temperature T
Amax
I
DDmax
= 20 mA, V
DD
= 100 °C (measured according to JESD51-2),
= 3.5 V, maximum 20 I/Os used at the same time in output at low level with I
OL
= 8 mA, V
OL
= 0.4 V
P
INTmax =
20 mA × 3.5 V= 70 mW
P
IOmax = 20
× 8 mA × 0.4 V = 64 mW
This gives: P
INTmax
= 70 mW and P
IOmax
= 64 mW:
P
Dmax =
70
+
64 = 134 mW
Thus: P
Dmax
= 134 mW
332/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Package information
Using the values obtained in T
Jmax
is calculated as follows:
– For LQFP100, 49.3 °C/W
T
Jmax
= 100 °C + (49.3 °C/W × 134 mW) = 100 °C + 6.6 °C = 106.6 °C
This is above the range of the suffix 6 version parts (–40 < T
J
< 105 °C).
In this case, parts must be ordered at least with the temperature range suffix 3 (see
Section 7: Ordering information
) unless we reduce the power dissipation in order to be able to use suffix 6 parts.
DS12737 Rev 6 333/340
333
Ordering information STM32L552xx
334/340
Table 163. STM32L552xx ordering information scheme
Example:
Device family
STM32 = Arm ® based 32-bit microcontroller
STM32 L 552 V E T 6 Q TR
Product type
L = ultra-low-power
Device subfamily
552 = STM32L552xx
Pin count
C = 48 pins
R = 64 pins
M = 81 pins
V = 100 pins
Q = 132 balls
Z = 144 pins
Flash memory size
E = 512 Kbytes of Flash memory
C= 256 Kbytes of Flash memory
Package
T = LQFP
I = UFBGA
U = UFQFPN
Y = WLCSP
Temperature range
6 = Industrial temperature range, -40 to 85 °C (105 °C junction)
3 = Industrial temperature range, -40 to 125 °C (130°C junction)
Dedicated pinout
Q = Dedicated pinout supporting SMPS step down converter
P = Dedicated pinout supporting external SMPS
Packing
TR = tape and reel xxx = programmed parts
1. All packages are ECOPACK2 (RoHS compliant and free of brominated, chlorinated and antimony-oxide flame retardants).
2. For a list of available options (speed, package, etc.) or for further information on any aspect of this device, please contact your nearest ST sales office.
DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx Revision history
Date
04-Oct-2019
18-Dec-2019
Table 164. Document revision history
Revision Changes
1
2
Internal release
Updated Section 3.3: Memory protection unit
.
Updated Section 3.4: Embedded Flash memory .
Updated Table 5: Boot space versus RDP protection
.
Updated Section 3.9.4: SMPS step down converter .
Updated Table 11: Functionalities depending on the working mode
.
Updated Figure 7: STM32L552xx clock tree .
Updated Table 27: General operating conditions
.
.
Updated Table 47: Current consumption in Run and
Low-power run modes, code with data processing running from SRAM2
.
DS12737 Rev 6 335/340
339
Revision history
Date
18-Dec-2019
11-Feb-2020
STM32L552xx
Table 164. Document revision history
Revision Changes
2
(continued)
3
.
Updated Table 61: Current consumption in Sleep mode,
Flash ON and power supplied by internal SMPS step down converter .
Updated Table 76: Current consumption in Stop 2 mode .
Updated Table 77: Current consumption in Stop 1 mode
..
Updated Table 79: Current consumption in Standby mode
.
Updated Table 80: Current consumption in Shutdown mode
.
Updated Table 81: Current consumption in VBAT mode .
Updated Table 83: Low-power mode wakeup timings
.
Updated Table 102: I/O static characteristics .
Updated Table 103: Output voltage characteristics
.
Updated Table 129: SPI characteristics
.
Updated Table 130: SAI characteristics
.
Updated Table 146: OCTOSPI characteristics in SDR mode
.
Updated Table 147: OCTOSPI characteristics in DTR mode (no DQS)
.
Updated Table 148: OCTOSPI characteristics in DTR mode (with DQS)/Octal and HyperBus
.
Updated LQFP silhouette on cover page.
Updated Table 2: STM32L552xx features and peripheral counts
.
Updated Figure 1: STM32L552xx block diagram .
Updated Section 3.1: Arm ® Cortex
Updated Section 3.2: Art Accelerator – instruction cache
Updated Section 3.6: Boot modes
Updated Table 5: Boot space versus RDP protection
.
Updated Table 6: Example of memory map security attribution vs SAU configuration regions
.
Updated Table 7: Securable peripherals by TZSC .
Updated Section 3.9.4: SMPS step down converter .
Updated Table 10: STM32L552xx modes overview
.
Updated Table 11: Functionalities depending on the working mode
.
Updated Table 12: STM32L552xx peripherals interconnect matrix
.
Updated Section 3.17.1: Nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC) .
336/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
Date
11-Feb-2020
14-May-2020
Revision history
Table 164. Document revision history
Revision Changes
3
(continued)
4
Updated Section 3.21: Analog-to-digital converter
.
Removed information related to UFBGA132_ExtSMPS in
Section 4: Pinouts and pin description
.
Updated Table 24: Voltage characteristics
.
Updated Table 33: Current consumption in Run and
Updated Table 79: Current consumption in Standby mode
.
Updated Table 99: ESD absolute maximum ratings .
Updated Table 102: I/O static characteristics .
Updated Table 117: VREFBUF characteristics
.
Updated Table 119: OPAMP characteristics .
Updated Table 123: Temp and VDD monitoring characteristics .
Updated:
–
Figure 1: STM32L552xx block diagram .
–
Figure 2: STM32L552xx power supply overview
.
–
Figure 3: STM32L552xxxxP power supply overview
.
–
Figure 12: STM32L552xx UFQFPN48 pinout
.
–
Figure 13: STM32L552xxxxP UFQFPN48 external
.
–
Section 5.3.2: SMPS step-down converter .
–
Table 20: Legend/abbreviations used in the pinout table .
Updated title of
,
,
,
,
DS12737 Rev 6 337/340
339
Revision history
Date
14-May-2020
STM32L552xx
Table 164. Document revision history
Revision Changes
4 (continued)
Added:
–
–
Table 29: SMPS characteristics
–
.
–
.
–
.
–
ICACHE on in 2-way and power supplied by external
–
ICACHE on in 1-way and power supplied by external
–
ICACHE disabled and power supplied by external
–
.
–
.
–
Table 70: Current consumption in Sleep mode, Flash
ON and power supplied by external SMPS .
–
Table 71: Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash, ICACHE on
(2-way) and power supplied by external SMPS .
–
Table 72: Current consumption in Run mode, code with data processing running from Flash, ICACHE on
(1-way) and power supplied by external SMPS .
–
–
.
–
.
338/340 DS12737 Rev 6
STM32L552xx
Date
14-May-2020
09-Sep-2020
21-Oct-2020
Revision history
Table 164. Document revision history
Revision Changes
4 (continued)
5
6
Updated Table 102: I/O static characteristics .
Updated Table 146: OCTOSPI characteristics in SDR mode
.
Updated Table 147: OCTOSPI characteristics in DTR mode (no DQS)
.
Updated Table 148: OCTOSPI characteristics in DTR mode (with DQS)/Octal and HyperBus
.
Updated Table 150: Dynamics characteristics: SD / eMMC characteristics, VDD=2.7V to 3.6 V .
Updated Table 151: Dynamics characteristics: eMMC characteristics VDD=1.71 V to 1.9 V .
Updated Section 6: Package information .
Updated Table 163: STM32L552xx ordering information scheme .
Updated:
–
Table 10: STM32L552xx modes overview
.
–
Section 3.28: True random number generator (RNG) .
–
Table 77: Current consumption in Stop 1 mode .
–
Table 80: Current consumption in Shutdown mode .
–
Table 82: Peripheral current consumption
.
–
Table 83: Low-power mode wakeup timings
.
Updated:
–
Table 10: STM32L552xx modes overview
.
–
Table 14: Temperature sensor calibration values
–
Table 21: STM32L552xx pin definitions
–
Table 77: Current consumption in Stop 1 mode
–
Table 80: Current consumption in Shutdown mode .
–
Table 83: Low-power mode wakeup timings
–
Table 117: VREFBUF characteristics
–
–
Section 3.28: True random number generator (RNG)
Added
–
Figure 46: VREFBUF in case VRS = 0
–
Figure 47: VREFBUF in case VRS = 1
DS12737 Rev 6 339/340
339
STM32L552xx
IMPORTANT NOTICE – PLEASE READ CAREFULLY
STMicroelectronics NV and its subsidiaries (“ST”) reserve the right to make changes, corrections, enhancements, modifications, and improvements to ST products and/or to this document at any time without notice. Purchasers should obtain the latest relevant information on
ST products before placing orders. ST products are sold pursuant to ST’s terms and conditions of sale in place at the time of order acknowledgement.
Purchasers are solely responsible for the choice, selection, and use of ST products and ST assumes no liability for application assistance or the design of Purchasers’ products.
No license, express or implied, to any intellectual property right is granted by ST herein.
Resale of ST products with provisions different from the information set forth herein shall void any warranty granted by ST for such product.
ST and the ST logo are trademarks of ST. For additional information about ST trademarks, please refer to www.st.com/trademarks . All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners.
Information in this document supersedes and replaces information previously supplied in any prior versions of this document.
© 2020 STMicroelectronics – All rights reserved
340/340 DS12737 Rev 6
Download
Advertisement
Key features
Ultra-low-power consumption with FlexPowerControl
Arm TrustZone for enhanced security
Up to 512 KB Flash memory with two banks read-while-write
Extensive communication peripherals (USB, I2C, USART, SPI)
Advanced analog peripherals (ADC, DAC, comparators, OPAMP)
Flexible life cycle scheme with RDP
Frequently asked questions
The operating voltage range is 1.71 V to 3.6 V.
The STM32L552xx has up to 512 KB of Flash memory with two banks read-while-write capabilities.
The STM32L552xx includes Arm TrustZone, flexible life cycle scheme with RDP, and SFI for secure firmware installation.
The maximum CPU frequency is up to 110 MHz.